defibri lad or
TRANSCRIPT
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 1/302
DefibrillatorTEC-5521/TEC-5531
0614-008784OPrinted:
First Edition: 18 Aug 2004
Sixteenth Edition: 23 Apr 2015
OPERATOR’S MANUALD efi b r i l l a t or
T E C - 5 5 2 1 / 5 5 3 1
TEC-5500 series
TEC-5521B
TEC-5521E
TEC-5521K
TEC-5531B
TEC-5531E
TEC-5531K
2015/04/03
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 2/302
0614-008784O
If you have any comments or suggestions
on this manual, please contact us at:
www.nihonkohden.com
Defibrillator
TEC-5521/TEC-5531
TEC-5500 series
TEC-5521B
TEC-5521E
TEC-5521K
TEC-5531B
TEC-5531E
TEC-5531K
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 3/302
In order to use this product safely and fully understand all its functions, make sure to read this manual before using the
product.
Keep this manual near the instrument or in the reach of the operator and refer to it whenever the operation is unclear.
This product stores personal patient information. Manage and operate the information appropriately.
Patient names on the screen shots and recording examples in this manual are fctional and any resemblance to any
person living or dead is purely coincidental.
The contents of this manual are subject to change without notice.
Copyright Notice
The entire contents of this manual are copyrighted by Nihon Kohden. All rights are reserved. No part of this document
may be reproduced, stored, or transmitted in any form or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopied, recorded,or otherwise) without the prior written permission of Nihon Kohden.
Trademark
The mark printed on the SD card that is used in this instrument is a trademark. The company name and model name are
trademarks and registered trademarks of each company.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 4/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 C.1
1
2
3
4
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
5
6
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
7
8
9
10
11
ContentsGENERAL HANDLING PRECAUTIONS ............................................................................. i
WARRANTY POLICY ......................................................................................................... ii
EMC RELATED CAUTION ..................................................................................................iii
Conventions Used in this Manual and Instrument .............................................................. v
Warnings, Cautions and Notes ................................................................................. v
Explanations of the Symbols in this Manual and Instrument ................................... vi
Section 1 General ...................................................................................1.1Introduction ......................................................................................................................1.2
Models and Functions ...........................................................................................1.2
Features ................................................................................................................. 1.3
Composition .....................................................................................................................1.4
Caution Labels and Caution Marks .................................................................................. 1.5
Panel Description ............................................................................................................. 1.6
Front Panel ............................................................................................................1.6
Top Panel (TEC-5531 Only) ................................................................................... 1.7
External Paddles....................................................................................................1.8
Left Side Panel ......................................................................................................1.8
Rear Panel .............................................................................................................1.9
ND-590V Series Internal Paddles (Option) ............................................................ 1.9
Important Safety Information .........................................................................................1.10
General ................................................................................................................1.10
Radiofrequency or Electromagnetic Field .................................................1.10
MRI Examination .......................................................................................1.10
Using with ESU .........................................................................................1.11
Surrounding Conditions .............................................................................1.11
Installation ...........................................................................................................1.12
Battery Pack ........................................................................................................1.13
Disposable Pads ..................................................................................................1.14
Defibrillation, Cardioversion and AED .................................................................1.15
General ...................................................................................................... 1.15
With External Paddles ...............................................................................1.17With Disposable Pads ...............................................................................1.18
With Internal Paddles ................................................................................1.18
AED ...........................................................................................................1.19
Pacing .................................................................................................................. 1.20
ECG Monitoring ...................................................................................................1.21
SpO2 Monitoring ..................................................................................................1.22
CO2 Monitoring ....................................................................................................1.24
CO2 Sensor Kit and Airway Adapter ....................................................................1.25
Alarms .................................................................................................................1.26
Maintenance ........................................................................................................1.27Storage ................................................................................................................1.27
Recording Sound ...........................................................................................................1.28
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 5/302
C.2 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
CONTENTS
Section 2 Preparation ............................................................................2.1Location ........................................................................................................................... 2.2
Surrounding Conditions ......................................................................................... 2.2
Radiofrequency or Electromagnetic Field .............................................................. 2.2
Power ............................................................................................................................... 2.3
AC Operation ......................................................................................................... 2.3
Battery Operation .................................................................................................. 2.3
Using AC Power ............................................................................................................... 2.4
Connecting the Power Cord ................................................................................... 2.4
Cutting Off the Power Supply to the Defibrillator ................................................... 2.4
Using the Battery ............................................................................................................. 2.5
Safety Information about Battery Pack .................................................................. 2.5
Checking the Battery Pack .......................................................................... 2.7
Storage ........................................................................................................ 2.7
Disposal ....................................................................................................... 2.7
Inserting the Battery into the Defibrillator .............................................................. 2.8
Charging the Battery Pack ..................................................................................... 2.9
Trickle Charging ................................................................................................... 2.10
Remaining Battery Power Display .......................................................................2.11
Loading the Recording Paper ........................................................................................2.12
Basic Checks .................................................................................................................2.13
Displaying the Basic Checks Screen ...................................................................2.13
Check Procedure .................................................................................................2.13
Check Before Use ..........................................................................................................2.16
Before Turning On the Power ............................................................................... 2.16
Check Items After Turning the Power On ............................................................. 2.17
Section 3 System Setup Screen and Setup Screen ............................3.1System Setup Screen ...................................................................................................... 3.3
Changing the Items on the System Setup Screen ................................................. 3.3
Configuration ......................................................................................................... 3.4
Setting List ................................................................................................... 3.5
Setting Description ...................................................................................... 3.7
Battery Test ..........................................................................................................3.12
HV Capacitor Test ................................................................................................3.12Recorder Test ......................................................................................................3.12
System Information ..............................................................................................3.13
Report History .....................................................................................................3.13
Use Voice File ......................................................................................................3.13
Setup Screen .................................................................................................................3.15
Setup Item List .....................................................................................................3.15
Changing the Settings on the Setup Screen .......................................................3.16
Paddle Setup .......................................................................................................3.16
ECG Setup ..........................................................................................................3.16
SpO2 Setup ..........................................................................................................3.16CO2 Setup ............................................................................................................3.16
Report Setup .......................................................................................................3.17
Recorder Setup ...................................................................................................3.17
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 6/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 C.3
CONTENTS
1
2
3
4
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
5
6
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
7
8
9
10
11
Date/Screen ......................................................................................................... 3.17
Date and Time ...........................................................................................3.17
2nd Wave ................................................................................................... 3.18
QRS Setup ..........................................................................................................3.18
Alarm Setup .........................................................................................................3.18
Save Report .........................................................................................................3.19
Section 4 Defibrillation, Synchronized Cardioversion and AED ........4.1Section 4-1 General ................................................................................................ 4-1.1
About Defibrillation, Synchronized Cardioversion and AED .........................................4-1.2
Skin-Paddle Contact Impedance ..................................................................................4-1.3
Using the Pediatric Electrode Plate ..............................................................................4-1.4
Changing Paddle Settings ............................................................................................4-1.5
Turning Synchronized Cardioversion with PADDLE Lead On or Off ...................4-1.5
Turning Heart Rate Alarm with PADDLE Lead On or Off ....................................4-1.6Using the ECG Waveforms from Another Monitor, Paddles or Disposable Pads for
Synchronized Cardioversion .........................................................................................4-1.7
ECG Input from Another Monitor ........................................................................4-1.7
ECG Input from External Paddles, Internal Paddles and Disposable Pads ........4-1.9
Section 4-2 Defibrillation ........................................................................................ 4-2.1
Defibrillation Screen ......................................................................................................4-2.2
Defibrillation with External Paddles ..............................................................................4-2.3
Important Safety Information ..............................................................................4-2.3
Procedure ...........................................................................................................4-2.4Defibrillation with Disposable Pads ............................................................................... 4-2.9
Important Safety Information ..............................................................................4-2.9
Procedure .........................................................................................................4-2.11
Defibrillation with Internal Paddles ..............................................................................4-2.16
Important Safety Information ............................................................................4-2.16
Procedure .........................................................................................................4-2.17
Section 4-3 Synchronized Cardioversion ............................................................. 4-3.1
Synchronized Cardioversion Screen ............................................................................. 4-3.2
Synchronized Cardioversion with External Paddles......................................................4-3.3
Important Safety Information ..............................................................................4-3.3
Procedure ...........................................................................................................4-3.4
Synchronized Cardioversion with Disposable Pads ....................................................4-3.10
Important Safety Information ............................................................................4-3.10
Procedure .........................................................................................................4-3.12
Synchronized Cardioversion with Internal Paddles .....................................................4-3.18
Important Safety Information ............................................................................4-3.18
Procedure .........................................................................................................4-3.19
Section 4-4 AED ...................................................................................................... 4-4.1
AED Screen ..................................................................................................................4-4.2
Important Safety Information ........................................................................................4-4.3
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 7/302
C.4 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
CONTENTS
AED Flowchart ..............................................................................................................4-4.5
Preparation for AED Mode .................................................................................. 4-4.6
AED Procedure .............................................................................................................4-4.7
When Nonshockable Rhythm is Detected in AED Analysis ..............................4-4.15
Section 5 Pacing (TEC-5531 Only) ........................................................5.1About Pacing .................................................................................................................... 5.2
Important Safety Information ........................................................................................... 5.3
Pacing in FIXED Mode ..................................................................................................... 5.4
Information on the Pacing Screen in FIXED Mode ................................................ 5.4
Procedure .............................................................................................................. 5.4
Pacing in DEMAND Mode ..............................................................................................5.11
Information on the Pacing Screen in DEMAND Mode .........................................5.11
Procedure ............................................................................................................5.12
Section 6 Monitoring .............................................................................6.1Section 6-1 General ................................................................................................ 6-1.1
General .........................................................................................................................6-1.2
Displaying the Monitoring Screen .......................................................................6-1.2
Screen Examples ...............................................................................................6-1.2
Section 6-2 ECG Monitoring .................................................................................. 6-2.1
Preparing for ECG Monitoring ......................................................................................6-2.3
Preparation Flowchart ........................................................................................6-2.3
Selecting a Lead .................................................................................................6-2.3
Number of Electrodes and Measuring Leads .....................................................6-2.4
Electrode Position ...............................................................................................6-2.4
3 Electrode Leads ....................................................................................6-2.4
5 Electrode Leads ....................................................................................6-2.5
Selecting Electrodes and Lead ...........................................................................6-2.6
Types of Electrodes and Lead ..................................................................6-2.6
Connecting the ECG Connection Cable or the JC-762V/JC-763V Connection
Cable to the Defibrillator .....................................................................................6-2.7
Connecting the ECG Connection Cable to the Defibrillator ......................6-2.7
Connecting the JC-762V/JC-763V Connection Cable to the
Defibrillator ...............................................................................................6-2.7
Attaching Disposable ECG Electrodes to the Patient .........................................6-2.7
Monitoring ECG with Disposable Pads ...............................................................6-2.8
Monitoring ECG ..........................................................................................................6-2.10
ECG Information on the Monitoring Screen ......................................................6-2.10
Selecting an ECG Lead ..............................................................................................6-2.11
Selecting ECG Sensitivity ...........................................................................................6-2.12
Automatically Adjusting ECG Sensitivity ................................................6-2.12
Changing ECG Settings ..............................................................................................6-2.13
Changing Settings on the ECG Setup Screen ..................................................6-2.13
Turning the AC Hum Filter On or Off ......................................................6-2.14
Changing the Time Constant Setting ......................................................6-2.15
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 8/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 C.5
CONTENTS
1
2
3
4
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
5
6
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
7
8
9
10
11
Turning Pacing Pulse Rejection On or Off ..............................................6-2.16
Changing Heart Rate Upper or Lower Limit ...........................................6-2.17
Changing Settings on the QRS Setup Screen ..................................................6-2.18
Changing QRS Sync Sound Volume ......................................................6-2.19
Changing QRS Sync Sound Source ......................................................6-2.19
Turning the VF/VT Alarm On or Off ........................................................6-2.20
Use with an Electrosurgical Unit .................................................................................6-2.21
Section 6-3 SpO 2 Monitoring .................................................................................. 6-3.1
General .........................................................................................................................6-3.2
Preparing for SpO2 Monitoring ......................................................................................6-3.5
Preparation Flowchart ........................................................................................6-3.5
Selecting a Probe ...............................................................................................6-3.5
Reusable Probes ...................................................................................... 6-3.5
Disposable Probes ...................................................................................6-3.6
Connecting Probe to Defibrillator ........................................................................ 6-3.7
Attaching the Probe to the Patient ......................................................................6-3.7
Monitoring SpO2 ...........................................................................................................6-3.9
SpO2 Information on the Monitoring Screen .......................................................6-3.9
Changing SpO2 Settings ............................................................................................6-3.10
Changing Settings on the SpO2 Setup Screen .................................................6-3.10
Changing the Pulse Waveform Sensitivity ..............................................6-3.11
Selecting Sync Sound Pitch ...................................................................6-3.12
Changing the Pulse Rate Alarm Limits ...................................................6-3.13
Changing the SpO2 Alarm Limits ............................................................6-3.14
Changing QRS Sync Sound Volume ................................................................6-3.14
Changing QRS Sync Sound Source .................................................................6-3.14
Section 6-4 CO 2 Monitoring .................................................................................... 6-4.1
General .........................................................................................................................6-4.2
CO2 Sensor Kit ...................................................................................................6-4.3
Preparing for CO2 Monitoring ........................................................................................6-4.5
Preparation Flowchart ........................................................................................6-4.5
Connecting the CO2 Sensor Kit to the Defibrillator .............................................6-4.5
Monitoring CO2 ............................................................................................................6-4.6
CO2 Information on the Monitoring Screen .........................................................6-4.6Changing CO2 Settings .................................................................................................6-4.7
Changing Settings on the CO2 Setup Screen .....................................................6-4.7
Changing the CO2 Scale ..........................................................................6-4.8
Changing the ETCO2 Alarm Limits ...........................................................6-4.9
Changing the Respiration Rate Alarm Limits .........................................6-4.10
Changing the APNEA Alarm Limit ..........................................................6-4.11
Inspection of Measuring Accuracy ..............................................................................6-4.12
Daily Inspection of Measuring Accuracy ...........................................................6-4.12
Inspection of Measuring Accuracy (Precise Method) .......................................6-4.12
Checking Procedure ...............................................................................6-4.13
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 9/302
C.6 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
CONTENTS
Section 7 Alarm Function ......................................................................7.1General ............................................................................................................................ 7.2
Alarm Types ........................................................................................................... 7.2
Alarm Indication ..................................................................................................... 7.2
Alarm List............................................................................................................... 7.3
Alarm Status Marks and Messages ...................................................................... 7.4
Temporarily Silencing an Alarm After It Occurs ............................................................... 7.5
Silencing Alarms .................................................................................................... 7.5
Resuming Alarms .................................................................................................. 7.5
Suspending an Alarm Before It Occurs ........................................................................... 7.6
Suspending Alarms ............................................................................................... 7.6
Automatic Alarm Recording ............................................................................................. 7.6
Setting Alarms ................................................................................................................. 7.7
Alarm Setting Range ............................................................................................. 7.7
Setting Alarm Settings on the Alarm Setup Screen ............................................... 7.8
Setting Alarm Settings on the Alarm Setup Screen of the Setup Screen .............. 7.9
Setting Alarms Individually ..................................................................................7.10
Section 8 Recording ..............................................................................8.1About Recording .............................................................................................................. 8.2
Changing Report and Recorder Settings ......................................................................... 8.4
Manual Recording ............................................................................................................ 8.5
Real Time or Delayed Waveform Recording .......................................................... 8.5
Procedure .................................................................................................... 8.5
Report Recording .................................................................................................. 8.6Periodic List Report Recording .................................................................... 8.6
Alarm Report Recording .............................................................................. 8.6
Event List Report Recording .......................................................................8.7
Defibrillation Report Recording ................................................................... 8.9
VF Analysis Report Recording ..................................................................8.10
Trend Report Recording ............................................................................8.11
Event Recording ..................................................................................................8.12
Saving the Administered Medication ...................................................................8.13
Automatic Recording ......................................................................................................8.14
Charging Recording (Auto Recording when Charging Starts After Discharge) ...8.14Alarm Recording ..................................................................................................8.15
Periodic Recording ..............................................................................................8.16
Printed Letters and Marks..............................................................................................8.17
Section 9 Messages and Troubleshooting ...........................................9.1Messages ........................................................................................................................ 9.3
Troubleshooting................................................................................................................ 9.9
General .................................................................................................................. 9.9
Defibrillation .........................................................................................................9.10
Pacing (TEC-5531 Only) ...................................................................................... 9.10
Monitoring ............................................................................................................9.11
ECG ...........................................................................................................9.11
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 10/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 C.7
CONTENTS
1
2
3
4
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
5
6
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
7
8
9
10
11
SpO2 .........................................................................................................9.12
CO2 ...........................................................................................................9.13
Recording ............................................................................................................9.14
Battery .................................................................................................................9.14
SD Card ...............................................................................................................9.15
Section 10 Maintenance ........................................................................10.1Cleaning, Disinfecting and Sterilization..........................................................................10.2
Defibrillator ..........................................................................................................10.2
External Paddles..................................................................................................10.2
Paddle Holders ....................................................................................................10.3
Internal Paddles ...................................................................................................10.3
Battery .................................................................................................................10.4
ECG Electrode Leads, ECG Connection Cable and Pad Adapter ....................... 10.4
Disposal and Replacement ............................................................................................10.5
Battery .................................................................................................................10.5
Disposal of Battery Pack ...........................................................................10.5
Replacing Battery Pack .............................................................................10.5
Disposable Pads ..................................................................................................10.7
Lifetime ......................................................................................................10.7
Disposal ..................................................................................................... 10.7
Test Electrode Plates (On the Paddle Holders) ...................................................10.7
Lifetime ......................................................................................................10.7
ECG .....................................................................................................................10.7
Electrode Lifetime ......................................................................................10.7
Disposing of Electrodes ............................................................................. 10.7
SpO2 and CO2 .....................................................................................................10.7
Check After Use .............................................................................................................10.8
Periodic Inspection ......................................................................................................... 10.9
Daily Inspection ...................................................................................................10.9
Monthly Inspection ...............................................................................................10.9
Checking External Paddles .......................................................................10.9
Checking 270 J Energy Charge and Disarm ...........................................10.10
Battery Test .............................................................................................. 10.11
Checking the Battery Appearance ........................................................... 10.13HV Capacitor Test .................................................................................... 10.14
Recorder Test .......................................................................................... 10.15
Date and Time Adjustment ...................................................................... 10.15
Yearly Inspection................................................................................................ 10.15
Periodical Replacement Schedule ............................................................................... 10.16
Repair Parts Availability Policy ..................................................................................... 10.16
Storage ........................................................................................................................ 10.16
Defibrillator and Battery ..................................................................................... 10.16
Short Term Storage (Ready for Use at Any Time) ................................... 10.16
Long Term Storage .................................................................................. 10.17Disposable Pads and ECG Electrodes .............................................................. 10.17
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 11/302
C.8 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
CONTENTS
Section 11 Reference .............................................................................11.1Specifications ................................................................................................................. 11.2
Defibrillator ..........................................................................................................11.2
Noninvasive Pacing (TEC-5531 Only) .................................................................11.4
External Paddle (ND-552VB/VE/VK) ...................................................................11.4
Battery .................................................................................................................11.4
Clock Accuracy ....................................................................................................11.4
Environment.........................................................................................................11.4
Safety...................................................................................................................11.4
Monitor ................................................................................................................. 11.5
ECG Amplifier ......................................................................................................11.5
Recorder ..............................................................................................................11.5
Rhythm Recognition Detector .............................................................................. 11.5
Power Requirements ...........................................................................................11.6
Dimensions and Weight ....................................................................................... 11.6
Electromagnetic Compatibility .............................................................................11.6
Electromagnetic Emissions .................................................................................11.7
Electromagnetic Immunity ...................................................................................11.7
Recommended Separation Distances between Portable and Mobile RF
Communications Equipment .............................................................................. 11.10
Reference ....................................................................................................................11.11
Standard Accessories ..................................................................................................11.12
Options/Consumables..................................................................................................11.12
Pin Assignment ............................................................................................................11.15
AUX Connector of the QI-553V DSI/AUX OUT Interface Unit ...........................11.15
General Requirements for Connecting Medical Electrical Systems ............................. 11.16
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 12/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 i
GENERAL HANDLING PRECAUTIONS
This device is intended for use only by qualified medical personnel.
Use only Nihon Kohden approved products with this device. Use of non-approved products
or in a non-approved manner may affect the performance specifications of the device. This
includes, but is not limited to, batteries, recording paper, pens, extension cables, electrode
leads, input boxes and AC power.
Please read these precautions thoroughly before attempting to operate the instrument.
1. To safely and effectively use the instrument, its operation must be fully understood.
2. When installing or storing the instrument, take the following precautions.
(1) Avoid moisture or contact with water, extreme atmospheric pressure, excessive humidity and temperatures, poorly
ventilated areas, and dust, saline or sulphuric air.
(2) Place the instrument on an even, level oor. Avoid vibration and mechanical shock, even during transport.
(3) Avoid placing in an area where chemicals are stored or where there is danger of gas leakage.
(4) The power line source to be applied to the instrument must correspond in frequency and voltage to product
specications, and have sufcient current capacity.
(5) Choose a room where a proper grounding facility is available.
3. Before Operation
(1) Check that the instrument is in perfect operating order.
(2) Check that the instrument is grounded properly.
(3) Check that all cords are connected properly.
(4) Pay extra attention when the instrument is combined with other instruments to avoid misdiagnosis or other
problems.
(5) All circuitry used for direct patient connection must be doubly checked.
(6) Check that battery level is acceptable and battery condition is good when using battery-operated models.
4. During Operation
(1) Both the instrument and the patient must receive continual, careful attention.
(2) Turn power off or remove electrodes and/or transducers when necessary to assure the patient’s safety.
(3) Avoid direct contact between the instrument housing and the patient.
5. To Shutdown After Use
(1) Turn power off with all controls returned to their original positions.
(2) Remove the cords gently; do not use force to remove them.
(3) Clean the instrument together with all accessories for their next use.
6. The instrument must receive expert, professional attention for maintenance and repairs. When the instrument is
not functioning properly, it should be clearly marked to avoid operation while it is out of order.
7. The instrument must not be altered or modifed in any way.
8. Maintenance and Inspection(1) The instrument and specied parts must undergo regular maintenance inspection at the interval which is specied
after the GENERAL HANDLING PRECAUTIONS section.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 13/302
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 14/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 iii
EMC RELATED CAUTION
This equipment and/or system complies with International Standard IEC 60601-1-2 for electromagnetic
compatibility for medical electrical equipment and/or system. However, an electromagnetic environment that
exceeds the limits or levels stipulated in IEC 60601-1-2, can cause harmful interference to the equipment
and/or system or cause the equipment and/or system to fail to perform its intended function or degrade
its intended performance. Therefore, during the operation of the equipment and/or system, if there is anyundesired deviation from its intended operational performance, you must avoid, identify and resolve the
adverse electromagnetic effect before continuing to use the equipment and/or system.
The following describes some common interference sources and remedial actions:
1. Strong electromagnetic interference from a nearby emitter source such as an authorized radio station
or cellular phone:
Install the equipment and/or system at another location. Keep the emitter source such as cellular phone
away from the equipment and/or system, or turn off the cellular phone.
2. Radio-frequency interference from other equipment through the AC power supply of the equipment and/
or system:
Identify the cause of this interference and if possible remove this interference source. If this is not
possible, use a different power supply.
3. Effect of direct or indirect electrostatic discharge:
Make sure all users and patients in contact with the equipment and/or system are free from direct or
indirect electrostatic energy before using it. A humid room can help lessen this problem.
4. Electromagnetic interference with any radio wave receiver such as radio or television:
If the equipment and/or system interferes with any radio wave receiver, locate the equipment and/or
system as far as possible from the radio wave receiver.
5. Interference of lightning:
When lightning occurs near the location where the equipment and/or system is installed, it may induce
an excessive voltage in the equipment and/or system. In such a case, disconnect the AC power cord
from the equipment and/or system and operate the equipment and/or system by battery power, or use
an uninterruptible power supply.
6. Use with other equipment:
When the equipment and/or system is adjacent to or stacked with other equipment, the equipment
and/or system may affect the other equipment. Before use, check that the equipment and/or system
operates normally with the other equipment.
7. Use of unspecified accessory, transducer and/or cable:
When an unspecified accessory, transducer and/or cable is connected to this equipment and/or system,
it may cause increased electromagnetic emission or decreased electromagnetic immunity. The specified
configuration of this equipment and/or system complies with the electromagnetic requirements with the
specified configuration. Only use this equipment and/or system with the specified configuration.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 15/302
iv Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
Caution - continued
8. Use of unspecified configuration:
When the equipment and/or system is used with the unspecified system configuration different than
the configuration of EMC testing, it may cause increased electromagnetic emission or decreased
electromagnetic immunity. Only use this equipment and/or system with the specified configuration.
9. Measurement with excessive sensitivity:
The equipment and/or system is designed to measure bioelectrical signals with a specified sensitivity. If
the equipment and/or system is used with excessive sensitivity, artifact may appear by electromagnetic
interference and this may cause mis-diagnosis. When unexpected artifact appears, inspect the
surrounding electromagnetic conditions and remove this artifact source.
If the above suggested remedial actions do not solve the problem, consult your Nihon Kohden
representative for additional suggestions.
For EMC compliance, refer to “Specications - Electromagnetic Compatibility” in the Reference section.
The CE mark is a protected conformity mark of the European Community. Products with the CE mark comply
with the requirements of the Medical Device Directive 93/42/EEC.
NOTE about Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Directive 2002/96/EC
For the member states of the European Union only:
The purpose of WEEE directive 2002/96/EC is, as a first priority, the prevention of waste electrical and
electronic equipment (WEEE), and in addition, the reuse, recycling and other forms of recovery of suchwastes so as to reduce the disposal of waste.
Contact your Nihon Kohden representative for disposal.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 16/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 v
Conventions Used in this Manual and Instrument
Warnings, Cautions and NotesWarnings, cautions and notes are used in this manual to alert or signal the reader to specic information.
WARNINGA warning alerts the user to possible injury or death associated with the use or misuse of the instrument.
CAUTION
A caution alerts the user to possible injury or problems with the instrument associated with its use or
misuse such as instrument malfunction, instrument failure, damage to the instrument, or damage to other
property.
NOTE
A note provides specific information, in the form of recommendations, prerequirements, alternative methods orsupplemental information.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 17/302
vi Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
Explanations of the Symbols in this Manual and Instrument
The following symbols found in this manual/instrument bear the respective descriptions as given.
On the Main Unit
Symbol Description Symbol Description
AC power operation Output terminal
Charging Input terminal
Charged (Battery charging is nished) Dangerous voltage
ECG lead ECG
ECG sensitivity Pacing start
Alarm off Pacing stop
Real time delayed recording Attention, consult operator’s manual
Event recording Provides ActiBiphasic waveform
debrillation function
Inserting or removing the memory card IPX1 Complies with IEC 60529 IPX1
Debrillation-proof type BF applied
part IPX4 Complies with IEC 60529 IPX4
Debrillation-proof type CF applied
part IPX7 Complies with IEC 60529 IPX7
The CE mark is a protected conformity
mark of the European Community.
Products marked with this symbol
comply with the requirements of the
Medical Device Directive 93/42/EEC.
Products marked with this symbol
comply with the European WEEE
directive 2002/96/EC and require
separate waste collection. For Nihon
Kohden products marked with this
symbol, contact your Nihon Kohden
representative for disposal.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 18/302
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 19/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 1.1
1
Section 1 General
Introduction ..........................................................................................................................................................1.2
Models and Functions ...............................................................................................................................1.2
Features ....................................................................................................................................................1.3
Composition.........................................................................................................................................................1.4
Caution Labels and Caution Marks .....................................................................................................................1.5
Panel Description ................................................................................................................................................1.6
Front Panel ................................................................................................................................................1.6
Top Panel (TEC-5531 Only) ......................................................................................................................1.7
External Paddles .......................................................................................................................................1.8
Left Side Panel ..........................................................................................................................................1.8Rear Panel ................................................................................................................................................1.9
ND-590V Series Internal Paddles (Option) ...............................................................................................1.9
Important Safety Information .............................................................................................................................1.10
General....................................................................................................................................................1.10
Radiofrequency or Electromagnetic Field .....................................................................................1.10
MRI Examination ...........................................................................................................................1.10
Using with ESU .............................................................................................................................1.11
Surrounding Conditions ................................................................................................................. 1.11
Installation ...............................................................................................................................................1.12
Battery Pack ............................................................................................................................................1.13Disposable Pads......................................................................................................................................1.14
Defibrillation, Cardioversion and AED .....................................................................................................1.15
General .........................................................................................................................................1.15
With External Paddles ...................................................................................................................1.17
With Disposable Pads ...................................................................................................................1.18
With Internal Paddles ....................................................................................................................1.18
AED ...............................................................................................................................................1.19
Pacing .....................................................................................................................................................1.20
ECG Monitoring .......................................................................................................................................1.21
SpO2 Monitoring ......................................................................................................................................1.22
CO2 Monitoring ........................................................................................................................................1.24
CO2 Sensor Kit and Airway Adapter ........................................................................................................1.25
Alarms .....................................................................................................................................................1.26
Maintenance ............................................................................................................................................1.27
Storage ....................................................................................................................................................1.27
Recording Sound ...............................................................................................................................................1.28
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 20/302
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 21/302
1
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 1.3
1. GENERAL
Features
Biphasic waveform debrillation
The debrillator provides biphasic waveform debrillation. Biphasic waveform
debrillation requires low energy than conventional monophasic debrillation.
Display
The display is 5.7-inch color LCD. ECG waveforms and messages are easy to
see. You can select either 25 or 50 mm/s for sweep speed.
Selectable power sources, AC/Battery
Either AC or battery power can be selected according to where it is used.
Fast charging
Charges from 0 to 270 J within 5 seconds in both AC and battery operation
(with a fully charged new battery at 20°C). Charges from 0 to 200 J within 3
seconds in both AC and battery operation. This enables timely debrillation and
cardioversion.
Quick ECG waveform recovery
After debrillation or cardioversion, the ECG waveform returns within 3 seconds
so you can immediately check the result of debrillation or cardioversion.
AED function
During ECG analysis, if the debrillator detects a shockable rhythm, it
automatically charges energy to prepare for debrillation.
Noninvasive pacing (only for TEC-5531 debrillator)
The TEC-5531 debrillator has noninvasive pacing. This is useful for rst aid for
bradycardia that often appears after debrillation.
SpO2 and CO2 monitoring
With the optional DSI interface unit or DSI/AUX OUT interface unit, SpO2 and
CO2 can be monitored on the debrillator.
Voice prompt
This function is mainly used in AED mode. Debrillator status and cautions
during debrillation are directed by voice.
Basic function check
The debrillator has a semi-automatic self check function for discharge, battery,
recording, alarm sound and voice. You can easily check the debrillator before
use on the debrillator screen.
SD card
ECG waveforms, report data and surrounding sound can be recorded and
transferred to a personal computer with a specied SD card.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 22/302
1.4 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
1. GENERAL
Composition
TEC-5500 Series Defibrillator Standard Accessories
Name Qty
Recording paper (Z-fold) 1
Contact gel GELAID 1
Battery check label (for debrillator) 1
Options
Disposable pads P-511 Internal paddles Cart KD-028A, Cart tray assembly DI-001A
O P E R
/ A L A R M
C O 2 A D
A P T E R
SpO2 adapter JL-550T2 CO2 sensor kit TG-901T3 CO2 sensor kit TG-921T3
H O P E R / A L A
R M
C O
2 A D
A P T E
R
JG-921T3 CO2 adapter
TG-121T
CO2 sensor
JG-901T3 CO2 adapter
TG-101T CO2 sensor
Name
TEC accessory set (100 V/IEC)
BC-763V ECG connection cable (IEC, 3 leads) + Power cord H
TEC accessory set (200 V/IEC)
BC-763V ECG connection cable (IEC, 3 leads) + Power cord N
TEC accessory set (100 V/AHA)
BC-763VA ECG connection cable (AHA, 3 leads) + Power cord H
TEC accessory set (200 V/AHA)BC-763VA ECG connection cable (AHA, 3 leads) + Power cord N
QI-552V DSI interface unit
QI-553V DSI/AUXOUT interface unit
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 23/302
1
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 1.5
1. GENERAL
Caution Labels and Caution Marks
This section provides information on caution labels and caution marks on the
instrument.
WARNING
Connect only the specified instrument to the defibrillator and follow
the specified procedure. Failure to follow this warning may result in
electrical shock or injury to the patient and operator, and cause fire
or instrument malfunction.
Refer to Section 4 “Debrillation, Synchronized Cardioversion
and AED”, Section 6-2 “ECG Monitoring” and Section 9“Messages and Troubleshooting”.
Refer to Section 5 “Pacing”.
Left side panel:
Refer to “Using the Battery” and
“Loading the Recording Paper” in
Section 2.
Refer to Section 6-2
“ECG Monitoring”.
Refer to Section 6-3 “SpO2 Monitoring ”
and Section 6-4 “CO2 Monitoring”.
Refer to Section 4 “Debrillation, Synchronized
Cardioversion and AED”.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 24/302
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 25/302
1
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 1.7
1. GENERAL
12
13
14 15 16 17
18
19
20
No. Name Description
12 Record key Starts recording with the recorder. To stop recording, press this
key again.
13 Event key Starts event recording. When this key is pressed, the recorded
waveforms are saved as an event in the summary recording data.
14 ECG lead key Changes ECG leads.
15 ECG sensitivity key Changes ECG sensitivity.16 Silence alarms key Temporarily suspends or silences alarms.
17 Multi-function key In the monitor mode, opens the alarm setup screen. You can
conrm or change alarm settings. In AED mode, this key changes
to Pause key.
18 AC lamp Lights when AC power is supplied to the debrillator.
19 Battery charging lamp Lights when the battery is being charged.
20 Battery charge complete
lamp
Lights when the battery is completely charged.
Top Panel (TEC-5531 Only)
1 3 6
2 4 5
No. Name Description
1 PACING RATE Up key Increases the pacing frequency (pulse/minute).
2 PACING RATE Down key Decreases the pacing frequency (pulse/minute).
3 PACING OUTPUT Up key Increases the pacing current intensity.
4 PACING OUTPUT Down
key
Decreases the pacing current intensity.
5 START/STOP key Press to start or stop pacing.
6 PULSE lamp Blinks in synchronization with the pacing pulse.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 26/302
1.8 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
1. GENERAL
External Paddles4
1 2 3
4
No. Name Description
1 CONTACT lamp Indicates the quality of contact between paddles and patient. The
GOOD (green) lamp must light.
0 to 100 Ω: Green lamp lights
100 to 200 Ω: Yellow lamp lights
More than 200 Ω: Orange lamp lights
2 CHARGE button Press to charge the selected energy.
3 CHARGE lamp Blinks while the selected energy is being charged. Lights when
the energy is completely charged.
4 DISCHARGE buttons Simultaneously press both buttons to discharge the charged
energy. In synchronized cardioversion, the debrillator discharges
energy at the appropriate timing after these buttons are pressed.
Left Side Panel
2
1
4 3
No. Name Description
1 Recording paper exit The recorded paper comes from this slit. A cutter to cut the paper
is attached here.
2 Door release lever Pull the lever up to open the door.
3 SD card slot Insert an SD card here. To remove the card, push it in.
4 Battery pack holder Contains the battery.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 27/302
1
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 1.9
1. GENERAL
Rear Panel1 2
No. Name Description
1 AC SOURCE socket Connects the AC power cord to supply AC power.
2 Optional unit connector Optional unit is connected. When not used, attach the cover here.
ND-590V Series Internal Paddles (Option)1
2 3
4
No. Name Description
1 Paddle connector Connects to the paddle connector on the debrillator front panel.
2 Paddle electrodes Place these electrodes against the right and left sides of the heart.
3 Handles Grip these handles holding between the cable and the guard of the handle.
4 Discharge switch Discharges the charged energy.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 28/302
1.10 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
1. GENERAL
Important Safety Information
General
WARNINGNever use the defibrillator in the presence of any
flammable anesthetic gas or high concentration
oxygen atmosphere. Failure to follow this warning
may cause explosion or fire.
ECG monitoring might not be performed properly.
WARNINGNever use the defibrillator in a hyperbaric oxygen
chamber. Failure to follow this warning may cause
explosion or fire.
WARNING
The defibrillator generates high voltage. The
defibrillator must only be operated by trained and
qualified medical personnel.
Radiofrequency or Electromagnetic Field
WARNING
Do not use any kind of non-essential non-patient
care device within a radius of 1 meter around
the defibrillator. The use of non-essential non-
patient care devices that emit radiofrequencyor electromagnetic fields may interfere with the
operation of the defibrillator by causing noise on
the ECG waveform or error messages. If a non-
essential non-patient care device is accidentally
placed near the defibrillator, quickly remove it.
MRI Examination
WARNINGDo not take this defibrillator into the MRI test
room. This defibrillator is not designed to be used
during MRI tests.
WARNINGWhen performing MRI test, remove all electrodes
and transducers from the patient which are
connected to this instrument. Failure to follow this
warning may cause skin burn on the patient. For
details, refer to the MRI manual.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 29/302
1
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 1.11
1. GENERAL
Using with ESU
WARNING
When the defibrillator is used with an
electrosurgical unit (ESU), firmly attach the entire
area of the ESU return plate. Otherwise, the
current from the ESU flows into the electrodes of
the defibrillator, causing electrical burn where the
electrodes are attached. For details, refer to the
ESU manual.
WARNING
When using an ESU, use this defibrillator
only in the MONITOR mode and use the ECG
electrodes for monitoring. Do not monitor ECG
with disposable pads, external paddles or
internal paddles. If ECG is monitored with pads
or paddles, high frequency energy from the ESU
causes abnormal current to flow in the patient
and unexpected discharge. This may damage the
defibrillator.
Surrounding Conditions
WARNING
Fluids such as Ringer’s saline solution and blood
are excellent electrical conductors; to avoid
creating potentially dangerous electrical paths,
keep the defibrillator and the immediate area
clean and dry at all times.
CAUTION
Turn off the power of mobile phones, small
wireless devices and other devices which
produce strong electromagnetic interference
around a patient (except for devices allowed by
the hospital administrator). Radio waves from
devices such as mobile phones or small wireless
devices may cause the incorrect data to be
displayed.
CAUTION
Install the defibrillator and ESU appropriately
and perform equipotential grounding. Otherwise,
noise from the ESU may be falsely recognized
as QRS and ECG monitoring might not be
performed properly.
CAUTION
Only use Nihon Kohden products and specifiedparts and accessories. When other parts are
used, the defibrillator may overheat and be
damaged and monitoring may stop.
CAUTION
Do not reuse disposable items.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 30/302
1.12 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
1. GENERAL
Installation
WARNING
Connect only the specified instrument to the
defibrillator and follow the specified procedure.
Failure to follow this warning may result
in electrical shock or injury to the patient
and operator, and cause fire or instrument
malfunction.
WARNING
Only use the provided power cord. Using other
power cords may result in electrical shock or
injury to the patient and operator.
WARNING
Only use the provided power cord. When the
provided power cord cannot be used or when
equipotential grounding is doubtful (such as in
poor grounding facility), operate the defibrillator
on battery power. Otherwise, the patient andoperator may receive electrical shock or injury.
WARNING
When several medical instruments are used
together, ground all instruments to the same one-
point ground. Any potential difference between
instruments may cause electrical shock to the
patient and operator.
WARNING
Do not connect several grounding leads directly
to the equipotential terminal because the
grounding lead may be disconnected from the
terminal.
CAUTIONThe defibrillator should only be connected to
external equipment which complies with the
CISPR 11 Second Edition 1990-09, Group 1 and
Class B standard.
CAUTIONOnly use the KD-028A cart for this defibrillator.
If another cart is used, it may tip over or the
defibrillator may fall off.
CAUTION
Never disassemble or repair the defibrillator.
Disassembly and repair must be performed by
qualified service personnel.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 31/302
1
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 1.13
1. GENERAL
Battery Pack
WARNING
Do not do the following to the battery. It may
cause leakage, overheating, explosion and fire.
• Short-circuit the + and – terminals on the
battery.
• Put the battery into fire or heat the battery.
• Disassemble or modify the battery.
• Give strong impact to or deform the battery.
• Use the battery on unspecified instruments.
• Charge the battery on unspecified instruments.
• Install the battery with the wrong polarity.
• Leave the battery in the reach of patients.
WARNING
• Test the battery pack once a month.
• When you start using a new battery pack, write
the date of first use on the labels on the battery
pack and defibrillator.
• Replace the battery pack every two years.
• If defibrillation or cardioversion is necessary
during the battery test, cancel the battery test
and operate the defibrillator on AC power. Do
not use battery power because the battery pack
may have been discharged by the battery test.
WARNINGIf the battery pack is damaged and the substance
inside the battery pack contacts the eyes or skin,
wash immediately and thoroughly with water and
see a physician. Never rub your eyes, because
you may lose your eyesight.
WARNING• Do not immerse the battery pack in water.
The battery may overheat and rust and the
substance inside the battery may leak.
• Do not leave the battery pack unused for more
than about one year. The battery may leak.
CAUTION
When inserting or removing the battery pack,
disconnect the power cord from the defibrillator.
Otherwise, the operator may receive electrical
shock.
CAUTION
To keep the battery pack fully charged, always
keep the power cord connected to the AC
outlet even when the defibrillator is not used.
Otherwise, the battery pack may discharge and
become unusable.
CAUTION
Do not expose the battery pack to direct sunlight
or leave in a high temperature place. The
lifetime of the battery pack may be shortened,
the performance of the battery pack may be
degraded and the battery may leak.
CAUTION
The battery pack must be replaced by qualified
service personnel.
CAUTION
Do not leave the battery pack near the patient or
in reach of children.
NOTE
Before disposing of the battery, check with your local
solid waste officials for details in your area for recycling
options or proper disposal. The battery is recyclable. At
the end of its useful life, under various state and local
laws, it may be illegal to dispose of this battery into the
municipal waste stream.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 32/302
1.14 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
1. GENERAL
Disposable Pads
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings below may cause
skin burn or insufficient energy discharge and
insufficient pacing current to the heart.
• Do not reuse disposable pads.
• If the pad package is torn, dispose of the pads
and do not use them.
• Do not use the pads if they are past the
expiration date on the package.
• Use the disposable pads as soon as possible
after opening the package.
• Do not use the disposable pads if the gel has
become dry or if the gel has become abnormal
(the gel has become liquid or is coming off the
edges of the pad, etc).
• Do not use the disposable pads if the gel
is dark brown or dark brown gel is on the
protective sheet.
WARNING
If any pad or connector gets wet, replace it with a
new one. If a wet pad or connector is used, it may
cause electrical shock.
WARNING
When using the disposable pads for long term
pacing, replace them every hour. Failure to follow
this warning may cause skin burn or insufficient
energy discharge and pacing current to the heart.
CAUTION
When using the disposable pads for long term
ECG monitoring, replace them every 24 hours.
Failure to follow this instruction may cause
insufficient pacing current and insufficient energydischarge to the heart.
CAUTION
Do not attach a disposable pad over another pad.
It may cause skin burn on the patient.
CAUTION
Do not put heavy objects on the disposable pads
or bend the pads. The pads may be damaged
and deteriorated, resulting in skin burn on the
patient.
CAUTION
When you monitor ECG that is acquired with
the disposable pads, check the polarity of the
pads before attaching them on the patient. If the
pad polarity is incorrect, the waveform appears
upside-down and this may cause incorrect
judgment by the operator and delay of treatment.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 33/302
1
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 1.15
1. GENERAL
Defibrillation, Cardioversion and AED
General
WARNING
Before defibrillation and cardioversion, check
that the cords and cables of the electrodes,
probes and transducers attached to the patient
are properly connected to a connector that has
a or mark. Touching the metal parts of
the disconnected cords and cables may cause
electrical shock or injury by discharged energy.
WARNING
Before defibrillation and cardioversion, remove
from the patient all electrodes, probes and
transducers from connectors that do not have a
or mark. Otherwise, the operator may
receive electrical shock and the connected
instrument may be damaged.
WARNING
Before defibrillation and cardioversion, remove
everything including electrodes and patches
from the patient’s chest. If the defibrillator paddlecontacts an object on the patient’s chest, the
discharged energy may be insufficient and cause
skin burn.
WARNING
Before defibrillation and cardioversion, all
persons must keep clear of the bed and must
not touch the patient or any equipment or cableconnected to the patient. Failure to follow this
warning may cause electrical shock or injury.
WARNING
Do not move the defibrillator when any charged
energy remains in the defibrillator. If the
defibrillator receives any impact, such as from
falling, it discharges energy that can cause
electrical shock.
WARNING
Use the ECG monitoring electrodes (disposable
electrodes) to monitor the ECG waveforms.
Stable ECG cannot be acquired with the PADDLE
lead because it is difficult to hold the paddles
stable. ECG acquired from external paddles,
internal paddles or disposable pads is unstable
after discharge because of high polarization
voltage.
WARNING
Do not perform defibrillation or cardioversion in a
wet place. Before defibrillation or cardioversion,
move the patient and defibrillator to a dry place.
Otherwise the operator may get electrical shock.
WARNING
Never discharge near a person or object other
than the patient or test electrode plate or energy
checker. It may cause electrical shock to the
person or damage the object.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 34/302
1.16 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
1. GENERAL
WARNING
Confirm that there is no noise on the ECG. Noise
may be misrecognized as QRS and discharge
might not synchronize with the patient’s QRS.
WARNING
• For this defibrillator, the CONTACT lamp on
the STERNUM paddle indicates skin-paddle
contact impedance. If the yellow or orange
lamp lights, the defibrillator may cause serious
electric burn on the patient s skin and poorenergy discharge to the patient. In case of an
emergency, medical personnel should decide
whether to execute discharge immediately,
regardless of the CONTACT lamp display,
or take action to make good contact before
discharge.
• Pay careful attention to the selected energy
when using the pediatric electrode plates.
Applying high energy with the pediatric
electrode plates can cause skin burn because
the electrode plates are small.
• The apex-posterior placement is not suitable for
ECG monitoring or AED analysis.
• The anterior-posterior placement is not suitable
for ECG monitoring or AED analysis. Use this
placement only for pacing.
• Make sure to push the connector of the
paddles/pads all the way into the paddle
connector until it clicks. Even if the connector is
not firmly connected to the paddles connector,
the “Connect paddle” message might not
appear. If the connector is loose, it may
become disconnected or energy might not be
discharged.
• Pay careful attention to the selected energy
when performing defibrillation on children.
Performing defibrillation with high energy may
cause fatal damage to the heart.
WARNING
Do not perform synchronized cardioversion
with the PADDLE lead unless it is absolutely
necessary. In synchronized cardioversion with the
PADDLE lead, noise may be misrecognized as
QRS and discharge might not synchronize with
the patient’s QRS.
WARNING
Never select “TEST” for the ECG lead. “TEST”
is for maintenance and the waveform displayed
on the screen is not the patient’s ECG. If
synchronized cardioversion is performed with the
TEST lead, the discharge is not synchronized
with the patient’s QRS and it may cause
ventricular fibrillation.
WARNING
If you use the ECG signal from the monitor,before cardioversion, check that the defibrillator
discharge occurs within 60 ms of the peak of the
ECG’s R wave with an energy checker. If this
condition is not met, the cardioversion may be
ineffective or may cause ventricular fibrillation.
CAUTION
When performing synchronized cardioversion,
confirm that the SYNC lamp is lit before every
discharge. If “Sync mode after CV” is set to
Defib on the System Setup - Configuration
screen, the defibrillator automatically turns to the
asynchronous defibrillation mode.
CAUTION
Have another defibrillator ready in case
of defibrillator failure. When using another
defibrillator, remove the paddles of the failed
defibrillator from the patient.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 35/302
1
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 1.17
1. GENERAL
With External Paddles
WARNING
Apply contact gel only to the electrode plates of
the external paddles. Otherwise, it may cause
electrical shock to the operator.
WARNING
Do not apply contact gel by hand. Failure to follow
this warning may cause serious electrical burn,
shock, or other injury.
WARNING
Do not hold the paddle handles if your hands are
wet or have contact gel on them. This may cause
electrical shock to the operator.
WARNING
To prevent skin burn on the patient and poor
energy discharge to the heart, apply contact gel
evenly to the electrode plates of the external
paddles.
WARNING
Do not touch the electrode plate or edge of the
paddle. Failure to follow this warning may cause
serious electrical burn, shock, or other injury.
WARNING
When charging or discharging, do not touch
anything other than the handles. If any other part
of the defibrillator is touched during charging or
discharging, the operator receives an electrical
shock.
WARNING
Before discharging, confirm that the paddles are
firmly pressed against the chest wall. Failure
to follow this warning causes skin burn or poor
energy discharge to the heart.
WARNING
Do not discharge with the paddles in the air. This
may cause electrical shock to the operator or
damage the defibrillator.
WARNING
Do not discharge the energy if the paddles are
shorted to each other by contact gel. It may
cause skin burn and poor energy discharge to the
heart.
CAUTION
When using the external paddles, connect it
to the paddle connector until it clicks. After
connecting the external paddles, use the Basic
checks screen to check that the defibrillator
charges and discharges energy properly. If the
energy is not discharged, the connector of the
external paddles might not be firmly connected
to the paddle connector. In this case, push the
connector of the external paddles into the paddle
connector deeply until it clicks.
CAUTION
If the patient’s body is wet, thoroughly wipe the
moisture off the skin so that the paddles do not
short to each other. Otherwise, the discharged
energy may be insufficient.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 36/302
1.18 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
1. GENERAL
With Disposable Pads
WARNING
• Do not attach pads on the papilla, electrodes or
medicine on the patient’s body. Failure to follow
this warning causes serious skin burn.
• Fit the pad closely to the body surface so that
current flows uniformly through the pad. Failure
to follow this warning causes serious skin burn
or insufficient energy discharge to the heart.
WARNINGDuring charging or discharging, do not touch the
pads or connectors. Failure to follow this warning
causes electrical shock to the operator.
WARNING
Before discharging, confirm that the pads are
firmly attached to the skin. Failure to follow
this warning causes skin burn or poor energy
discharge to the heart.
WARNINGDo not discharge if the pads overlap each
other or are shorted to each other by anything
conductive such as contact gel. This may cause
skin burn and poor energy discharge to the heart.
CAUTION
Do not bend or damage the connector pins of
the pad adapter and paddle connector. Energy
cannot be fully discharged if pins are bent or
damaged.
CAUTION
If the patient’s body is wet, thoroughly wipe the
moisture off the skin so that the pads do not short
to each other. Otherwise, the discharged energy
may be insufficient.
With Internal Paddles
WARNING
Sterilize the internal paddles before use. Failure
to sterilize the paddles may cause serious
infection.
WARNING
Pay careful attention to the selected energy when
using internal paddles. Applying high energy to
the heart may cause cardiac muscle necrosis.
Low energy is recommended.
WARNING
When charging or discharging, grip the internal
paddles between the cable and the guard at
the top of the handle. If the internal paddles are
gripped between the electrode and the guard, the
operator receives an electrical shock.
Guard
WARNING
Do not discharge with the paddles in the air. This
may cause electrical shock to the operator or
damage the defibrillator.
WARNING
Before discharging, confirm that the paddles
are firmly positioned against the heart. Failure
to follow this warning causes cardiac muscle
necrosis or poor energy discharge to the heart.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 37/302
1
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 1.19
1. GENERAL
CAUTION
Do not twist the internal paddle while holding the
electrode or give strong impact to the paddle. It
damages the electrode.
CAUTION
Do not bend or damage the connector pins of
the paddle connector. Energy cannot be fully
discharged if pins are bent or damaged.
AED
WARNING
• Do not attach pads on the papilla, electrodes or
medicine on the patient’s body. Failure to follow
this warning causes serious skin burn.
• Fit the pad closely to the body surface so that
current flows uniformly through the pad. Failure
to follow this warning causes serious skin burn
or insufficient energy discharge to the heart.
WARNING
When you perform defibrillation in an ambulance,
stop the car.
WARNING
During charging or discharging, do not touch the
pads or connectors. Failure to follow this warning
causes electrical shock to the operator.
WARNING
Before discharging, confirm that the pads are
firmly attached to the skin. Failure to follow
this warning causes skin burn or poor energy
discharge to the heart.
WARNING
Do not discharge if the pads overlap each
other or are shorted to each other by anything
conductive such as contact gel. This may cause
skin burn and poor energy discharge to the heart.
CAUTION
Before ECG analysis in AED mode or
defibrillation, confirm that the patient is
unconscious and has no respiration and no pulse.
CAUTION
The ECG of a child or a patient with an implanted
pacemaker cannot be analyzed correctly. For
these patients, follow the physician’s instruction.
CAUTION
Before and during ECG analysis in AED mode,
note the following. Otherwise, correct analysis
result cannot be obtained.
• Do not touch or move the patient.• Stop life saving treatment such as CPR.
• If the ECG baseline wanders due to conditions
such as poor skin-pad impedance or movement
of the pad adapter or pad cable, remove the
causes.
CAUTION
Do not bend or damage the connector pins of
the pad adapter and paddle connector. Energy
cannot be fully discharged if pins are bent or
damaged.
CAUTION
Asystole is not judged to be a shockable rhythm
and the defibrillator does not automaticallycharge the energy.
CAUTION
If the patient’s body is wet, thoroughly wipe the
moisture off the skin so that the pads do not shortto each other. Otherwise, the discharged energy
may be insufficient.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 38/302
1.20 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
1. GENERAL
Pacing
WARNING
Do not perform pacing while using an ESU.
Before using the ESU, turn the defibrillator power
off and remove disposable pads from the patient.
Otherwise, high frequency energy from the ESU
causes abnormal current to flow into the patient
and causes electrical burn, shock or other injury.
It also damages the defibrillator.
WARNING
Always monitor the ECG waveform with the ECG
connection cable and ECG electrodes.
WARNING
Confirm that there is no noise on the ECG. Noise
may be misrecognized as QRS and correct
pacing cannot be performed.
WARNING
Do not touch the patient, pads or connectors
during pacing. It may cause electrical shock.
WARNING
The pacing rate must be determined by qualified
medical personnel based on the heart rate of the
patient in a normal state.
WARNING
The pacing current must only be increased by
qualified medical personnel decision.
WARNING
Keep the current intensity as low as possible to
minimize pain and discomfort to the patient.
WARNING
Failure to follow the following warnings causes
serious skin burn.
• Do not attach the pads over ECG electrode.• Do not attach pads on the papilla or medicine
on the patient’s body.
• Fit the pad closely to the body surface so that
current flows uniformly through the pad. This
reduces the required pacing current and pain
and discomfort to the patient.
WARNING
The apex-posterior placement is not suitable for
ECG monitoring or AED analysis.
WARNING
The anterior-posterior placement is not suitable
for ECG monitoring or AED analysis. Use this
placement only for pacing.
WARNING
Never select “TEST” for the ECG lead. “TEST”
is for maintenance and the waveform displayed
on the screen is not the patient’s ECG. If
synchronized cardioversion is performed with the
TEST lead, the discharge is not synchronized
with the patient’s QRS and it may cause
ventricular fibrillation.
WARNING
Do not change the sensitivity or ECG lead setting
after pacing is started. If sensitivity or lead is
changed, the pacing stops for 3 seconds. Failure
to follow this warning may cause serious heart
attack.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 39/302
1
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 1.21
1. GENERAL
WARNING
No QRS wave is detected:
• For 240 ms after the pacing pulse is output, if
the pacing rate is set to 100 ppm or more.
• For 350 ms after the pacing pulse is output, if
the pacing rate is set to 90 ppm or less.
CAUTION
Always check that the pacing pulse is effective by
observing the ECG on the screen during pacing.
CAUTION
Do not bend or damage the connector pins of
the paddle connector. Energy cannot be fully
discharged if pins are bent or damaged.
CAUTION
If the patient’s body is wet, thoroughly wipe the
moisture off the skin so that the paddles do not
short to each other. Otherwise, the discharged
energy may be insufficient.
ECG Monitoring
WARNING
When using a defibrillator together with the
monitor, use Ag/AgCl electrodes. Other types
of electrodes, stainless steel in particular, will
adversely affect the ECG waveform by slowing
the baseline recovery on the monitor and result in
no monitoring immediately following defibrillation.
WARNING
Even when the pacing pulse rejection is set to
ON, the pacemaker pulse can be overlooked
or detected as QRS. You cannot confirm the
pacemaker operation only from the detected
pacemaker pulse.
WARNING
• The apex-posterior placement is not suitable for
ECG monitoring or AED analysis.
• The anterior-posterior placement is not suitablefor ECG monitoring or AED analysis. Use this
placement only for pacing.
WARNING
Turn pacing pulse rejection to OFF when
monitoring a child, baby or infant. When pacing
pulse rejection is set to ON, narrow width QRSof a child cannot be detected correctly and the
defibrillator may miscount QRS.
CAUTION
When the “Check ECG Electrodes” message is
displayed, ECG is not monitored properly and
the ECG alarm does not function. Check the
electrode, electrode leads and connection cord,
and if necessary, replace with new ones.
CAUTION
Turn the pacing pulse rejection to On when
monitoring a pacemaker patient. Otherwise QRS
and pacemaker pulse might not be distinguished
and pacing failure might not be recognized.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 40/302
1.22 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
1. GENERAL
SpO2 Monitoring
WARNING
SpO2 measurement may be incorrect in the
following cases.
• When the patient’s carboxyhemoglobin or
methemoglobin increases abnormally.• When dye is injected in the blood.
• When using an electrosurgical unit.
• During CPR.
• When measuring at a site with venous pulse.
• When there is body movement.
• When the pulse wave is small (insufficient
peripheral circulation).
WARNING
When not monitoring SpO2, disconnect the SpO2
connection cord from the defibrillator. Otherwise,
noise from the probe sensor may interfere and
incorrect data is displayed on the screen.
WARNING
When measuring SpO2 of a patient who is in
a state of shock or in CPR (cardiopulmonary
resuscitation), the acquired SpO2 data may be
incorrect due to the patient’s body movement.
WARNING
When monitoring SpO2 of a patient who is
receiving photodynamic therapy, the light from
the finger probe sensor may cause a burn.
Photodynamic therapy uses a photosensitizing
agent that has a side effect of photosensitivity.
The SpO2 probe manufactured by Nihon Kohden have two
wavelengths with peaks in the range of 650 and 950 nm. The
maximum light intensity is less than 5.5 mW.
WARNING
Check the circulation condition by observing the
skin color at the measurement site and pulse
waveform. Change the measurement site every
8 hours for disposable probes and every 4 hours
for reusable probes (every 8 hours for TL-631T3
probe). The skin temperature may increase at the
attached site by 2 or 3°C (4 or 5°F) and cause a
burn or pressure necrosis. When using the probe
on the following patients, take extreme care and
change the measurement site more frequently
according to symptoms and degree.
• Patient with a fever
• Patient with insufficient peripheral circulation
• Neonate or low birth weight infant with delicate
skin
WARNING
• When using the TL-201T finger probe, do
not fasten the probe and cable to the finger
by wrapping with tape. This may cause burn,
congestion or pressure necrosis from poor
blood circulation.
• When using probes other than the TL-201T
finger probe, to avoid poor circulation, do
not wrap the tape too tight. Check the blood
circulation condition by observing the skin
color and congestion at the skin peripheral to
the probe attachment site. Even for short-term
monitoring, there may be burn or pressure
necrosis from poor blood circulation, especially
on neonates or low birth weight infants whoseskin is delicate. Accurate measurement cannot
be performed on a site with poor peripheral
circulation.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 41/302
1
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 1.23
1. GENERAL
CAUTION
Handle the probe cable according to the following
cautions. Failure to follow these cautions may
cause cable discontinuity or short circuit of
the probe cable which may cause incorrect
measurement data or inability to performmeasurement. Also in rare cases, the probe
temperature may increase and cause skin burn
on the patient. If the probe cable is damaged,
replace the probe with a new one.
• Do not pull or bend the probe cable.
• Do not let caster feet run over the probe cable.
CAUTION
Do not immerse the disposable probe in
detergent or water. If the probe adhesive surface
gets wet, the adhesiveness becomes weak and
the probe cannot be attached to the skin. Also,
it may cause incorrect data and skin burn on thepatient.
CAUTION
Only use the specified probes. Otherwise SpO2
cannot be monitored properly and instrument
performance may be degraded.
CAUTION
Turn off the power of mobile phones, small
wireless devices and other devices which
produce strong electromagnetic interference
around a patient (except for devices allowed by
the hospital administrator). Radio waves from
devices such as mobile phones or small wireless
devices may be mistaken as pulse waves and the
displayed data may be incorrect.
CAUTION
Do not use a probe which is deteriorated
by aging. Accurate measurement cannot be
performed.
CAUTIONDo not use a damaged or disassembled probe.
It causes incorrect measurement and may injure
the patient.
CAUTIONThe disposable probe is not sterilized. Use the
disposable probe only for a single patient. Never
reuse the disposable probe for another patient
because it causes cross infection.
CAUTION
If the attachment site is dirty with blood or bodily
fluids, clean the attachment site before attaching
the probe. If there is nail polish on the attachment
site, remove the polish. Otherwise, the amount of
transmitted light decreases, and measured value
may be incorrect or measurement cannot be
performed.
CAUTION
If the skin gets irritated or redness appears on
the skin from the probe, change the attachment
site or stop using the probe. Take extreme care
for the patients with delicate skin.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 42/302
1.24 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
1. GENERAL
CAUTION
• If the probe is attached to the same limb that
is used for NIBP measurement or an IBP
catheter, the blood circulation at the attachment
site is affected and the measurement might not
be correct. Attach the probe to a limb where the blood
circulation is not affected.
• If patient’s nail is long, cut it or attach the probe
to another finger. The probe cannot be attached
properly to a finger with a long nail.
• Refer to the probe instruction manual for
details.
CAUTION
Remove the probe carefully and slowly from
the skin. The adhesion may damage the skin.
Especially when removing it from a neonate,
pay attention to the neonatal skin because it is
delicate.
CAUTION
When removing the probe from the attachment
tape, do not pull the sensor cable because this
can damage the cable.
CAUTIONWhen the probe is attached on an appropriate
site with sufficient circulation and the error
message confirming the probe attachment
repeatedly appears, the probe may be
deteriorated. Replace it with a new one.
CAUTIONWhen a message indicates a faulty probe or
faulty SpO2 connection cable, replace the probe
or SpO2 connection cable with a new one.
CAUTION
While a patient is on medication which causes
vasodilation, the pulse waveform may change
and in rare cases the SpO2 value might not be
displayed.
CAUTION
• Do not use creosol soap, glutaraldehyde,
sodium hypochlorite, or benzalkonium chloride
because they damage the probe.
• Do not soak the probe in cleaning solution
because it is not waterproof.
CO2 Monitoring
WARNING
When performing defibrillation during CO2
monitoring with a CO2 sensor kit, remove the
sensor from the patient. If the sensor cannot be
removed, do not touch the sensor cable because
the discharged energy may cause electrical
shock or injury.
WARNING
With the TG-901T3 CO2 sensor kit,
measurements are based on the assumption
of no CO2 gas in the inspiration. The CO2
concentration in the respiration is calculated by
taking the CO2 concentration in the inspiration
as 0 mmHg. Therefore, measuring CO2 by
connecting the CO2 sensor kit to a patient under
mouth-to-mouth respiration or to a Jackson Rees
circuit or Mapleson D circuit where CO2 gas may
be present during inspiration may result in the
acquired data being lower than the actual value.
WARNING
With the TG-901T3 CO2 sensor kit, this
defibrillator cannot monitor CO2 of patients
weighing less than 10 kg (22 lbs).
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 43/302
1
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 1.25
1. GENERAL
CAUTION
The CO2 data may be inaccurate when
monitoring a patient with an extremely high
respiration rate or irregular respiration. Read the
measured values carefully.
CAUTION
The measured value may be incorrect when the
operating temperature changes greatly or there
is excess condensation in the airway adapter or
nasal adapter.
CAUTION
When the “CO2 sensor not working” or “CO2
adapter abnormality” message is displayed,
check the CO2 sensor kit and replace it if
necessary. CO2 cannot be monitored while the
message is displayed.
CAUTION
Follow the CAUTION label on the CO2 gas
cylinder.
CAUTION
When using an anesthetic instrument with a
volatile anesthetic agent, the CO2 measurement
may be inaccurate.
CO2 Sensor Kit and Airway Adapter
WARNING
Do not use the airway adapter on neonates
because the dead space volume of the airway
adapter is about 5 mL.
WARNING
When using the YG-101T airway adapter on a
patient with low ventilatory volume, check the
ventilation taking into consideration the 5 mL
dead space. The CO2 may mix in the inspiration
due to the airway adapter s dead space, resulting
in inaccurate measured value or difficulty in
detecting apnea.
WARNING
When using the YG-121T airway adapter on a
patient with low ventilatory volume, check the
ventilation taking into consideration the 1.2 mL
dead space. The CO2 may mix in the inspiration
due to the airway adapter’s dead space, resultingin inaccurate measured value or difficulty in
detecting apnea.
WARNING
• When you use YG-122T together with an
oxygen cannula, check that the oxygen cannula
is correctly attached on the patient by referring
to other parameters and by observing the
patient periodically.• If arterial oxygen partial pressure does not
increase, immediately stop using the oxygen
cannula with the CO2 sensor kit and select
another way to supply oxygen.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 44/302
1.26 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
1. GENERAL
WARNING
The only oxygen cannula that can be used with
YG-122T is #1103 manufactured by HUDSON
RCI ® . Do not use any other oxygen cannula.
Other oxygen cannulas cannot be attached and
oxygen cannot be delivered to the patient throughthe nostrils.
WARNING
Check that the oxygen cannula tube is not bent,
broken, or blocked by the nasal tube. If the ends
of the oxygen cannula tube turn too far up or
down, it causes insufficient O2 supply or the CO2
value may be incorrect.
CAUTION
The airway adapter/nasal adapter is non-
sterilized and disposable. Use only for a single
patient and single use. Failure to follow this
instruction causes cross infection.
CAUTION
With the TG-901T3 CO2 sensor kit, secure the
CO2 sensor to the respiration circuit so that
the transparent film of the airway adapter is
perpendicular to the floor. If the transparent film is
parallel to the floor, water droplets may get onto
the transparent film and affect the measurement
accuracy.
CAUTION
Failure to follow the instructions below degrades
the anti-fogging ability of the transparent film and
results in incorrect measurement.
• Replace the airway adapter/nasal adapter with
a new one every 24 hours.
• Replace the airway adapter/nasal adapter with
a new one if blood, sputum or mucus adhere to
the transparent film.
• Do not damage the transparent film. Do not let
dust or detergent contact the transparent film.
Do not touch, wipe or clean the transparent film
with fingers or cleaners.
CAUTION
Never autoclave or perform EOG gas sterilization
for the TG-901T3 CO2 sensor kit. It damages the
CO2 sensor kit and safety cannot be guaranteed.
CAUTION
When using the YG-121T/YG-122T nasal adapteron a patient with bleeding disorder, poor general
medical condition or malnutrition, observe the
patient condition all the time. The mouth guide
touches the mouth and may cause pressure
sores.
Alarms
WARNING
During alarm suspension (“Alarm off” or “Alarm
suspended” message displayed), all current
alarms except for instrument alarm group 1 are
turned off. Be careful when you suspend the
alarm.
WARNING
When admitting a new patient, check the alarm
settings.
CAUTION
When the alarm limit is set to OFF, there will be
no alarm for that limit. Be careful when you set
the alarm limit to OFF.
CAUTION
Alarms about a parameter do not occur until the
measurement of the parameter starts.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 45/302
1
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 1.27
1. GENERAL
Maintenance
WARNING
When performing energy discharge check,
keep the paddles in the paddle holders. Do not
discharge with the paddles in the air or touching
the patient. When checking paddles other than
the external paddles, use a defibrillator analyzer
or other checking equipment.
WARNING
Do not discharge with the paddles in the air. This
may cause electrical shock to the operator or
damage the defibrillator.
WARNING
• Test the battery pack once a month.
• When you start using a new battery pack, write
the date of first use on the labels on the battery
pack and defibrillator.
• Replace the battery pack every two years.• If defibrillation or cardioversion is necessary
during the battery test, cancel the battery test
and operate the defibrillator on AC power. Do
not use battery power because the battery pack
may have been discharged by the battery test.
CAUTION
Before maintenance, cleaning or disinfection,
turn the defibrillator power off, disconnect the
power cord from the AC socket and then remove
the battery from the defibrillator. Failure to follow
this instruction may result in electrical shock and
defibrillator malfunction.
CAUTION
When inserting or removing the battery pack,
disconnect the power cord from the defibrillator.
Otherwise, the operator may receive electrical
shock.
CAUTION
Assembly and disassembly of any component in
the instrument should only be done by qualified
service personnel.
Storage
CAUTION
To prevent overheating, leave the defibrillator
lying flat and do not cover it.
CAUTION
Store the disposable pads in the environment
described on the pads package. If stored in
an environment other than specified, the pads
become unusable.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 46/302
1.28 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
1. GENERAL
Recording Sound
Surrounding sound and ECG waveforms can be recorded in an SD card in the
debrillation screen, AED screen, pacing screen and monitoring screen. Up to
2 hours of sound recording is available with the QM-001D (1 GB) SD memory
card. You can save report data in the SD card (refer to “Save Report” in Section
3). When the SD card is inserted into the debrillator, recording automatically
starts.
To stop recording,
1. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the SETUP position to open the
Setup screen.
2. When the “Can eject SD card” mark appears at the upper corner of the
screen, remove the SD card by pushing it in.
CAUTION
Only remove the SD card in the Setup screen. Otherwise, the saved
data may be damaged. When the SD card is removed after the
power is turned off, the latest 30 seconds of data is lost.
To play back the recorded sound and ECG waveforms, refer to “Use Voice File”
in Section 3.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 47/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 2.1
2
Location ...............................................................................................................................................................2.2
Surrounding Conditions .............................................................................................................................2.2
Radiofrequency or Electromagnetic Field .................................................................................................2.2
Power ................................................................................................................................................................... 2.3
AC Operation ............................................................................................................................................. 2.3
Battery Operation ......................................................................................................................................2.3
Using AC Power...................................................................................................................................................2.4
Connecting the Power Cord ......................................................................................................................2.4
Cutting Off the Power Supply to the Defibrillator .......................................................................................2.4
Using the Battery .................................................................................................................................................2.5Safety Information about Battery Pack ......................................................................................................2.5
Checking the Battery Pack ..............................................................................................................2.7
Storage ............................................................................................................................................ 2.7
Disposal ..........................................................................................................................................2.7
Inserting the Battery into the Defibrillator ..................................................................................................2.8
Charging the Battery Pack ........................................................................................................................2.9
Trickle Charging ....................................................................................................................................... 2.10
Remaining Battery Power Display ...........................................................................................................2.11
Loading the Recording Paper ............................................................................................................................2.12
Basic Checks .....................................................................................................................................................2.13Displaying the Basic Checks Screen ....................................................................................................... 2.13
Check Procedure ..................................................................................................................................... 2.13
Check Before Use..............................................................................................................................................2.16
Before Turning On the Power ..................................................................................................................2.16
Check Items After Turning the Power On ................................................................................................2.17
Section 2 Preparation
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 48/302
2.2 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
2. PREPARATION
Location
WARNING
Never use the defibrillator in the presence of any flammableanesthetic gas or high concentration oxygen atmosphere. Failure to
follow this warning may cause explosion or fire.
WARNING
Never use the defibrillator in a hyperbaric oxygen chamber. Failure to
follow this warning may cause explosion or fire.
Surrounding Conditions
WARNING
Fluids such as Ringer’s saline solution and blood are excellent
electrical conductors; to avoid creating potentially dangerous
electrical paths, keep the defibrillator and the immediate area clean
and dry at all times.
Radiofrequency or Electromagnetic Field
WARNING
Do not use any kind of non-essential non-patient care device within
a radius of 1 meter around the defibrillator. The use of non-essential
non-patient care devices that emit radiofrequency or electromagnetic
fields may interfere with the operation of the defibrillator by causing
noise on the ECG waveform or error messages. If a non-essential
non-patient care device is accidentally placed near the defibrillator,
quickly remove it.
WARNING
Do not take this defibrillator into the MRI test room. This defibrillator
is not designed to be used during MRI tests.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 49/302
2
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 2.3
2. PREPARATION
Power
WARNING
Only use the provided power cord. When the provided power cordcannot be used or when equipotential grounding is doubtful (such as
in poor grounding facility), operate the defibrillator on battery power.
Otherwise, the patient and operator may receive electrical shock or
injury.
The debrillator can operate on either battery or AC power. You can select
either AC or battery (battery pack NKB-301V: option) according to where the
debrillator is used.
AC Operation
When the power cord is plugged into an AC outlet, the AC lamp lights. When the
debrillator power is turned on with the power cord connected to an AC outlet,
the debrillator operates on AC power. The “ ” mark is displayed on the right
upper screen.
Battery Operation
When the battery is inserted and the power cord is disconnected, such as when
transferring a patient, the debrillator automatically switches to battery power.
The “ ” mark is displayed on the screen.
The battery can be charged only by the debrillator. The battery is charged when
the power cord is plugged into an AC outlet and AC power is supplied to the
debrillator. The battery is also charged during operation.
NOTE
For the TFT LCD screen, it is considered normal if some pixels have
randomly abnormal color or do not light.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 50/302
2.4 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
2. PREPARATION
Using AC Power
Connecting the Power Cord
WARNINGOnly use the provided power cord. Using other power cords may
result in electrical shock or injury to the patient and operator.
Connect the provided power cord to the AC SOURCE socket on the rear panel
of the debrillator and plug the cord into a 3-prong AC outlet. When the 3-prong
power cord is connected to the 3-prong AC outlet with a ground third contact, the
debrillator is automatically grounded.
When AC power is supplied to the debrillator, the AC lamp lights.
NOTE
If the AC lamp does not light when the power cord is connected, check if
the power cord is properly connected.
Cutting Off the Power Supply to the Defibrillator
To cut off the power supply to the debrillator, disconnect the power cord of the
debrillator from the wall AC outlet. When installing the debrillator, position
the debrillator so that it is easy to disconnect the power cord from the wall AC
outlet.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 51/302
2
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 2.5
2. PREPARATION
Using the Battery
NOTE
• The battery lifetime is two years. Replace the battery pack within two
years after the first use.- Replacing the battery 18 months after the first use is recommended.
- When the battery pack is frequently used, the battery life may
become shorter than 18 months.
- Do not use an expired battery pack. The defibrillator may malfunction
and safety is not guaranteed.
• Before operating the defibrillator on battery, check the label on the
defibrillator for the date the battery was first used.
• In order to ensure emergency use of the defibrillator on battery power,
perform the battery test once a month.
When the battery pack NKB-301V (option) is inserted in the debrillator
and the debrillator is not connected to AC power, the debrillator can be
operated on battery. When the power cord is disconnected during AC operation,
the debrillator automatically switches to battery operation, which enables
continuous operation. When the power cord is connected again, the debrillator
switches to AC operation automatically.
With the fully charged new battery at 20°C, the debrillator can perform:
Debrillation: at least 70 discharges at 270 J
Monitoring: at least 150 minutes continuous monitoring
Noninvasive pacing: at least 90 minutes pacing in FIXED mode at 180 ppm
and 200 mA
With the fully charged new battery at 0°C, the debrillator can perform:
Debrillation: at least 50 discharges at 270 J
Safety Information about Battery Pack
WARNINGDo not do the following to the battery. It may
cause leakage, overheating, explosion and fire.
• Short-circuit the + and – terminals on the
battery.
• Put the battery into fire or heat the battery.
• Disassemble or modify the battery.
• Give strong impact to or deform the battery.
• Use the battery on unspecified instruments.
• Charge the battery on unspecified instruments.
• Install the battery with the wrong polarity.
• Leave the battery in the reach of patients.
WARNINGIf the battery pack is damaged and the substance
inside the battery pack contacts the eyes or skin,
wash immediately and thoroughly with water and
see a physician. Never rub your eyes, because
you may lose your eyesight.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 52/302
2.6 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
2. PREPARATION
WARNING
• Test the battery pack once a month.
• When you start using a new battery pack, write
the date of first use on the labels on the battery
pack and defibrillator.
• Replace the battery pack every two years.• If defibrillation or cardioversion is necessary
during the battery test, cancel the battery test
and operate the defibrillator on AC power. Do
not use battery power because the battery pack
may have been discharged by the battery test.
WARNING
• Do not immerse the battery pack in water.
The battery may overheat and rust and the
substance inside the battery may leak.
• Do not leave the battery pack unused for more
than about one year. The battery may leak.
CAUTION
When inserting or removing the battery pack,
disconnect the power cord from the defibrillator.
Otherwise, the operator may receive electrical
shock.
CAUTION
To keep the battery pack fully charged, always
keep the power cord connected to the AC
outlet even when the defibrillator is not used.
Otherwise, the battery pack may discharge and
become unusable.
CAUTION
Do not expose the battery pack to direct sunlight
or leave in a high temperature place. The
lifetime of the battery pack may be shortened,
the performance of the battery pack may be
degraded and the battery may leak.
CAUTION
The battery pack must be replaced by qualified
service personnel.
CAUTIONDo not leave the battery pack near the patient or
in reach of children.
NOTE
• Fully charge the new battery pack before using on the defibrillator.
• Do not use a battery pack which is past the expiration date written on
the label.
• If the battery pack becomes unusable or the available discharge time
has decreased, do not leave the battery pack in the defibrillator. The
substance inside the battery may leak, causing instrument corrosion
and fire. Immediately replace the battery with a new one.
• Do not leave a battery pack inside the defibrillator without the power
cord connected between the defibrillator and AC outlet. The battery
pack may be over-discharged and can no longer be used.
• When not using the defibrillator for more than six months, remove the
battery pack from the defibrillator and store the battery at temperatures
between −20°C (−4°F) and +35°C (+95°F) and low humidity.
• Before disposing of the defibrillator, make sure that the battery pack is
removed from the defibrillator.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 53/302
2
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 2.7
2. PREPARATION
• Before disposing of the battery, check with your local solid waste
officials for details in your area for recycling options or proper disposal.
The battery is recyclable. At the end of its useful life, under various
state and local laws, it may be illegal to dispose of this battery into the
municipal waste stream.
Checking the Battery Pack
NOTE
In order to ensure emergency use of the defibrillator on battery power,
perform the battery test once a month.
To prevent battery trouble, check the battery appearance every 6 months. If there
is any damage (crack, deformation, cable discontinuity and so on) on the battery
or the battery leaks, replace the battery with a new one. If the battery is dirty with
dust, remove it.
Storage
WARNING
Do not immerse the battery pack in water. The battery may overheat
and rust and the substance inside the battery may leak.
• When not using the debrillator for more than one month, to prevent leaking or
rusting of the battery, remove the battery pack from the debrillator and store
the battery at surrounding temperatures between −20°C (−4°F) and +35°C
(+95°F) and low humidity.
• When a battery is not used for over one month, fully charge it before use. Even
if the battery was fully charged before storage, the battery self-discharges and
operation time decreases.
• To ensure full performance of the debrillator, replace the battery every two
years. Replacing the battery 18 months after the rst use is recommended.
• When a battery is stored for a long time, the battery tends to deactivate and the
original battery capacity cannot be used to 100%. The capacity may recover by
repeating full discharging and full charging several times.
Disposal
The battery is NiMH. Before disposing of the battery, check with your local solid
waste ofcials for details in your area for recycling options or proper disposal.
The battery is recyclable. At the end of its useful life, under various state and
local laws, it may be illegal to dispose of this battery into the municipal waste
stream.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 54/302
2.8 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
2. PREPARATION
Inserting the Battery into the Defibrillator
Before inserting the battery, check the battery appearance and write the date of
rst use on the label on the battery. After inserting the battery, charge the battery.
NOTE
• Use only the battery pack NKB-301V.
• Perform the battery test once a month. Check the battery appearance
every 6 months. Replace the battery every two years. Replacing the
battery 18 months after the first use is recommended.
• The battery pack must be inserted by a qualified service personnel.
1. Before inserting the battery into the debrillator, write the date of the rst
use on the label on the battery.
2. Conrm that the Energy/Mode Select Control is set to OFF. Disconnect the
power cord from the debrillator.
CAUTION
When inserting or removing the battery pack, disconnect the power
cord from the defibrillator. Otherwise, the operator may receive
electrical shock.
3. Turn the knob on the battery pack holder cover counterclockwise and
remove the battery pack holder cover.
4. Insert the battery into the battery pack holder.
5. Securely connect the battery connector to the connector inside the battery
pack holder until it clicks and locks.
6. Close the battery pack holder cover. Be careful not to pinch the cable. Secure
the battery pack holder cover by turning the knob clockwise.
7. On the battery check label*, write the date of battery rst use and the date
the battery is checked. On the start date label**, write down the date of
battery rst use. Attach each label on the debrillator so that you can see
them easily, for example, on the upper part of the right side panel.
* Debrillator standard accessory
** Battery standard accessory
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 55/302
2
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 2.9
2. PREPARATION
8. Reset the date of rst use of the battery.
i) Display the System Setup - Battery Test screen.
ii) Press the Reset key to reset the date of rst use of the battery. The “Time
to replace battery” message appears two years after the Reset key is
pressed.
NOTE
You must do this step when the battery is replaced. Otherwise, the
defibrillator does not display the “Time to replace battery” message to
prompt you to replace the battery.
Charging the Battery Pack
The battery can be charged by the debrillator or a specied battery charger.
When “ 0 ” appears on the screen, immediately charge the battery. When
“ 0 ” is displayed on the screen, the debrillator cannot charge the debrillation
or cardioversion energy. The battery pack is not fully charged at the factory.
NOTE
• When you use a new battery, charge the battery at least 3 hours until
the battery charge complete lamp lights.
• Always charge the battery pack at surrounding temperatures between
0°C (32°F) and 40°C (104°F). Charging may stop when the battery
is charged at surrounding temperatures higher than 45°C (113°F). In
this case, move the defibrillator to a cooler place. When the battery
temperature decreases, the battery charging resumes.
• Charge the battery pack only by the defibrillator or the specified
battery charger. If the battery pack is charged with another instrument,
abnormal current flows, the substance inside the battery may leak and
the battery may explode. It also causes defibrillator malfunction and
instrument trouble.
• When charging the battery using the defibrillator, confirm that the
AC lamp is lit and either the battery charging lamp or battery charge
complete lamp is lit.
• Charge the battery pack immediately after it is used. If it is left
uncharged, the battery will become unusable because of over-
discharge.
Charging procedure
1. Set the Energy/Mode Select control to the OFF position.
2. Connect the power cord to the debrillator. The battery charging lamp on the
front panel lights and the charging (rapid charging) starts.
NOTE
Do not disconnect the power cord until charging finishes.
3. When rapid charging nishes, the battery charge complete lamp lights.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 56/302
2.10 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
2. PREPARATION
NOTE
• When the battery charging lamp continues to be lit over 5 hours (the
battery charge complete lamp does not light), the battery is abnormal.
Perform battery test and if the battery proved to be abnormal, replace it
with a new one.
• Blinking battery charging lamp indicates that the temperature inside the
defibrillator is rising. In this case, immediately quit charging. Move the
defibrillator to a cool place and start charging again. Charging starts
after the temperature inside the defibrillator decreases.
Trickle Charging
After battery charge complete lamp lights, keep the power cord connected to
the AC outlet regardless of whether the debrillator is used or not. The trickle
charge* starts in order to keep the battery fully charged.
* Trickle charge is a method to charge with small current to compensate for the
loss by self discharge. This prevents the decrease of battery capacity caused by
self discharge.
CAUTION
To keep the battery pack fully charged, always keep the power cord
connected to the AC outlet even when the defibrillator is not used.
Otherwise, the battery pack may discharge and become unusable.
NOTE
• When the defibrillator operates on a fully charged battery and “ ”,
“ 1 3 ” or “ 0 ” appears soon, the battery is deteriorated. Check the
capacity by the battery test. If a “Battery WEAK” or “Replace battery”
message appears, replace the battery with a new one.
• Perform the battery test once a month.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 57/302
2
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 2.11
2. PREPARATION
Remaining Battery Power Display
When the debrillator operates on battery, the remaining battery power is
displayed on the top right of the screen. When a message appears, an alarm
sounds.
Mark Message Remaining Battery PowerAvailable discharges
(20°C, 270 J charge) — Remain enough 40 discharges or more
Battery discharged* Remain about 2/3 About 20 to 40 discharges
Battery discharged* Remain 1/3 or less About 4 to 20 discharges
1 3
Charge battery Battery is discharged. Replace the
battery with a charged battery or
switch to AC operation.
3 discharges or less
0
Charge battery Cannot operate on battery. The
power turns off soon. Replace the
battery with a charged battery or
switch to AC operation.
Not available
* The message disappears after 5 or 6 seconds.
NOTE
• The values in the table are under the condition that the battery is
handled as specified in this manual. The value is affected by the battery
usage and storage conditions. While the recorder is running, the
operation time is shorter than indicated in the table.
• The defibrillator cannot charge energy when the battery mark is
blinking. Immediately connect the defibrillator to AC power or replace
the battery with a fully charged one.
• When using a battery that is not fully charged, the remaining battery
power display may be incorrect.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 58/302
2.12 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
2. PREPARATION
Loading the Recording Paper
NOTE
Only use the FQS50-2-100 Z-fold type recording paper.
1. Pull the door release lever of the recorder up to open the door. For safety, the
door stops half-open. Pull the door completely down with your hand.
2. Set the recording paper inside the recorder with the printed side up.
To load Z-fold recording paper, rst pull the slide plate toward you until it
clicks and load the paper.
3. Draw out the paper toward you and close the door until it clicks.
4. Press the Record key on the front panel to feed the recording paper.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 59/302
2
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 2.13
2. PREPARATION
Basic Checks
With the basic checks, the following six or seven functions are checked
depending on the debrillator model. Perform the basic checks everyday.
• Discharge check
• Battery check
• Recorder check
• Alarm check
• Voice check
• Pacing check (TEC-5531 only)
• Debrillation waveform check
Displaying the Basic Checks Screen
Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the BASIC CHECK position. The Basic
checks screen appears.
Check Procedure
WARNING
When performing energy discharge check, keep the paddles in
the paddle holders. Do not discharge with the paddles in the air or
touching the patient. When checking paddles other than the external
paddles, use a defibrillator analyzer or other checking equipment.
NOTE
• When the Basic checks screen is displayed, the waveform is
automatically switched to TEST and the patient ECG waveform is not
monitored. To monitor the patient, finish the basic checks or turn the
Energy/Mode Select control to the MONITOR position.
• Do not continuously perform the basic checks more than the specifiednumber of charge/discharge cycles. Refer to “Specifications -
Defibrillator - Maximum continuous charge/discharge cycles at 270 J” in
Section 11.
VF/VT :
In the Basic checks screen,
the VF/VT detection function is
automatically turned off.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 60/302
2.14 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
2. PREPARATION
When you start basic checks, all items are checked automatically. Follow the
instruction on the screen and press the corresponding key.
Results are displayed in the right column for each item as “ ”(pass) or “ ”
(fail). When all items are nished, the results are recorded on the recording
paper. For failed items, the debrillator may be faulty. Contact your Nihon
Kohden representative.
1. Press the OK key to start basic checks. Discharge check starts. Press the
Cancel key to cancel the item which is currently checked and start checking
the next item.
i) Discharge check
Energy charging starts. The CHARGE lamp blinks, there is a beeping
sound and a “CHARGING **J” message is displayed on the screen.
When charging completes, the CHARGE lamp lights and there is a
continuous buzzing sound. Conrm that “270 J” and “CHARGED”
messages appear on the screen. Then, the “Press discharge buttons until
discharge” message appears. With the paddles in the paddle holder,
simultaneously press both DISCHARGE buttons on the external
paddles. Hold the buttons pressed until energy is discharged to the
paddle holders. The energy is discharged in synchronization with the
TEST waveform.
Check that the displayed energy value becomes “J” and “ ” is
displayed on the screen.
Recording example of the discharge check
ii) Battery check
Check that “ ” is displayed on the screen.
iii) Recorder check
A “Did the recorder print?” message is displayed on the screen. Press
the Yes key when paper was output, and the No key when paper was not
output.
iv) Alarm check
A “Did the alarm sound?” message is displayed. Press the Yes key whenthe alarm sounded, and the No key when the alarm did not sound.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 61/302
2
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 2.15
2. PREPARATION
v) Voice check
A “Was the voice heard?” message is displayed and there is a voice “Use
disposable paddle”. Press the Yes key when the voice was heard, and the
No key when the voice was not heard.
vi) Pacing check
NOTE
• Check that the external paddles are properly placed on the
paddle holders and that the external paddle connector is firmly
connected to the paddle connector. Otherwise, the pacing check
does not start. During the pacing check, if an external paddle
is removed from the paddle holder or the external paddle
connector is disconnected, the pacing check stops. When the
external paddle is returned to the paddle holder or the external
paddle connector is reconnected, the green paddle contact
lamp lights and 5 seconds later the pacing check resumes at
50 mA pacing current.
• During this check, QRS synchronization point is not displayed.
This check is only available for the TEC-5531 Series Debrillator. The
pacing monitor in the debrillator checks the eight pacing pulses output
from the external paddles. The check is performed by changing the
pacing current as follows.
Pacing mode: xed
Pacing rate: 120 ppm (xed)
Pacing pulse: 50 → 100 → 150 → 200 mA
The detected pacing pulse is displayed with an “*” mark for each
current.
2. When all checks nish, a “Basic checks complete” message appears on the
screen and the check result is recorded on the recording paper.
If a “Use another instrument” message appears, stop using the debrillator
and contact your Nihon Kohden representative. If any item fails, contact
your Nihon Kohden representative.
3. Debrillation waveform check
The debrillation waveform that is output in the Discharge
check can be displayed by pressing the Wave shape key. To
return to the Basic check menu, press the Return key.
NOTE
• On the Basic checks screen, if the Energy/Mode Select
control is set to positions other than BASIC CHECK,
the Basic checks screen immediately closes and
switches to the screen of the selected mode.
• Make sure that the time printed on the recording paper
is correct. The date and time on the recording paper
are important information of the medical record.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 62/302
2.16 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
2. PREPARATION
Check Before Use
Before use, do the following checks to conrm that the debrillator is in normal
condition and can be used safely. If there is any abnormality, take appropriate
remedial actions referring to Section 10 “Maintenance”. If the debrillator seems
to be faulty, attach a “Not available” or “Repair request” label on the debrillator
and contact your Nihon Kohden representative.
Before Turning On the Power
Before turning on the power, check the following items.
Accessories
• Paddles, pads and cables prepared
• Sufcient recording paper
• Sterilized internal paddle electrode prepared, if necessary
• Sufcient disposable pads, if necessary
• Sufcient contact gel (GELAID)
• Sufcient number of disposable electrodes
Connection and Setting
• Specied 3-prong power cord and ground lead are properly connected.
• Recording paper is loaded.
• Battery is fully charged (battery charge complete lamp is lit).
Overview
• Debrillator is not dirty, rusted, damaged or in contact with liquid.
• External paddles and paddle holders are not dirty or rusted.
• Operation panel is not torn or broken.
• All keys, buttons and control are undamaged and function properly.
• Power cord, cables and pins of the paddle connector are not frayed or
damaged.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 63/302
2
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 2.17
2. PREPARATION
Check Items After Turning the Power On
Power on
• The AC lamp lights when the power cord is connected to the debrillator.
• There is no re, smoke or smell.
• There is no electrical shock when touching the debrillator.
• Debrillator is not abnormally hot.
• Debrillator does not affect surrounding equipment.
Basic operation
• The screen display is correct. (brightness, distortion)
• Lamp indication is correct.
• All keys, buttons and control operate properly.
• All settings are correct.
• The battery is fully charged.
• No abnormality is found in the basic checks. (no abnormality in charging/
discharging, battery, recorder, alarm sound, voice and pacing check)
• Time printed on the recording paper is correct.
• Alarm functions properly.
• The paper is fed correctly. (no wandering or jam)
• Recorded waveforms and letters are clear.
• There is no error message or abnormal operation.
Alarm
• Alarm settings are correct.
NOTE
Make sure that the date and time printed on the recording paper is
correct. The date and time on the recording paper are important parts of
the medical record.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 64/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 3.1
3
Section 3 System Setup Screen and
Setup Screen
System Setup Screen ..........................................................................................................................................3.3
Changing the Items on the System Setup Screen ....................................................................................3.3
Configuration .............................................................................................................................................3.4
Setting List ......................................................................................................................................3.5
Setting Description ..........................................................................................................................3.7
Battery Test .............................................................................................................................................3.12
HV Capacitor Test....................................................................................................................................3.12
Recorder Test .......................................................................................................................................... 3.12
System Information .................................................................................................................................3.13
Report History .........................................................................................................................................3.13Use Voice File .......................................................................................................................................... 3.13
Setup Screen .....................................................................................................................................................3.15
Setup Item List ........................................................................................................................................3.15
Changing the Settings on the Setup Screen ...........................................................................................3.16
Paddle Setup ...........................................................................................................................................3.16
ECG Setup ..............................................................................................................................................3.16
SpO2 Setup .............................................................................................................................................. 3.16
CO2 Setup ...............................................................................................................................................3.16
Report Setup ...........................................................................................................................................3.17
Recorder Setup .......................................................................................................................................3.17Date/Screen ............................................................................................................................................3.17
Date and Time ............................................................................................................................... 3.17
2nd Wave ......................................................................................................................................3.18
QRS Setup ..............................................................................................................................................3.18
Alarm Setup ............................................................................................................................................3.18
Save Report ............................................................................................................................................3.19
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 65/302
3.2 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
3. SYSTEM SETUP SCREEN AND SETUP SCREEN
You can change the hardware and software settings on the Setup screen and
System Setup screen. The System Setup screen also provides the hardware check
functions.
When a Setup or System Setup screen is opened, the ECG lead key, ECG
sensitivity key, Silence alarms key and Multi-function key become the function
keys for the functions on the screen which are displayed above each key.
NOTE
• Defibrillation, cardioversion and pacing are not available while the
Setup screen or System Setup screen is displayed.
• Setting items on the System Setup screen and checking the hardware
must be performed by the administrator of this defibrillator at your
hospital or by a person with medical and technical knowledge.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 66/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 3.3
3. SYSTEM SETUP SCREEN AND SETUP SCREEN
3
System Setup Screen
Changing the Items on the System Setup Screen
Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the SETUP position while pressing and
holding the Silence alarms key. Hold the Silence alarms key until the System
Setup - Menu screen appears.
About the System Setup - Menu screen
1. Conguration
This changes system settings.
2. Battery Test
This checks the built-in battery performance to conrm safe battery
operation.
3. HV Capacitor Test
This checks the performance of the HV (high voltage) capacitor to charge
the energy for debrillation and cardioversion.
4. Recorder Test
This checks the built-in-recorder with preset waveforms and alphanumeric
characters.
6. System Information
This shows system information.7. Report History
This records information for maintenance.
9. Use Voice File
Plays the recorded sound from an SD card.
• To select the item, press the Item key and press the OK key. The selected
screen opens.
• To exit the System Setup screen, turn the Energy/Mode Select control to any
position other than SETUP.
NOTE
The changed settings are immediately applied when they are selected. If
you want to return a setting to its previous value, set the setting again.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 67/302
3.4 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
3. SYSTEM SETUP SCREEN AND SETUP SCREEN
Configuration
This changes system settings.
1. On the System Setup - Menu screen, select “1. Conguration” with the Item
key.
2. Press the OK key. The System Setup - Conguration screen appears.
You can print the hard copy of the currently displayed System Setup screen
by pressing the Record key.
3. Press the Item ↓ or Item ↑ key to select an item. The selected item is
highlighted. If the desired item is not on the current screen, scroll the screen
with the Item ↓ or Item ↑ key.
4. Press the Select key to select the setting. Every time the Select key is
pressed, the setting is changed.
To return to the System Setup - Menu screen, press the Menu key.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 68/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 3.5
3. SYSTEM SETUP SCREEN AND SETUP SCREEN
3
Setting List
The factory default settings are underlined.
No. Parameters Description Settings
1 AED Energy
Select the 1st, 2nd and 3rd energy in
AED mode. The number of charges for
one sequence in AED mode is set in “5.
Discharge/AED sequence”.
2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30, 50, 70,
100, 150, 200, 270 (J)
(Default setting: 150 for 1st, 200
for 2nd, 270 for 3rd)
2 Energy after 3rd discharge
After the 3rd discharge, repeat the entire
energy cycle (1st → 2nd → 3rd → 1st…)
or repeat the 3rd energy (1st → 2nd → 3rd
→ 3rd…).
Repeat cycle, 3rd energy
3 AED button First Analysis
Select whether or not to start AED
analysis by pressing the CHARGE/AED
button when AED mode is selected.
ON: Press the CHARGE/AED
button to start AED analysis.
OFF: When AED mode is
selected AED analysis is
automatically started.
4AED button 2nd or later
Analysis
After each discharge, select whether
manually or automatically start AED
analysis.
Each shock, Each Seq., OFF
5 Discharge/AED sequence Number of discharges for one sequence in
AED mode1, 2, 3, 4
6 CPR time (s)Wait time until starting AED analysis in
background after one sequence.
30, 60, 90, 120, 150, 180, 210 (s),
OFF
7 CPR timing soundDuration of CPR timing sound in AED
mode
60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120 (s),
OFF
8 Pause TimePause time to temporarily pause
background AED analysis in AED mode.30, 60, 120, 180 (s)
9 Manual deb conrmation Select the conrmation method to enter
manual debrillation mode. None, Conrm, Password
10 Password Password to enter manual debrillationmode Four digit password from 1, 2, 3, 4(Default setting: 1111)
11 Charge holding time (s)Duration to hold energy after charging is
complete.30, 40, 50, 60 (s)
12 Sync mode after CV
Select operation mode after synchronized
cardioversion. You can continue
synchronized cardioversion mode (Sync)
or return to debrillation mode (Deb).
Sync, Deb
13 Check Pulse Pattern Select when the debrillator should check
the pulse.
1: After discharge, after no
shockable rhythm and after CPR
2: Only after CPR
3: Do not check pulse
4: Do not check pulse. VF/VTdetection off during CPR.
14 ID
Five digit ID number for this debrillator.
The ID number is printed on the recording
paper.
Valid characters:
0 to 9, a to z, A to Z, . , - , :, space,
Default setting: serial number
15 Power on lead Select lead the when the power is on. PADDLE, II
16 ECG leads Select available ECG leads. 3 LEAD, 5 LEAD
17 ECG, SpO2 sweep speedECG and SpO2 waveform sweep speed on
the screen25, 50 (mm/s)
18 CO2 sweep speed (mm/s) CO2 waveform sweep speed on the screen 6.25, 12.5 (mm/s)
19 Alarm SettingSelect the alarm settings when the power
is on.Latest, Default
20 Alarm sound Vital alarm sound type Cont tone, Beeping
21 Alarm Volume Alarm sound volume. 1, 2, 3, 4
22 Charge Sound Volume Charge sound volume. 1, 2, 3, 4
23 Voice Prompt Volume Voice prompt volume. 1, 2, 3, 4, OFF
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 69/302
3.6 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
3. SYSTEM SETUP SCREEN AND SETUP SCREEN
No. Parameters Description Settings
24 Delayed recordingSelect whether or not to perform delayed
recording.ON, OFF
25 Alarm recordingSelect whether or not to perform automatic
recording on vital alarm occurrence.ON, OFF
26Record on charging after
discharge
Select whether or not to perform automatic
recording when energy charging starts.ON (6 s), ON (12 s), OFF
27 Record CAL waveSelect whether or not to record the CAL
waveform in manual recording.ON, OFF
28 Paper speed (mm/s) Paper speed of the recorder 25, 50 (mm/s)
29 Periodic recording interval (min)Select the interval when periodic
recording is set to FREE.
1 to 9, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70,
80, 90, 100, 110, 120 (min)
30 Printing character sizeCharacter size printed on the recording
paper Large, Small
31 Date format Date format
YYYY/MM/DD
MMM/DD/YYYY
YYYY/MMM/DD
DD/MM/YYYY
32 MedicationSelect whether or not to display themedication function keys when the Event
key is pressed.
ON, OFF
33 AC line frequency
AC line frequency. This setting is
important to reduce artifact in SpO2
measurement.
50, 60 (Hz)
34 TEST leadSelect whether or not TEST lead can be
selected.ON, OFF
35 Pressure units Units used in CO2 measurement mmHg, kPa
36 Pacing Current StepsSelect the step to increase or decrease the
pacing current.1, 2, 5, 10 (mA)
37 Pacing Power on Settings Select the pacing current and pacing ratesettings when the power is on. Default, Latest
38 — — —
39 Load Settings
Select “OK” to load the system setup
settings and setup settings from the SD
card.
OK, OFF
40 Save Settings Select “OK” to save the system setup
settings and setup settings in the SD card.OK, OFF
41 Format Card Select “OK” to format the SD card. OK, OFF
42 System initialize Initializes all System Setup settings. OK, OFF
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 70/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 3.7
3. SYSTEM SETUP SCREEN AND SETUP SCREEN
3
Setting Description
The factory default settings are underlined.
1. AED Energy
Select the rst, second and third energy in AED mode. The selected energy is
automatically charged when a shockable waveform is detected. The number
of discharges for one sequence in AED mode is set in “5. Discharge/AED
sequence”.
Selection list: 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30, 50, 70, 100, 150, 200, 270 J
2. Energy after 3rd discharge
Select the energy after the third discharge in AED mode.
Repeat cycle: The rst energy is selected.
3rd energy: The third energy is selected.
Repeat cycle:
After the third discharge, the energies of the rst, second and third discharge
are repeated.
(Example)
1st: 150 J
2nd: 200 J
3rd: 270 J
4th: 150 J (same as the 1st energy)
5th: 200 J (same as the 2nd energy)
6th: 270 J (same as the 3rd energy)
7th: 150 J (same as the 1st energy)
:
3rd energy:
The energy after the third discharge is the same as the energy of the third
discharge.
(Example)
1st: 150 J
2nd: 200 J
3rd: 270 J
4th: 270 J (same as the 3rd energy)
5th: 270 J (same as the 3rd energy)
6th: 270 J (same as the 3rd energy)
7th: 270 J (same as the 3rd energy)
:
3. AED button First Analysis
When AED mode is selected, select whether or not to start AED analysis
(shockable waveform detection) by pressing the CHARGE/AED button.
ON: Press the CHARGE/AED button to start AED analysis in AED mode.
OFF: When AED mode is selected, AED analysis is automatically started.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 71/302
3.8 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
3. SYSTEM SETUP SCREEN AND SETUP SCREEN
4. AED button 2nd or later Analysis
After each discharge or sequence, select whether to manually or
automatically start AED analysis.
Each Shock: Press the CHARGE/AED button to start AED analysis after
each discharge.
Each Seq: Press the CHARGE/AED button to start AED analysis after
each sequence.
OFF: AED analysis is automatically started after each discharge or
after each sequence.
5. Discharge/AED sequence
Select the number of discharges for one sequence in AED mode.
Selection list: 1, 2, 3, 4
6. CPR time (s)
Select the wait time until starting AED analysis in background after one
sequence.
Selection list: 30, 60, 90, 120, 150, 180, 210 seconds, OFF
7. CPR timing sound
Select the duration of the CPR timing sound in AED mode.
Selection list: 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120 seconds, OFF
8. Pause time
Select the pause time to temporarily pause background AED analysis in AED
mode. In AED mode, the Multi-function key changes to the Pause function
key.
Selection list: 30, 60, 120, 180 seconds and OFF
9. Manual deb conrmation
Select the conrmation method to enter manual debrillation mode from
AED mode.
None: When the Energy/Mode Select control is set to an energy value
position, the debrillator enters manual debrillation mode. This
is useful when the operators are physicians.
Conrm: When the Energy/Mode Select control is set to an energy value
position, the conrmation key appears.
Press the OK key to enter manual debrillation mode.
This is useful when the operators are not physicians.
Password: When the Energy/Mode Select control is set to an energy
value position, the password key appears. Enter the four digit
password to enter manual debrillation mode. This is useful
when you want to specify the operator.
10. Password
Set the password to enter manual debrillation mode from AED mode.
This password is necessary when “Manual deb conrmation” is set to
“Password”. Make the four digit password using the 1, 2, 3 and 4 keys
(default setting: 1111).
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 72/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 3.9
3. SYSTEM SETUP SCREEN AND SETUP SCREEN
3
11. Charge holding time (s)
Duration to hold energy after charging is complete.
Selection list: 30, 40, 50, 60, seconds
12. Sync mode after CV
Select operation mode after synchronized cardioversion. You can continue
synchronized cardioversion mode or return to debrillation mode.
Deb: After synchronized cardioversion, the debrillator automatically
switches to debrillation mode. After one external discharge
with the SYNC button pressed, the debrillator switches to
asynchronous debrillation mode.
Sync: After synchronized cardioversion, the debrillator remains in
synchronized cardioversion mode. Synchronized cardioversion
mode lasts until the SYNC button is pressed again.
13. Check Pulse Pattern
Select when to check the pulse.
1: After discharge, after no shockable rhythm and after CPR
2: Only after CPR
3: Pulse check not performed
4: Pulse check not performed. VF/VT detection is off during CPR.
14. ID
Set a ve digit ID number. The ID number is printed on the recording paper.
To select the digit to change, press the Item ↓ or Item ↑ key.
To select a number or letter, press the Select key. The numbers and letters
change in the following order:
“0”, “1” ... “9”, “a”, “b” ... “z”, “-”, “:”, “.”, “(space)”
When the debrillator is shipped from the factory, the ID number is set to the
serial number.
15. Power on lead
Select the lead when the debrillator power is turned on.
PADDLE: Displays ECG waveform from external paddles, internal
paddles or disposable pads.
II: Displays ECG waveform in II lead from ECG disposable
electrodes.
16. ECG leads
Select available ECG leads.
3 LEAD: I, II and III leads are available.
5 LEAD: I, II, III, aVR, aVL, aVF, V leads are available.
17. ECG, SpO2 sweep speed (mm/s)*
Select the ECG, SpO2 waveform sweep speed on the screen.
Selection list: 25, 50 mm/s (Normally select 25 mm/s.)
* The optional QI-552V DSI
interface unit or QI-553V DSI/
AUXOUT interface unit isnecessary for SpO2 or CO2
measurement.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 73/302
3.10 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
3. SYSTEM SETUP SCREEN AND SETUP SCREEN
18. CO2 sweep speed (mm/s)*
Select the CO2 waveform sweep speed on the screen.
Selection list: 6.25, 12.5 mm/s (Normally select 12.5 mm/s.)
19. Alarm Setting
Select the alarm settings when the power is turned on.
Latest: Use the alarm settings from the previous use. This is useful where
you usually use settings other than the default settings, for
example, in a pediatric department.
Default: Alarm settings are set to the default settings. This is useful when
one debrillator is used for many patients.
20. Alarm sound
Select the vital alarm sound type.
Cont tone: The alarm sounds continuously.
Beeping: The alarm sounds for 3 seconds every 30 seconds.
21. Alarm Volume
Select the alarm sound volume.
Selection list: 1, 2, 3, 4
22. Charge Sound Volume
Select the charge sound volume.
Selection list: 1, 2, 3, 4
23. Voice Prompt Volume
Select the voice prompt volume.
Selection list: 1, 2, 3, 4, OFF
24. Delayed recording
Select whether or not to perform delayed recording.
ON: Records the waveform 4 seconds before the Record key is pressed.
OFF: Records the same waveform as that displayed on the screen.
25. Alarm recording
Selects whether or not to perform automatic recording on vital upper/lower
alarm occurrence.
Selection list: ON, OFF
26. Record on charging after discharge
Selects whether or not to perform automatic recording when energy charging
starts.
ON (6 s), ON (12 s): Automatic recording starts when energy charging starts.
The recording stops 6 or 12 seconds after external
discharge. After the energy is fully charged and the
charge holding time is exceeded, recording stops.
OFF: Automatic recording does not start when energy
charging starts.
* The optional QI-552V DSI
interface unit or QI-553V DSI/
AUX out interface is necessary for
CO2 measurement.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 74/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 3.11
3. SYSTEM SETUP SCREEN AND SETUP SCREEN
3
27. Record CAL wave
Selects whether or not to record a CAL waveform at the beginning of
recording.
Selection list: ON, OFF
28. Paper speed (mm/s)
Select the paper speed of the recorder.
25: Paper feeds 25 mm per second. Usually this setting is selected.
50: Paper feeds 50 mm per second. Suitable for a patient with rapid heart
rate.
29. Periodic recording interval (min)
Select the interval of periodic recording. This setting is available when
“Periodic Rec” on the Recorder Setup screen is set to “FREE”.
Selection list: 1 to 9, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120 minutes
30. Printing character size
Select the character size printed on the recording paper.
Large: Prints large size characters.
Small: Prints small size characters.
31. Date format
Select the date format printed on the recording paper.
YYYY/MM/DD: year (four digits) / month (two digits) / day (two digits)
MMM/DD/YYYY: month (three digits) / day (two digits) / year (four digits)
YYYY/MMM/DD: year (four digits) / month (three digits) / day (two digits)
DD/MM/YYYY: day (two digits) / month (two digits) / year (four digits)
32. Medication
Select whether or not to display the medication function keys (Adrenalin,
Atropine, Lidocaine, Other) when the Event key is pressed.
Selection list: ON, OFF
33. AC line frequency
Selects the AC line frequency. This setting is important to reduce artifact in
SpO2 measurement.
Settings: 50, 60 Hz
34. TEST lead
Select whether or not TEST lead can be selected.
ON: TEST lead can be selected. (displayed)
OFF: TEST lead cannot be selected. (not displayed)
35. Pressure units*
Select units used in CO2 measurement.
Selection list: mmHg, kPa
* The optional QI-552V DSI
interface unit or QI-553V DSI/
AUX out interface is necessary forCO2 measurement.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 75/302
3.12 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
3. SYSTEM SETUP SCREEN AND SETUP SCREEN
36. Pacing Current Steps (TEC-5531 only)
Select the step to increase or decrease the pacing current with the PACING
OUTPUT Up/Down key.
Selection list: 1, 2, 5, 10 mA
37. Pacing Power on Settings (TEC-5531 only)
Select the pacing settings (pacing current and pacing rate) when the power is
turned on.
Default: Pacing settings are set to the default settings.
Latest: Pacing settings are set to the settings of the previous use.
39. Load Settings
Select “OK” to load the system setup settings and setup settings from the SD
card.
Selection list: OK, OFF
40. Save Settings
Select “OK” to save the system setup settings and setup settings in the SD
card.
Selection list: OK, OFF
41. Format Card
Select “OK” to format the SD card.
Selection list: OK, OFF
42. System initialize
Select “OK” to initialize the system setup settings and setup settings.
Selection list: OK, OFF
Battery Test
Refer to “Periodical Checks - Battery Test” in Section 10.
HV Capacitor Test
Refer to “Periodical Checks - HV Capacitor Test” in Section 10.
Recorder Test
Refer to “Periodical Checks - Recorder Test” in Section 10.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 76/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 3.13
3. SYSTEM SETUP SCREEN AND SETUP SCREEN
3
System Information
This item displays the system information.
1. On the System Setup - Menu screen, select “System Information” by
pressing the Item key and press the OK key. The system information is
displayed on the screen.
2. Press the Menu key to return to the System Setup - Menu screen.
Report History
Information for maintenance is printed.
1. On the System Setup - Menu screen, select “Report History” with the Item
key and press OK. The Report History screen opens.
2. To print an error history (error code)
i) Select “Instrument report” with the Item key
ii) Press the Record key. The history of the error (error code), battery test
and HV capacitor test is recorded together. For the error code, refer to
the service manual.
To print the operation history from the selected date
i) Select “Year” with the Item key and select a year with the ↓ or ↑ key.
ii) Select the “Month”, “Day”, “Hour”, and “Minute” in the same way.
iii) Press the Record key.
To cancel printing, press the Record key.
To return to the System Setup - Menu screen, press the Menu key.
Use Voice File
In the System Setup - Use Voice File screen, you can play back the recorded
sound and ECG waveforms saved in the SD card.
1. On the System Setup - Menu screen, select “Use Voice File” by pressing the
Item key and press the OK key. The Use Voice File screen is displayed.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 77/302
3.14 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
3. SYSTEM SETUP SCREEN AND SETUP SCREEN
2. Select the le with the ↓ or ↑ key and press the Playback key. The ECG
waveforms in the selected le are played back.
• To scroll the ECG waveforms, press the ← or → key.
• To play back the sound, press the Playback key.
During playing back
• To rewind the waveforms and sound, press the ← key.
• To stop playing back, press the Stop key.
3. Press the Return key to return to the le selection list.
4. Press the Menu key to return to the System Setup - Menu screen.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 78/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 3.15
3. SYSTEM SETUP SCREEN AND SETUP SCREEN
3
Setup Screen
NOTE
• The changed settings are immediately applied to operation when they
are selected. If you want to return a setting to its previous value, set thesetting again.
• When the screen changes to any setup screen during recording,
recording automatically stops. Record again after exiting the setup
screen.
Setup Item List
Item Description
Paddle Setup
Sync by paddle lead Select whether or not to enable synchronized cardioversion with the
PADDLE lead.
Heart rate alarm with paddle
lead
Select whether or not to generate heart rate alarms when monitoring ECG
with the PADDLE lead.
ECG Setup
AC hum lter When set to “ON”, the hum lter automatically reduces AC interference
from the ECG.
Time Constant Select the time constant for ECG display in monitoring mode.
Pacing Pulse Reject When set to “ON”, it allows correct heart rate counting when the patient
has an implanted pacemaker.
HR alarm Select the upper and lower limit of the heart rate alarm.
SpO2 Setup
Sens Select the pulse wave sensitivity.
SpO2 Sound When set to ON, the pitch of the sync sound changes according to SpO2
value.PR alarm Select the upper and lower limit of the pulse rate alarm.
SpO2 alarm Select the upper and lower limit of the SpO2 alarm.
CO2 Setup
Scale Select the scale of the CO2 waveform.
etCO2 alarm Select the upper and lower limit of the ETCO2 alarm.
RR alarm Select the upper and lower limit of the respiration rate alarm.
APNEA alarm Select the upper limit of the APNEA alarm.
Report Setup
Report Select the type of report recording.
Trend Time Select the time length to be recorded in the Trend report recording.
List Interval Select the measurement interval for Periodic List report recording.
Delete Report? Select Yes to delete all report data saved in the instrument. When Yes is
selected, further conrmation keys appear. Press the key for “Delete” to
delete all report data.
Recorder Setup
PeriodicRec Select the recording interval for the automatic periodic recording.
RecWave Select the parameter(s) which is recorded in waveform recording, alarm
report recording, event recording and automatic recording.
Date/Screen
Year, Month, Day, Hour,
Minute
Select the date and time.
2nd Wave Select the second waveform displayed on the trace 2.
QRS Setup
QRS Volume Select the QRS sync sound volume.
QRS Sound Select the source of the QRS sync sound.
VF/VT Alarm Select whether or not to detect VF/VT.
Alarm SetupHR, PR, SpO2, etCO2, RR,APNEA
Select upper/lower limits for each parameter.(Only upper limit for APNEA)
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 79/302
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 80/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 3.17
3. SYSTEM SETUP SCREEN AND SETUP SCREEN
3
Report Setup
Refer to “Changing Report and Recorder Settings” in Section 8.
Recorder Setup
Refer to “Changing Report and Recorder Settings” in Section 8.
Date/Screen
On the Date/Screen screen, you can set the date and time and the waveform in
second trace.
Date and Time
Set the debrillator date and time.
NOTE
After performing the basic checks, make sure that the date and time
printed on the recording paper is correct. The date and time on the
recording paper are important parts of the medical record.
Setting range
Year: 1980 to 2079, Month: 1 to 12, Day: 1 to 31, Hour: 0 to 23, Minute: 0 to 59
1. On the Date/Screen screen, select “Year”, “Month”, “Day”, “Hour”, or
“Minute” with the Item key.
2. Set the date and/or time with the ↓ or ↑ key.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 to set all items.
4. Press the Menu key to return to the Setup - Menu screen.
You cannot set seconds on this screen. For the most accurate time setting,
look at your local clock. Change the minute on the debrillator and exit
the Date/Screen screen when the minute changes on your local clock. The
second count is set to 0 when you exit the Date/Screen screen after changing
the minute.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 81/302
3.18 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
3. SYSTEM SETUP SCREEN AND SETUP SCREEN
2nd Wave
Set the waveform in the second trace.
Setting TraceAcquired Parameters
ECG ECG and SpO2 ECG and CO2 ECG, SpO2 and CO2
OFF First trace ECG ECG ECG ECG
Second trace — — — —
Bar graph None SpO2 CO2 SpO2 and CO2
Cascade First trace ECG ECG ECG ECG
Second trace Cascaded ECG Cascaded ECG Cascaded ECG Cascaded ECG
Bar graph None SpO2 CO2 SpO2 and CO2
SpO2 First trace ECG ECG ECG ECG
Second trace — SpO2 — SpO2
Bar graph None — CO2 CO2
CO2 First trace ECG ECG ECG ECG
Second trace — — CO2 CO2
Bar graph None SpO2 — SpO2
SpO2/CO2* First trace ECG ECG ECG ECGSecond trace — SpO2 CO2 SpO2
Bar graph None — — CO2
SpO2/CO2* First trace ECG ECG ECG ECG
Second trace — SpO2 CO2 CO2
Bar graph None — — SpO2
* When either the SpO2 probe or CO2 sensor is connected, the waveform of the
connected parameter is displayed in the 2nd wave position. When both the
SpO2 probe and CO2 sensor are connected at the same time, the waveform of
the underlined parameter is displayed in the 2nd wave position and the other
parameter is displayed as a bar graph at the bottom of the screen.
1. On the Date/Screen screen, select “2nd Wave” with the Item key.
2. Select the waveform displayed in the second trace with the ↓ or ↑ key.
3. Press the Menu key to return to the Setup - Menu screen.
QRS Setup
Refer to “Changing ECG Settings” in Section 6-2 and “Changing SpO2 Settings”
in Section 6-3.
Alarm Setup
Refer to “Setting Alarms” in Section 7.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 82/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 3.19
3. SYSTEM SETUP SCREEN AND SETUP SCREEN
3
Save Report
The data of Alarm report recording, Debrillation report recording, VF Analysis
report recording and Event report recording are saved in memory. These data
can be saved in a memory card (SD card). The waveform and its information are
saved.
1. On the Setup - Menu screen, select “Save Report” and press the SET key.
The Save Report screen appears.
The list of saved report data is displayed with the latest one at the top. The
selected report data is highlighted. The data includes date and time and
report type. Up to ve report data are listed on one screen.
The “Insert SD CARD” message appears when a memory card is notinserted into the card slot. When a memory card is already inserted into the
card slot, the “Wait, searching for data” message and the remaining free
memory are displayed.
2. Insert the memory card into the card slot.
The remaining free memory of the card is displayed on the screen. While the
debrillator is checking the card, the “Wait, searching for data” message is
displayed.
When a report data on the screen has already been saved in the insertedmemory card, the le name* of the report data appears beside the data.
* Automatically assigned le number when saving a report le in an SD
card.
• To select a report data you want to save, use the ↓ or ↑ key. When there
is more data than currently displayed on the screen, “” and “” marks
appear above and below the list.
• To print the selected (highlighted) report data, press the Record key.
• To display the preview waveform of a selected report data, press the Event
key.
• To scroll the waveform, press the ← or → key.
• To close the preview screen, press the Event key.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 83/302
3.20 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
3. SYSTEM SETUP SCREEN AND SETUP SCREEN
Preview screen
3. Press the Save key. The highlighted data on the Save Report screen is saved
in the card and the automatically assigned number (“le name”) is displayed.
When the preview screen is displayed, the data of the displayed waveform is
saved. During saving, the “Saving don’t power off” message is displayed.
To return to the Setup - Menu screen, press the Menu key.
NOTE
• Data which has already been saved in the inserted card cannot be
saved in the same card.
• When the memory card is full, the “Not enough free memory”
message appears. In this case, insert another memory card.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 84/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4.1
4
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
Section 4 Defbrillation, SynchronizedCardioversion and AED
Section 4-1 General ........................................................................................................................................4-1.1
Section 4-2 Defibrillation.................................................................................................................................4-2.1
Section 4-3 Synchronized Cardioversion........................................................................................................4-3.1
Section 4-4 AED .............................................................................................................................................4-4.1
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 85/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-1.1
4
4-1
About Defibrillation, Synchronized Cardioversion and AED .............................................................................4-1.2
Skin-Paddle Contact Impedance ......................................................................................................................4-1.3
Using the Pediatric Electrode Plate ..................................................................................................................4-1.4
Changing Paddle Settings ................................................................................................................................4-1.5
Turning Synchronized Cardioversion with PADDLE Lead On or Off.......................................................4-1.5
Turning Heart Rate Alarm with PADDLE Lead On or Off .......................................................................4-1.6
Using the ECG Waveforms from Another Monitor, Paddles or Disposable Pads for Synchronized
Cardioversion ...................................................................................................................................................4-1.7
ECG Input from Another Monitor ............................................................................................................4-1.7
ECG Input from External Paddles, Internal Paddles and Disposable Pads ............................................4-1.9
Section 4-1 General
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 86/302
4-1.2 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
About Defibrillation, Synchronized Cardioversion and AED
This section explains the procedures to perform debrillation, synchronized
cardioversion and AED. You can use external paddles, internal paddles and
disposable pads for debrillation and synchronized cardioversion. You can use
only disposable pads for AED.
WARNING
The defibrillator generates high voltage. The defibrillator must only
be operated by trained and qualified medical personnel.
NOTE
Even if a defibrillation or cardioversion is performed on a patient
appropriately, the patient may get skin burn.
• Debrillation
Used for terminating fatal arrhythmias, such as ventricular brillation and
pulseless ventricular tachycardia. Energy is discharged asynchronously.
• Synchronized cardioversion
Used for eliminating atrial brillation and atrial utter. The debrillator detects
the patient’s ECG and energy is discharged at an appropriate timing.
• AED
The debrillator analyzes the patient’s ECG. When the debrillator detects
a shockable rhythm, it automatically starts charging the selected energy.
Discharging is not performed automatically.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 87/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-1.3
4-1. GENERAL
4-1
Skin-Paddle Contact Impedance
To perform effective debrillation or cardioversion, it is important to make
the skin-paddle contact impedance as low as possible. Recommended applied
pressure on a paddle is about 100 N (10 kg, 22 lb.) per paddle.
For this debrillator, the CONTACT lamp on the STERNUM paddle indicates
skin-paddle contact impedance.
0 to 100 Ω: Green lamp lights
100 to 200 Ω: Yellow lamp lights
More than 200 Ω: Orange lamp lights
Place the paddles so that the green lamp lights. If the green lamp does not light,
do the following.
• Apply the contact gel on the paddles uniformly.
• Shave hair on the skin where paddles are placed.
• Press the paddles against the patient and gradually increase the pressure until
the green lamp lights.
For a patient with chest hair, old patient with skin cornication (hardening) or
thin patient, the green lamp might not light. For these patients, you can discharge
energy when the lamp is yellow or orange.
In Case of Poor Contact
WARNING
If the yellow or orange lamp lights, the defibrillator may cause
serious electric burn on the patient’s skin and poor energy discharge
to the patient. In case of an emergency, medical personnel should
decide whether to execute discharge immediately, regardless of the
CONTACT lamp display, or take action to make good contact before
discharge.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 88/302
4-1.4 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
Using the Pediatric Electrode Plate
The pediatric electrode plate is underneath the adult electrode plate of the
external paddle. You can also attach the optional pediatric electrode assy 44 mm
dia. on the pediatric electrode plate of the external paddle.
WARNING
Pay careful attention to the selected energy when using the pediatric
electrode plates. Applying high energy with the pediatric electrode
plates can cause skin burn because the electrode plates are small.
The current density on the pediatric electrode plates is higher than the current
density on the adult electrode plates because the pediatric electrode plates
are smaller* than the adult electrode plates. This increases the possibility of
electrical burn on the electrode plate placement area. The minimum effective
energy should be set.
* The pediatric electrode plates underneath the adult electrode plates are about
1/3 the surface area of the adult electrode plates. The pediatric electrodes assy
44 mm dia. are about 1/5 the surface area of the adult electrode plates.
To remove the adult electrode plate:
1. Turn the Energy/Mode select control to the OFF position.
NOTE
While the “Shutdown NOW” message is displayed on the screen, do
not disconnect the power cord from the defibrillator or AC outlet and
do not remove the battery pack from the defibrillator. Otherwise, the
internal data may be damaged.
2. Press the tab of the adult electrode plate to unlock the adult electrode plate.
3. Slide the adult electrode plate forward and off.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 89/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-1.5
4-1. GENERAL
4-1
Changing Paddle Settings
Turning Synchronized Cardioversion with PADDLE Lead On or Off
Select whether or not to allow synchronized cardioversion with the PADDLE
lead.
ON: Synchronized cardioversion with PADDLE lead is available.
OFF: Synchronized cardioversion with PADDLE lead is not available (Default
setting).
WARNING
Use the ECG monitoring electrodes (disposable electrodes) to
monitor the ECG waveforms. Stable ECG cannot be acquired with
the PADDLE lead because it is difficult to hold the paddles stable.
ECG acquired from external paddles, internal paddles or disposablepads is unstable after discharge because of high polarization
voltage.
WARNING
Do not perform synchronized cardioversion with the PADDLE lead
unless it is absolutely necessary. In synchronized cardioversion
with the PADDLE lead, noise may be misrecognized as QRS and
discharge might not synchronize with the patient’s QRS.
NOTE
Firmly connect the disposable pads to the pad adapter until the connector
of the disposable pads clicks. If the pads are not attached firmly or the
pads are not connected to the pad adapter, noise appears on the ECG
waveform.
1. On the Paddle Setup screen, select “Sync by paddle lead” with the Item key.
VF/VT :
In the System Setup screen,
the VF/VT detection function
is automatically turned off.
2. Select “ON” or “OFF” with the ↓ or ↑ key.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 90/302
4-1.6 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
Turning Heart Rate Alarm with PADDLE Lead On or Off
Select whether or not to generate heart rate alarms when monitoring ECG with
the PADDLE lead.
ON: Heart rate alarms are generated when monitoring ECG with the PADDLE
lead. For long term monitoring using disposable pads, set this to ON.
OFF: Heart rate alarms are not generated when monitoring ECG with the
PADDLE lead. When you use external paddles or internal paddles, set this
to OFF (default setting).
1. On the Paddle Setup screen, select “Heart rate alarm with paddle lead” with
the Item key.
2. Select ON or OFF with the ↓ or ↑ key.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 91/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-1.7
4-1. GENERAL
4-1
Using the ECG Waveforms from Another Monitor, Paddles or
Disposable Pads for Synchronized Cardioversion
You can acquire ECG waveforms for synchronized cardioversion by thefollowing three ways.
• From the ECG connection cable and ECG disposable electrode
Refer to “Preparing for ECG Monitoring” in Section 6-2.
• From another monitor
Refer to “ECG Input from Another Monitor” in this section.
• From external paddles, internal paddles or disposable pads
Refer to “ECG Input from External Paddles, Internal Paddles and Disposable
Pads” in this section.
Whenever possible, use ECG electrode to acquire the ECG waveforms.
ECG Input from Another Monitor
When the patient is connected to a monitor, the debrillator can perform
synchronized cardioversion using the ECG signal from the monitor.
WARNING
If you use the ECG signal from the monitor, before cardioversion,check that the defibrillator discharge occurs within 60 ms of the peak
of the ECG’s R wave with an energy checker. If this condition is not
met, the cardioversion may be ineffective or may cause ventricular
fibrillation.
CAUTION
The defibrillator should only be connected to external equipment
which complies with the CISPR 11 Second Edition 1990-09, Group 1
and Class B standard.
NOTE
When receiving the ECG signal from a bedside monitor, select lead II or I
on the bedside monitor.
To use ECG signal from another monitor as the synchronizing signal of
synchronized cardioversion,
• Connect the debrillator to the other instrument with the optional JC-761V
external ECG cable.
• Select “AUX” for ECG lead.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 92/302
4-1.8 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
Use the following procedure to check whether or not synchronized cardioversion
can be performed with the ECG signal from another instrument.
1. Connect the debrillator to the other instrument with the optional JC-761V
external ECG cable.
2. Turn the power of the other instrument on.
3. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the DISARM position.
4. Select “AUX” with the ECG lead key.
5. Connect an enegy checker to the other instrument and turn the energy
checker on to generate ECG signals.
6. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to 50 J.
7. Press the SYNC button on the front panel.
8. Check that the “ ” mark appears on the rising slope of every QRS wave.
9. Leaving the paddles on the holders of the energy checker, press the
CHARGE button on the APEX paddle to start charging. During charging,
there is a beeping sound, a “CHARGING” message appears, and the
CHARGE lamp on the APEX paddle blinks.
When charging is completed, there is a continuous buzzing sound, the
“CHARGED” message appears, and the CHARGE lamp lights.
Red
Black
JC-761V external ECG cable
Connects to output signal line.
Connects to GND line.
10. Simultaneously press and hold both DISCHARGE buttons on the external
paddles.
11. Conrm that the debrillator discharge occurs within 60 ms of the peak of
the ECG’s R wave with an energy checker.
12. Turn the debrillator off.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 93/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-1.9
4-1. GENERAL
4-1
ECG Input from External Paddles, Internal Paddles and Disposable Pads
The debrillator can perform synchronized cardioversion with the PADDLE
lead.
To use ECG from external paddles, internal paddles or disposable pads for
synchronizing signal of synchronized cardioversion,
• Set the “Sync by paddle lead” on the Paddle Setup screen to ON.
• Select “PADDLE” for ECG lead.
WARNING
Do not perform synchronized cardioversion with the PADDLE lead
unless it is absolutely necessary. In synchronized cardioversion
with the PADDLE lead, noise may be misrecognized as QRS and
discharge might not synchronize with the patient’s QRS.
NOTE
• Place the paddles on the patient so that the whole waveform is
displayed on the screen and the T waveform is not much higher than
the QRS waveform. Otherwise, QRS cannot be recognized correctly.
• If the defibrillator miscounts the narrow width QRS, set “Pacing Pulse
Reject” to OFF on the ECG Setup screen and confirm that QRS is
correctly recognized.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 94/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-2.1
4
4-2
Section 4-2 Defbrillation
Defibrillation Screen .........................................................................................................................................4-2.2
Defibrillation with External Paddles ..................................................................................................................4-2.3
Important Safety Information ..................................................................................................................4-2.3
Procedure ...............................................................................................................................................4-2.4
Defibrillation with Disposable Pads...................................................................................................................4-2.9
Important Safety Information ..................................................................................................................4-2.9
Procedure .............................................................................................................................................4-2.11
Defibrillation with Internal Paddles .................................................................................................................4-2.16
Important Safety Information ................................................................................................................4-2.16
Procedure .............................................................................................................................................4-2.17
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 95/302
4-2.2 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
Defibrillation Screen
Screen Example
ECG lead
Sensitivity
ECG
QRS sync mark AC power operation
Number of discharges
Charged energy
Heart rate
Highlighted when it
exceeds the upper or
lower alarm limit.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 96/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-2.3
4-2. DEFIBRILLATION
4-2
Defibrillation with External Paddles
Important Safety Information
WARNINGBefore defibrillation, all persons must keep clear
of the bed and must not touch the patient or any
equipment or cable connected to the patient.
Failure to follow this warning may cause electrical
shock or injury.
WARNINGBefore defibrillation, remove from the patient
all electrodes, probes and transducers from
connectors that do not have a or mark.
Otherwise, the operator may receive electrical
shock and the connected instrument may be
damaged.
WARNING
Before defibrillation, remove everything includingelectrodes and patches from the patient’s chest. If
the defibrillator paddle contacts an object on the
patient’s chest, the discharged energy may be
insufficient and cause skin burn.
WARNING
Before defibrillation, check that the cords andcables of the electrodes, probes and transducers
attached to the patient are properly connected to
a connector that has a or mark. Touching
the metal parts of the disconnected cords and
cables may cause electrical shock or injury by
discharged energy.
WARNING
When using an ESU, use this defibrillator
only in the MONITOR mode and use the ECG
electrodes for monitoring. Do not monitor ECG
with disposable pads, external paddles or
internal paddles. If ECG is monitored with pads
or paddles, high frequency energy from the ESU
causes abnormal current to flow in the patient
and unexpected discharge. This may damage the
defibrillator.
WARNING
Use the ECG monitoring electrodes (disposable
electrodes) to monitor the ECG waveforms.
Stable ECG cannot be acquired with the PADDLE
lead because it is difficult to hold the paddles
stable. ECG acquired from external paddles,
internal paddles or disposable pads is unstable
after discharge because of high polarization
voltage.
WARNINGDo not perform defibrillation or cardioversion in a
wet place. Before defibrillation or cardioversion,
move the patient and defibrillator to a dry place.
Otherwise the operator may get electrical shock.
WARNINGThe defibrillator generates high voltage. The
defibrillator must only be operated by trained and
qualified medical personnel.
NOTE
• Select the appropriate energy and appropriate size of the external
paddles according to the patient. Only use the paddles specified by
Nihon Kohden.
• Defibrillation is not available when any setup screen or system setup
screen is displayed. Before using the defibrillator, confirm and set
the necessary settings on the Setup screen and System Setup –
Configuration screen.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 97/302
4-2.4 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
Procedure
1. Check that the external paddles are connected to the debrillator.
2. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the DISARM position to turn the
power on. Conrm that there is no error message on the screen. For error
messages, refer to “Messages” in Section 9. When operating with AC power,
conrm that the AC lamp is on.
3. Conrm that the ECG lead is set to PADDLE. If another lead is selected,
select PADDLE with the ECG lead key.
4. Conrm that the SYNC lamp is not lit. If this lamp is lit, press the SYNC
button on the front panel to turn it off.
5. Prepare the paddles.
i) Remove the external paddles from paddle holders by grasping the
handles and lifting straight up.
ii) Apply contact gel to the electrode plate surface of each paddle.
iii) Gently rub the electrode plate surfaces together to evenly spread the gel.
WARNINGApply contact gel only to the electrode plates of
the external paddles. Otherwise, it may cause
electrical shock to the operator.
WARNINGDo not apply contact gel by hand. Failure to follow
this warning may cause serious electrical burn,
shock, or other injury.
WARNING
Do not hold the paddle handles if your hands are
wet or have contact gel on them. This may cause
electrical shock to the operator.
WARNING
To prevent skin burn on the patient and poor
energy discharge to the heart, apply contact gel
evenly to the electrode plates of the external
paddles.
6. Select the energy level.
Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the desired energy position.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 98/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-2.5
4-2. DEFIBRILLATION
4-2
7. Place the paddles on the patient.
WARNING
Do not touch the electrode plate or edge of the paddle. Failure to
follow this warning may cause serious electrical burn, shock, or other
injury.
CAUTION
If the patient’s body is wet, thoroughly wipe the moisture off the
skin so that the paddles do not short to each other. Otherwise, the
discharged energy may be insufficient.
Position
i) Place the left (STERNUM) paddle on the right side of sternum and
below the clavicle.
ii) Place the right (APEX) paddle on the level of fth intercostal space and
midaxillary line. When using the paddle lead, keep the paddles steady.
NOTE
Do not lean against the paddles when pressing them on the
patient. A paddle may slip and cause injury.
STERNUM
APEX
8. Check the ECG waveform.
Conrm that the patient’s ECG has a shockable rhythm, such as ventricular
brillation or pulseless ventricular tachycardia.
If the patient’s ECG requires synchronized cardioversion, follow the
procedure in Section 4-3 “Synchronized Cardioversion”.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 99/302
4-2.6 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
9. Charge the energy.
When it is veried that the patient needs debrillation, press the CHARGE
button on the APEX paddle or CHARGE/AED button on the front panel to
start charging.
WARNINGWhen charging or discharging, do not touch anything other than
the handles. If any other part of the defibrillator is touched during
charging or discharging, the operator receives an electrical shock.
WARNING
Do not move the defibrillator when any charged energy remains in
the defibrillator. If the defibrillator receives any impact, such as from
falling, it discharges energy that can cause electrical shock.
During charging, there is a beeping sound, the “CHARGING” message
appears on the screen, and the CHARGE lamp blinks.
When charging is completed, there is a continuous buzzing sound, the
“CHARGED” message appears on the screen, and the CHARGE lamplights.
To change the energy level after charging is completed
Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the desired energy position. The
debrillator starts adjusting the energy one second after the new energy is
selected.
When debrillation becomes unnecessary after charging is completed
Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the DISARM position or OFF
position. The debrillator internally discharges charged energy within 20
seconds.
The debrillator automatically internally discharges charged energy when
the charge holding time passes. This time is selected on the System Setup -
Conguration screen.
Bad example
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 100/302
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 101/302
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 102/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-2.9
4-2. DEFIBRILLATION
4-2
Defibrillation with Disposable Pads
Important Safety Information
WARNINGBefore defibrillation, all persons must keep clear
of the bed and must not touch the patient or any
equipment or cable connected to the patient.
Failure to follow this warning may cause electrical
shock or injury.
WARNINGBefore defibrillation, remove from the patient
all electrodes, probes and transducers from
connectors that do not have a or mark.
Otherwise, the operator may receive electrical
shock and the connected instrument may be
damaged.
WARNING
Before defibrillation, remove everything including
electrodes and patches from the patient’s chest.
If the disposable pad contacts an object on the
patient’s chest, the discharged energy may be
insufficient and cause skin burn.
WARNING
Before defibrillation, check that the cords and
cables of the electrodes, probes and transducers
attached to the patient are properly connected to
a connector that has a or mark. Touching
the metal parts of the disconnected cords and
cables may cause electrical shock or injury by
discharged energy.
WARNING
When using an ESU, use this defibrillator
only in the MONITOR mode and use the ECG
electrodes for monitoring. Do not monitor ECG
with disposable pads, external paddles or
internal paddles. If ECG is monitored with pads
or paddles, high frequency energy from the ESU
causes abnormal current to flow in the patient
and unexpected discharge. This may damage the
defibrillator.
WARNING
Use the ECG monitoring electrodes (disposable
electrodes) to monitor the ECG waveforms.
Stable ECG cannot be acquired with the PADDLE
lead because it is difficult to hold the paddles
stable. ECG acquired from external paddles,
internal paddles or disposable pads is unstable
after discharge because of high polarization
voltage.
WARNINGThe defibrillator generates high voltage. The
defibrillator must only be operated by trained and
qualified medical personnel.
WARNINGDo not perform defibrillation or cardioversion in a
wet place. Before defibrillation or cardioversion,
move the patient and defibrillator to a dry place.
Otherwise the operator may get electrical shock.
WARNING
If any pad or connector gets wet, replace it with a
new one. If a wet pad or connector is used, it may
cause electrical shock.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 103/302
4-2.10 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings below may cause
skin burn or insufficient energy discharge and
insufficient pacing current to the heart.
• Do not reuse disposable pads.
• If the pad package is torn, dispose of the padsand do not use them.
• Do not use the pads if they are past the
expiration date on the package.
• Use the disposable pads as soon as possible
after opening the package.
• Do not use the disposable pads if the gel has
become dry or if the gel has become abnormal
(the gel has become liquid or is coming off the
edges of the pad, etc).
• Do not use the disposable pads if the gel
is dark brown or dark brown gel is on the
protective sheet.
CAUTION
When using the disposable pads for long term
ECG monitoring, replace them every 24 hours.
Failure to follow this instruction may cause
insufficient pacing current and insufficient energy
discharge to the heart.
CAUTION
Do not attach a disposable pad over another pad.
It may cause skin burn on the patient.
CAUTION
Do not put heavy objects on the disposable pads
or bend the pads. The pads may be damaged
and deteriorated, resulting in skin burn on the
patient.
NOTE
• Follow all disposable pad labeling instructions.
• Always have spare disposable pads. Use the spare pads if the gel of
the original pads is dry, deteriorated or discolored.
• Before attaching the disposable pads to the patient, clean the skin
where the pads will be attached. If the skin is moist, wipe the skin.
• Only use the pads specified by Nihon Kohden.
• Defibrillation is not available when any Setup screen or System
Setup screen is displayed. Before using the defibrillator, confirm and
set the necessary settings on the Setup screen and System Setup -
Configuration screen.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 104/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-2.11
4-2. DEFIBRILLATION
4-2
Procedure
1. Connect the pad adapter to the debrillator.
i) Press the paddle release knob of the paddle connector on the front panel
and remove the external paddles from the paddle connector.
Paddle release knob
ii) Connect the pad adapter to the paddle connector until it clicks.
CAUTION
Do not bend or damage the connector pins of the pad adapter and
paddle connector. Energy cannot be fully discharged if pins are bentor damaged.
2. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the DISARM position to turn the
power on. Conrm that there is no error message on the screen. For error
messages, refer to “Messages” in Section 9. When operating with AC power,
conrm that the AC lamp is on.
3. Conrm that the ECG lead is set to PADDLE. If another lead is selected,select PADDLE with the ECG lead key.
4. Conrm that the SYNC lamp is not lit. If this lamp is lit, press the SYNC
button on the front panel to turn it off.
5. Prepare the disposable pads.
i) For good pad-skin contact, clean the patient’s chest to remove oil and
dirt, and thoroughly dry the skin. Shave excessive hair if necessary.
NOTE
Do not apply any gel or paste when using disposable pads.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 105/302
4-2.12 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
ii) Take the disposable pads out of the package and carefully remove the
protective liner from one pad at a time.
iii) Attach the pads to the patient’s body, one at a time.
WARNING
• Do not attach pads on the papilla, electrodes or medicine on the
patient’s body. Failure to follow this warning causes serious skin
burn.
• Fit the pad closely to the body surface so that current flows
uniformly through the pad. Failure to follow this warning causes
serious skin burn or insufficient energy discharge to the heart.
CAUTION
If the patient s body is wet, thoroughly wipe the moisture off the
skin so that the pads do not short to each other. Otherwise, the
discharged energy may be insufficient.
NOTE
When the skin-pad contact is poor, it causes high electrode impedance
and energy cannot be charged.
Apex-Anterior placement
RA: Right side of sternum and below the clavicle
LL: On the level of fifth intercostal space and midaxillary line
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 106/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-2.13
4-2. DEFIBRILLATION
4-2
Apex-Posterior placement
RA: Between right scapula and spine
LL: On the level of fifth intercostal space and midaxillary line
iv) Connect the disposable pads to the pad adapter.
NOTE
• Firmly connect the disposable pads to the pad adapter until the
connector of the disposable pads clicks.
• When the “Change disposable pads” message appears,
the pads may be faulty. Replace them with new ones. If the
message still appears after replacing the pads, stop using the
defibrillator and use a different defibrillator.
6. Check the ECG waveform.
Conrm that the patient’s ECG has a shockable rhythm, such as ventricularbrillation or pulseless ventricular tachycardia.
If the patient’s ECG requires synchronized cardioversion, follow the
procedure in Section 4-3 “Synchronized Cardioversion”.
7. Select the energy level.
Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the desired energy position.
8. Charge the energy.
When it is veried that the patient needs debrillation, press the CHARGE/AED button on the front panel to start charging.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 107/302
4-2.14 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
WARNING
During charging or discharging, do not touch the pads or connectors.
Failure to follow this warning causes electrical shock to the operator.
WARNINGDo not move the defibrillator when any charged energy remains in
the defibrillator. If the defibrillator receives any impact, such as from
falling, it discharges energy that can cause electrical shock.
NOTE
• If the CHARGE/AED button is pressed when a disposable pad is
detached from the patient, charging does not start.
• If a disposable pad is detached during or after charging, the
defibrillator automatically discharges energy internally within 20
seconds.
During charging, there is a beeping sound and the “CHARGING” message
appears on the screen.
When charging is completed, there is a continuous buzzing sound, the
“CHARGED” message appears on the screen, and the DISCHARGE lamp
blinks.
To change the energy level after charging is completed
Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the desired energy position. The
debrillator starts adjusting the energy one second after the new energy is
selected.
When debrillation becomes unnecessary after charging is completed
Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the DISARM position or OFF
position. The debrillator internally discharges charged energy within 20
seconds.
The debrillator automatically internally discharges charged energy when
the charge holding time has passed. This time is selected on the System
Setup - Conguration screen.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 108/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-2.15
4-2. DEFIBRILLATION
4-2
9. Discharge the energy to the patient.
After conrming that the DISCHARGE lamp blinks, press the DISCHARGE
button on the front panel to discharge the energy to the patient.
WARNING
Before discharging, confirm that the pads are
firmly attached to the skin. Failure to follow
this warning causes skin burn or poor energy
discharge to the heart.
WARNING
Do not discharge if the pads overlap each
other or are shorted to each other by anything
conductive such as contact gel. This may cause
skin burn and poor energy discharge to the heart.
WARNING
Before defibrillation, all persons must keep clear
of the bed and must not touch the patient or any
equipment or cable connected to the patient.
Failure to follow this warning may cause electricalshock or injury.
10. If another debrillation is required, perform necessary medical treatment and
repeat steps 7 to 9.
11. Turn the power off.
Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the OFF position.
NOTE
While the “Shutdown NOW” message is displayed on the screen, do
not disconnect the power cord from the defibrillator or AC outlet and
do not remove the battery pack from the defibrillator. Otherwise, the
internal data may be damaged.
Press the paddle release knob of the paddle connector to the right and
remove the pad adapter from the paddle connector. Hold the connector part
to disconnect the pad adapter. Otherwise the connector gets damaged and the
cable breaks.
Dispose of the disposable pads. Refer to “Cleaning, Disinfecting and
Sterilization” in Section 10.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 109/302
4-2.16 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
Defibrillation with Internal Paddles
Important Safety Information
By directly applying the internal paddles to the heart, debrillation during open
chest operation is available.
WARNING
Before defibrillation, all persons must keep clear
of the bed and must not touch the patient or any
equipment or cable connected to the patient.
Failure to follow this warning may cause electrical
shock or injury.
WARNING
Before defibrillation, remove from the patient
all electrodes, probes and transducers from
connectors that do not have a or mark.
Otherwise, the operator may receive electrical
shock and the connected instrument may be
damaged.
WARNING
Before defibrillation, remove everything including
electrodes and patches from the patient’s chest. If
the defibrillator paddle contacts an object on the
patient’s chest, the discharged energy may be
insufficient and cause skin burn.
WARNING
Before defibrillation, check that the cords and
cables of the electrodes, probes and transducers
attached to the patient are properly connected to
a connector that has a or mark. Touching
the metal parts of the disconnected cords and
cables may cause electrical shock or injury by
discharged energy.
WARNING
When using an ESU, use this defibrillator
only in the MONITOR mode and use the ECG
electrodes for monitoring. Do not monitor ECG
with disposable pads, external paddles or
internal paddles. If ECG is monitored with pads
or paddles, high frequency energy from the ESU
causes abnormal current to flow in the patient
and unexpected discharge. This may damage the
defibrillator.
WARNING
Use the ECG monitoring electrodes (disposable
electrodes) to monitor the ECG waveforms.
Stable ECG cannot be acquired with the PADDLE
lead because it is difficult to hold the paddles
stable. ECG acquired from external paddles,
internal paddles or disposable pads is unstable
after discharge because of high polarization
voltage.
WARNING
The defibrillator generates high voltage. The
defibrillator must only be operated by trained and
qualified medical personnel.
WARNING
Sterilize the internal paddles before use. Failure
to sterilize the paddles may cause serious
infection.
WARNING
Pay careful attention to the selected energy when
using internal paddles. Applying high energy to
the heart may cause cardiac muscle necrosis.
Low energy is recommended.
WARNING
Do not perform defibrillation or cardioversion in a
wet place. Before defibrillation or cardioversion,
move the patient and defibrillator to a dry place.
Otherwise the operator may get electrical shock.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 110/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-2.17
4-2. DEFIBRILLATION
4-2
CAUTION
Do not twist the internal paddle while holding the electrode or give
strong impact to the paddle. It damages the electrode.
NOTE
• Select the appropriate energy and appropriate size of the internal
paddles according to the patient. Only use the paddles specified by
Nihon Kohden.
• Defibrillation is not available when any Setup screen or System
Setup screen is displayed. Before using the defibrillator, confirm and
set the necessary settings on the Setup screen and System Setup -
Configuration screen.
Procedure
It is reported that the cardiac muscle may necrose if high energy is repeatedly
applied to the heart with internal paddles. Refer to “Reference” in Section 11.
1. Connect the internal paddles to the debrillator.
i) Press the paddle release knob of the paddle connector to the right and
remove the external paddles from the paddle connector.
Paddle release knob
ii) Connect the internal paddles to the paddle connector until it clicks.
CAUTION
Do not bend or damage the connector pins of the paddle connector.
Energy cannot be fully discharged if pins are bent or damaged.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 111/302
4-2.18 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
2. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the DISARM position to turn the
power on. Conrm that there is no error message on the screen. For error
messages, refer to “Messages” in Section 9. When operating with AC power,
conrm that the AC lamp is on.
3. Conrm that the SYNC lamp is not lit. If this lamp is lit, press the SYNC
button on the front panel to turn it off.
4. Position the internal paddles.
Position the sterilized internal paddles against the right and the left atria of
the heart.
NOTE
• It is not necessary to consider the polarities of the internal paddle
electrodes.• For better contact between the internal paddles and heart, place
sterilized gauze moistened with physiological saline solution
between each internal paddle and the heart.
5. Check the ECG waveform.
Conrm that the patient’s ECG has a shockable rhythm, such as ventricular
brillation or pulseless ventricular tachycardia.
If the patient’s ECG requires synchronized cardioversion, follow the
procedure in Section 4-3 “Synchronized Cardioversion”.
6. Select the energy level.
Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the desired energy position.
When the internal paddles are used, 50 J or below can be selected. If above
50 J is selected, the “Set energy to 50 J or less” message appears on the
screen and the selected energy cannot be charged.
7. Charge the energy.
When it is veried that the patient needs debrillation, press the CHARGE/
AED button on the front panel to start charging.
Guard
Example of using the ND-590V series internal paddles
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 112/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-2.19
4-2. DEFIBRILLATION
4-2
WARNING
When charging or discharging, grip the internal paddles between the
cable and the guard at the top of the handle. If the internal paddles
are gripped between the electrode and the guard, the operator
receives an electrical shock.
WARNING
Do not move the defibrillator when any charged energy remains in
the defibrillator. If the defibrillator receives any impact, such as from
falling, it discharges energy that can cause electrical shock.
During charging, there is a beeping sound, the “CHARGING” message
appears on the screen.
When charging is completed, there is a continuous buzzing sound, the
“CHARGED” message appears on the screen, and the DISCHARGE lamp
blinks.
To change the energy level after charging is completed
Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the desired energy position. The
debrillator starts adjusting the energy one second after the new energy is
selected.
NOTE
If above 50 J is selected, the defibrillator immediately discharges
energy internally.
When debrillation becomes unnecessary after charging is completed
Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the DISARM position or OFF
position. The debrillator internally discharges charged energy within 20
seconds.
The debrillator automatically internally discharges charged energy when
the charge holding time has passed. This time is selected on the System
Setup - Conguration screen.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 113/302
4-2.20 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
8. Discharge the energy to the patient.
When using the ND-590V series internal paddles
Press the discharge switch on the paddle handle to discharge the energy to
the patient. Firmly hold the handles of the internal paddles until discharge
nishes.
When using the ND-760V series internal paddles
After conrming that the DISCHARGE lamp blinks, press the DISCHARGE
button on the front panel to discharge the energy to the patient. Firmly hold
the handles of the internal paddles until discharge nishes.
WARNING
Before defibrillation, all persons must keep clear
of the bed and must not touch the patient or any
equipment or cable connected to the patient.
Failure to follow this warning may cause electrical
shock or injury.
WARNING
Before discharging, confirm that the paddles
are firmly positioned against the heart. Failure
to follow this warning causes cardiac muscle
necrosis or poor energy discharge to the heart.
WARNING
Never discharge near a person or object other
than the patient or test electrode plate or energy
checker. It may cause electrical shock to the
person or damage the object.
WARNING
Do not discharge with the paddles in the air. This
may cause electrical shock to the operator or
damage the defibrillator.
9. If another debrillation is required, perform necessary medical treatment and
repeat steps 6 to 8.
10. Turn the power off.
Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the OFF position.
NOTE
While the “Shutdown NOW” message is displayed on the screen, do
not disconnect the power cord from the defibrillator or AC outlet and
do not remove the battery pack from the defibrillator. Otherwise, the
internal data may be damaged.
Press the paddle release knob of the paddle connector to the right and
remove the internal paddles from the paddle connector. Hold the connector
part to disconnect the paddle connector. Otherwise the connector gets
damaged and the cable breaks.
Wash off blood from the internal paddles and sterilize them. Refer to
“Cleaning, Disinfecting and Sterilization” in Section 10.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 114/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-3.1
4
4-3
Section 4-3 Synchronized Cardioversion
Synchronized Cardioversion Screen ................................................................................................................4-3.2
Synchronized Cardioversion with External Paddles .........................................................................................4-3.3
Important Safety Information ..................................................................................................................4-3.3
Procedure ...............................................................................................................................................4-3.4
Synchronized Cardioversion with Disposable Pads ........................................................................................ 4-3.10
Important Safety Information ................................................................................................................4-3.10
Procedure .............................................................................................................................................4-3.12
Synchronized Cardioversion with Internal Paddles ........................................................................................4-3.18
Important Safety Information ................................................................................................................4-3.18
Procedure .............................................................................................................................................4-3.19
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 115/302
4-3.2 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
Synchronized Cardioversion Screen
Screen Example
Heart rate
ECG lead
QRS sync mark Synchronization point
AC poweroperation
SYNC mode
Charged energy
ECG
Sensitivity
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 116/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-3.3
4-3. SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION
4-3
Synchronized Cardioversion with External Paddles
Important Safety Information
WARNINGBefore cardioversion, all persons must keep clear
of the bed and must not touch the patient or any
equipment or cable connected to the patient.
Failure to follow this warning may cause electrical
shock or injury.
WARNINGBefore cardioversion, remove from the patient
all electrodes, probes and transducers from
connectors that do not have a or mark.
Otherwise, the operator may receive electrical
shock and the connected instrument may be
damaged.
WARNINGBefore cardioversion, remove everything
including electrodes and patches from thepatient’s chest. If the defibrillator paddle contacts
an object on the patient’s chest, the discharged
energy may be insufficient and cause skin burn.
WARNINGBefore cardioversion, check that the cords and
cables of the electrodes, probes and transducersattached to the patient are properly connected to
a connector that has a or mark. Touching
the metal parts of the disconnected cords and
cables may cause electrical shock or injury by
discharged energy.
WARNINGWhen using an ESU, use this defibrillator
only in the MONITOR mode and use the ECG
electrodes for monitoring. Do not monitor ECGwith disposable pads, external paddles or
internal paddles. If ECG is monitored with pads
or paddles, high frequency energy from the ESU
causes abnormal current to flow in the patient
and unexpected discharge. This may damage the
defibrillator.
WARNING
Confirm that there is no noise on the ECG. Noise
may be misrecognized as QRS and discharge
might not synchronize with the patient’s QRS.
WARNINGUse the ECG monitoring electrodes (disposable
electrodes) to monitor the ECG waveforms.
Stable ECG cannot be acquired with the PADDLE
lead because it is difficult to hold the paddles
stable. ECG acquired from external paddles,
internal paddles or disposable pads is unstable
after discharge because of high polarization
voltage.
WARNINGDo not perform synchronized cardioversion
with the PADDLE lead unless it is absolutely
necessary. In synchronized cardioversion with the
PADDLE lead, noise may be misrecognized as
QRS and discharge might not synchronize with
the patient’s QRS.
WARNINGDo not perform cardioversion in a wet place.
Before cardioversion, move the patient and
defibrillator to a dry place. Otherwise the operator
may get electrical shock.
WARNINGThe defibrillator generates high voltage. The
defibrillator must only be operated by trained and
qualified medical personnel.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 117/302
4-3.4 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
CAUTION
When performing synchronized cardioversion, confirm that the
SYNC lamp is lit before every discharge. If “Sync mode after CV”
is set to Defib on the System Setup - Configuration screen, the
defibrillator automatically turns to the asynchronous defibrillation
mode.
NOTE
• Select the appropriate energy and appropriate size of the external
paddles according to the patient. Only use the paddles specified by
Nihon Kohden.
• Cardioversion is not available when any Setup screen or System
Setup screen is displayed. Before using the defibrillator, confirm and
set the necessary settings on the Setup screen and System Setup -
Configuration screen.
Procedure
1. Check that the external paddles are connected to the debrillator.
2. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the DISARM position to turn the
power on. Conrm that there is no error message on the screen. For error
messages, refer to “Messages” in Section 9. When operating with AC power,
conrm that the AC lamp is on.
3. Prepare the patient to monitor the ECG waveforms.
When monitoring ECG waveform with the ECG connection cable and
disposable electrodes,
i) Connect the ECG connection cable to the ECG input connector on the
front panel.
ii) Attach the disposable electrodes to the patient. Refer to “Preparing for
ECG Monitoring” in Section 6-2.
iii) Clip the ECG connection cable to the electrode. Conrm that electrodes
are not pulled by the ECG connection cable.
To acquire ECG waveform from another monitor, refer to “Using the
ECG Waveforms from Another Monitor, Paddles or Disposable Pads for
Synchronized Cardioversion” in Section 4-1.
4. Press the ECG lead key to select the lead which has the highest QRS wave.
When acquiring synchronizing signal with the ECG connection cable
and disposable electrodes, usually “II” is selected. When using the ECG
waveform from another monitor, select “AUX”.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 118/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-3.5
4-3. SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION
4-3
WARNING
Never select “TEST” for the ECG lead. “TEST” is for maintenance
and the waveform displayed on the screen is not the patient’s ECG.
If synchronized cardioversion is performed with the TEST lead, the
discharge is not synchronized with the patient’s QRS and it may
cause ventricular fibrillation.
NOTE
• Select a lead so that the whole waveform is displayed on the screen
and the T waveform is not much higher than the QRS waveform.
Otherwise, QRS cannot be recognized correctly.
• If the defibrillator miscounts the narrow width QRS, set “Pacing
Pulse Reject” to OFF on the ECG Setup screen and confirm that
QRS is correctly recognized.
5. Select SYNC mode.
i) Press the SYNC button on the front panel to select the synchronized
cardioversion mode. Conrm that the SYNC lamp lights and “SYNC” is
displayed on the screen.
ii) Check that the “ ” mark appears on the rising slope of every QRS wave.
The “ ” mark indicates that the debrillator detects the QRS wave. If
the mark does not appear, correct synchronization is not available. Do
the following to display the “ ” mark on the rising slope of every QRS
wave:
• Change the amplitude of the ECG waveforms with the ECG sensitivity
key.
• Change the ECG lead with the ECG lead key.
• Change the electrode position.
NOTE
• When the Energy/Mode Select control is set to MONITOR, AED,
DEMAND or FIXED position, the SYNC mode cannot be selected.
• If the Energy/Mode Select control is set to MONITOR, AED,
DEMAND or FIXED position while the SYNC mode is selected
(SYNC lamp is lit), the defibrillator exits the SYNC mode.
6. Prepare the paddles.
i) Remove the external paddles from paddle holders by grasping the
handles and lifting straight up.
ii) Apply contact gel to the electrode plate surface of each paddle.
iii) Gently rub the electrode plate surfaces together to evenly spread the gel.
WARNING
Apply contact gel only to the electrode plates of
the external paddles. Otherwise, it may cause
electrical shock to the operator.
WARNING
Do not apply contact gel by hand. Failure to follow
this warning may cause serious electrical burn,
shock, or other injury.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 119/302
4-3.6 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
WARNING
Do not hold the paddle handles if your hands are
wet or have contact gel on them. This may cause
electrical shock to the operator.
WARNING
To prevent skin burn on the patient and poor
energy discharge to the heart, apply contact gel
evenly to the electrode plates of the external
paddles.
7. Select the energy level.
Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the desired energy position.
8. Place the paddles on the patient.
WARNING
Do not touch the electrode plate or edge of the
paddle. Failure to follow this warning may causeserious electrical burn, shock, or other injury.
CAUTION
If the patient’s body is wet, thoroughly wipe the
moisture off the skin so that the paddles do notshort to each other. Otherwise, the discharged
energy may be insufficient.
Position
i) Place the left (STERNUM) paddle on the right side of sternum and
below the clavicle.
ii) Place the right (APEX) paddle on the level of fth intercostal space and
midaxillary line. When using the paddle lead, keep the paddles steady.
NOTE
Do not lean against the paddles when pressing them on the patient. A
paddle may slip and cause injury.
STERNUM
APEX
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 120/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-3.7
4-3. SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION
4-3
9. Charge the energy.
When it is veried that the patient needs synchronized cardioversion, press
the CHARGE button on the APEX paddle or CHARGE/AED button on the
front panel to start charging.
WARNINGWhen charging or discharging, do not touch anything other than
the handles. If any other part of the defibrillator is touched during
charging or discharging, the operator receives an electrical shock.
WARNING
Do not move the defibrillator when any charged energy remains in
the defibrillator. If the defibrillator receives any impact, such as from
falling, it discharges energy that can cause electrical shock.
During charging, there is a beeping sound, the “CHARGING” message
appears on the screen.
When charging is completed, there is a continuous buzzing sound, the
“CHARGED” message appears on the screen, and the DISCHARGE lamp
blinks.
To change the energy level after charging is completed
Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the desired energy position. The
debrillator starts adjusting the energy one second after the new energy is
selected.
When cardioversion becomes unnecessary after charging is completed
Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the DISARM position or OFF
position. The debrillator internally discharges charged energy within 20
seconds.
The debrillator automatically internally discharges charged energy when
the charge holding time has passed. This time is selected on the System
Setup - Conguration screen.
Bad example
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 121/302
4-3.8 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
10. Check the skin-paddle contact impedance.
The skin-paddle contact impedance is indicated by the CONTACT lamp
on the STERNUM external paddle. Press the paddles against the paddle
placement area so that the green lamp lights. Refer to “Skin-Paddle Contact
Impedance” in Section 4-1.
11. Discharge the energy to the patient.
After conrming that the DISCHARGE lamp blinks and the SYNC lamp
lights, press the DISCHARGE buttons on the paddles to discharge the
energy to the patient. Hold the buttons pressed until energy is discharged.
DISCHARGE buttons
CHARGE button
WARNINGBefore cardioversion, all persons must keep clear
of the bed and must not touch the patient or any
equipment or cable connected to the patient.
Failure to follow this warning may cause electrical
shock or injury.
WARNINGBefore discharging, confirm that the paddles are
firmly pressed against the chest wall. Failure
to follow this warning causes skin burn or poor
energy discharge to the heart.
WARNING
Never discharge near a person or object other
than the patient or test electrode plate or energy
checker. It may cause electrical shock to the
person or damage the object.
WARNING
Do not discharge with the paddles in the air. This
may cause electrical shock to the operator or
damage the defibrillator.
WARNING
Do not discharge the energy if the paddles are
shorted to each other by contact gel. It may
cause skin burn and poor energy discharge to the
heart.
Bad example
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 122/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-3.9
4-3. SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION
4-3
12. If another cardioversion is required, perform necessary medical treatment
and repeat steps 5 and 7 to 11.
Use the edge around each paddle holders to temporarily hold the paddles so
that contact gel does not get on the debrillator. These holders can only be
used for the adult electrode plate.
13. Turn the power off.
Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the OFF position to turn the
debrillator power off.
NOTE
While the “Shutdown NOW” message is displayed on the screen, do
not disconnect the power cord from the defibrillator or AC outlet and
do not remove the battery pack from the defibrillator. Otherwise, the
internal data may be damaged.
Thoroughly wipe off the contact gel from the external paddles and
debrillator. Refer to “Cleaning, Disinfecting and Sterilization” in Section
10.
Put the external paddles to the paddle holders.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 123/302
4-3.10 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
Synchronized Cardioversion with Disposable Pads
Important Safety Information
WARNINGBefore cardioversion, all persons must keep clear
of the bed and must not touch the patient or any
equipment or cable connected to the patient.
Failure to follow this warning may cause electrical
shock or injury.
WARNINGBefore cardioversion, remove from the patient
all electrodes, probes and transducers from
connectors that do not have a or mark.
Otherwise, the operator may receive electrical
shock and the connected instrument may be
damaged.
WARNING
Before cardioversion, remove everything
including electrodes and patches from the
patient’s chest. If the disposable pad contacts
an object on the patient’s chest, the discharged
energy may be insufficient and cause skin burn.
WARNING
Before cardioversion, check that the cords and
cables of the electrodes, probes and transducers
attached to the patient are properly connected to
a connector that has a or mark. Touching
the metal parts of the disconnected cords and
cables may cause electrical shock or injury by
discharged energy.
WARNING
When using an ESU, use this defibrillator
only in the MONITOR mode and use the ECG
electrodes for monitoring. Do not monitor ECG
with disposable pads, external paddles or
internal paddles. If ECG is monitored with pads
or paddles, high frequency energy from the ESU
causes abnormal current to flow in the patient
and unexpected discharge. This may damage the
defibrillator.
WARNING
Use the ECG monitoring electrodes (disposable
electrodes) to monitor the ECG waveforms.
Stable ECG cannot be acquired with the PADDLE
lead because it is difficult to hold the paddles
stable. ECG acquired from external paddles,
internal paddles or disposable pads is unstable
after discharge because of high polarization
voltage.
WARNINGConfirm that there is no noise on the ECG. Noise
may be misrecognized as QRS and discharge
might not synchronize with the patient’s QRS.
WARNINGThe defibrillator generates high voltage. The
defibrillator must only be operated by trained and
qualified medical personnel.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 124/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-3.11
4-3. SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION
4-3
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings below may cause
skin burn or insufficient energy discharge and
insufficient pacing current to the heart.
• Do not reuse disposable pads.
• If the pad package is torn, dispose of the padsand do not use them.
• Do not use the pads if they are past the
expiration date on the package.
• Use the disposable pads as soon as possible
after opening the package.
• Do not use the disposable pads if the gel has
become dry or if the gel has become abnormal
(the gel has become liquid or is coming off the
edges of the pad, etc).
• Do not use the disposable pads if the gel
is dark brown or dark brown gel is on the
protective sheet.
WARNING
If any pad or connector gets wet, replace it with a
new one. If a wet pad or connector is used, it may
cause electrical shock.
WARNING
Do not perform defibrillation or cardioversion in a
wet place. Before defibrillation or cardioversion,
move the patient and defibrillator to a dry place.
Otherwise the operator may get electrical shock.
CAUTION
When using the disposable pads for long term
ECG monitoring, replace them every 24 hours.
Failure to follow this instruction may cause
insufficient pacing current and insufficient energy
discharge to the heart.
CAUTION
Do not attach a disposable pad over another pad.
It may cause skin burn on the patient.
CAUTION
Do not put heavy objects on the disposable pads
or bend the pads. The pads may be damaged
and deteriorated, resulting in skin burn on the
patient.
CAUTION
When performing synchronized cardioversion,
confirm that the SYNC lamp is lit before every
discharge. If “Sync mode after CV” is set to
Defib on the System Setup - Configuration
screen, the defibrillator automatically turns to the
asynchronous defibrillation mode.
NOTE
• Follow all disposable pad labeling instructions.
• Always have spare disposable pads. Use the spare pads if the gel of
the original pads is dry, deteriorated or discolored.
• Before attaching the disposable pads to the patient, clean the skin
where the pads will be attached. If the skin is moist, wipe the skin.
• Only use the pads specified by Nihon Kohden.
• Cardioversion is not available when any Setup screen or System Setup
screen is displayed. Previously confirm and set the necessary settings
on the Setup screen and System Setup - Configuration screen.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 125/302
4-3.12 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
Procedure
1. Connect the pad adapter to the debrillator.
i) Press the paddle release knob of the paddle connector on the front panel
and remove the external paddles from the paddle connector.
Paddle release knob
ii) Connect the pad adapter to the paddle connector until it clicks.
CAUTION
Do not bend or damage the connector pins of the pad adapter and
paddle connector. Energy cannot be fully discharged if pins are bent
or damaged.
2. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the DISARM position to turn the
power on. Conrm that there is no error message on the screen. For error
messages, refer to “Messages” in Section 9. When operating with AC power,
conrm that the AC lamp is on.
3. Prepare the patient to monitor the ECG waveforms.
When monitoring ECG waveforms with the ECG connection cable and
disposable electrodes,
i) Connect the ECG connection cable to the ECG input connector on the
front panel.
ii) Attach the disposable electrodes to the patient. Refer to “Preparing for
ECG Monitoring” in Section 6-2.
iii) Clip the ECG connection cable to the electrode. Conrm that electrodes
are not pulled by the ECG connection cable.
To acquire ECG waveforms from another monitor, refer to “Using the
ECG Waveforms from Another Monitor, Paddles or Disposable Pads for
Synchronized Cardioversion” in Section 4-1.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 126/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-3.13
4-3. SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION
4-3
4. Press the ECG lead key to select the lead which has the highest QRS wave.
When acquiring a synchronizing signal with the ECG connection cable
and disposable electrodes, usually “II” is selected. When using the ECG
waveform from another monitor, select “AUX”.
WARNINGNever select “TEST” for the ECG lead. “TEST” is for maintenance
and the waveform displayed on the screen is not the patient’s ECG.
If synchronized cardioversion is performed with the TEST lead, the
discharge is not synchronized with the patient’s QRS and it may
cause ventricular fibrillation.
NOTE
• Select a lead so that the whole waveform is displayed on the screen
and the T waveform is not much higher than the QRS waveform.
Otherwise, QRS cannot be recognized correctly.
• If the defibrillator miscounts the narrow width QRS, set “Pacing
Pulse Reject” to OFF on the ECG Setup screen and confirm that
QRS is correctly recognized.
5. Select SYNC mode.
i) Press the SYNC button on the front panel to select the synchronized
cardioversion mode. Conrm that the SYNC lamp lights and “SYNC” is
displayed on the screen.
ii) Check that the “ ” mark appears on the rising slope of every QRS wave.
The “ ” mark indicates that the debrillator detects the QRS wave. If
the mark does not appear, correct synchronization is not available. Do
the following to display the “ ” mark on the rising slope of every QRS
wave:
• Change the amplitude of the ECG waveforms with the ECG sensitivity
key.
• Change the ECG lead with the ECG lead key.
• Change the electrode position.
NOTE
• When the Energy/Mode Select control is set to MONITOR, AED,
DEMAND or FIXED position, the SYNC mode cannot be selected.
• If the Energy/Mode Select control is set to MONITOR, AED,
DEMAND or FIXED position while the SYNC mode is selected
(SYNC lamp is lit), the defibrillator exits the SYNC mode.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 127/302
4-3.14 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
6. Prepare the disposable pads.
i) For good pad-skin contact, clean the patient’s chest to remove oil and
dirt, and thoroughly dry the skin. Shave excessive hair if necessary.
NOTE
Do not apply any gel or paste when using disposable pads.
ii) Take the disposable pads out of the package and carefully remove the
protective liner from one pad at a time.
iii) Attach the pads to the patient’s body, one at a time.
WARNING
• Do not attach pads on the papilla, electrodes or medicine on the
patient’s body. Failure to follow this warning causes serious skin
burn.
• Fit the pad closely to the body surface so that current flows
uniformly through the pad. Failure to follow this warning causesserious skin burn or insufficient energy discharge to the heart.
CAUTION
If the patient’s body is wet, thoroughly wipe the moisture off the
skin so that the pads do not short to each other. Otherwise, the
discharged energy may be insufficient.
NOTE
When the skin-pad contact is poor, it causes high electrode impedanceand energy cannot be charged.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 128/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-3.15
4-3. SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION
4-3
Apex-Anterior placement
RA: Right side of sternum and below the clavicle
LL: On the level of fifth intercostal space and midaxillary line
Apex-Posterior placement
RA: Between right scapula and spine
LL: On the level of fifth intercostal space and midaxillary line
iv) Connect the disposable pads to the pad adapter.
NOTE
• Firmly connect the disposable pads to the pad adapter until the
connector of the disposable pads clicks.
• When the “Change disposable pads” message appears,
the pads may be faulty. Replace them with new ones. If the
message still appears after replacing the pads, stop using the
defibrillator and use a different defibrillator.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 129/302
4-3.16 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
7. Select the energy level.
Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the desired energy position.
8. Charge the energy.
When it is veried that the patient needs synchronized cardioversion, press
the CHARGE/AED button on the front panel to start charging.
WARNING
During charging or discharging, do not touch the pads or connectors.
Failure to follow this warning causes electrical shock to the operator.
WARNING
Do not move the defibrillator when any charged energy remains in
the defibrillator. If the defibrillator receives any impact, such as from
falling, it discharges energy that can cause electrical shock.
NOTE
• If the CHARGE/AED button is pressed when a disposable pad is
detached from the patient, charging does not start.
• If a disposable pad is detached during or after charging, the
defibrillator automatically discharges energy internally within 20
seconds.
During charging, there is a beeping sound, the “CHARGING” message
appears on the screen.
When charging is completed, there is a continuous buzzing sound, the
“CHARGED” message appears on the screen, and the DISCHARGE lamp
blinks.
To change the energy level after charging is completed
Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the desired energy position. The
debrillator starts adjusting the energy one second after the new energy is
selected.
When cardioversion becomes unnecessary after charging is completed
Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the DISARM position or OFF
position. The debrillator internally discharges charged energy within 20
seconds.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 130/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-3.17
4-3. SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION
4-3
The debrillator automatically internally discharges charged energy when
the charge holding time has passed. This time is selected on the System
Setup - Conguration screen.
9. Discharge the energy to the patient.
After conrming that the DISCHARGE lamp blinks and SYNC lamp lights,
press the DISCHARGE button on the front panel to discharge the energy to
the patient. Hold the buttons pressed until energy is discharged.
WARNING
Before discharging, confirm that the pads are firmly attached to the
skin. Failure to follow this warning causes skin burn or poor energy
discharge to the heart.
WARNINGDo not discharge if the pads overlap each other or are shorted to
each other by anything conductive such as contact gel. This may
cause skin burn and poor energy discharge to the heart.
WARNING
Before defibrillation, all persons must keep clear of the bed and must
not touch the patient or any equipment or cable connected to the
patient. Failure to follow this warning may cause electrical shock or
injury.
10. If another cardioversion is required, perform necessary medical treatment
and repeat steps 5 and 7 to 9.
11. Turn the power off.
Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the OFF position.
NOTE
While the “Shutdown NOW” message is displayed on the screen, do
not disconnect the power cord from the defibrillator or AC outlet and
do not remove the battery pack from the defibrillator. Otherwise, the
internal data may be damaged.
Press the paddle release knob of the paddle connector to the right and
remove the pad adapter from the paddle connector. Hold the connector part
to disconnect the pad adapter. Otherwise the connector gets damaged and the
cable breaks.
Dispose of the disposable pads. Refer to “Cleaning, Disinfecting and
Sterilization” in Section 10.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 131/302
4-3.18 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
Synchronized Cardioversion with Internal Paddles
Important Safety Information
By directly applying the internal paddles to the heart, cardioversion during open
chest operation is available.
WARNING
Before cardioversion, all persons must keep clear
of the bed and must not touch the patient or any
equipment or cable connected to the patient.
Failure to follow this warning may cause electrical
shock or injury.
WARNING
Before cardioversion, remove from the patient
all electrodes, probes and transducers from
connectors that do not have a or mark.
Otherwise, the operator may receive electrical
shock and the connected instrument may be
damaged.
WARNING
Before cardioversion, remove everything
including electrodes and patches from the
patient’s chest. If the defibrillator paddle contacts
an object on the patient’s chest, the discharged
energy may be insufficient and cause skin burn.
WARNING
Before cardioversion, check that the cords and
cables of the electrodes, probes and transducers
attached to the patient are properly connected to
a connector that has a or mark. Touching
the metal parts of the disconnected cords and
cables may cause electrical shock or injury by
discharged energy.
WARNING
When using an ESU, use this defibrillator
only in the MONITOR mode and use the ECG
electrodes for monitoring. Do not monitor ECG
with disposable pads, external paddles or
internal paddles. If ECG is monitored with pads
or paddles, high frequency energy from the ESU
causes abnormal current to flow in the patient
and unexpected discharge. This may damage the
defibrillator.
WARNING
Use the ECG monitoring electrodes (disposable
electrodes) to monitor the ECG waveforms.
Stable ECG cannot be acquired with the PADDLE
lead because it is difficult to hold the paddles
stable. ECG acquired from external paddles,
internal paddles or disposable pads is unstable
after discharge because of high polarization
voltage.
WARNING
Confirm that there is no noise on the ECG. Noise
may be misrecognized as QRS and discharge
might not synchronize with the patient’s QRS.
WARNING
The defibrillator generates high voltage. The
defibrillator must only be operated by trained and
qualified medical personnel.
WARNING
Sterilize the internal paddles before use. Failure
to sterilize the paddles may cause seriousinfection.
WARNING
Pay careful attention to the selected energy when
using internal paddles. Applying high energy tothe heart may cause cardiac muscle necrosis.
Low energy is recommended.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 132/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-3.19
4-3. SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION
4-3
WARNING
Do not perform cardioversion in a wet place.
Before cardioversion, move the patient and
defibrillator to a dry place. Otherwise the operator
may get electrical shock.
CAUTION
Do not twist the internal paddle while holding the
electrode or give strong impact to the paddle. It
damages the electrode.
CAUTION
When performing synchronized cardioversion,
confirm that the SYNC lamp is lit before every
discharge. If “Sync mode after CV” is set to
Defib on the System Setup - Configuration
screen, the defibrillator automatically turns to the
asynchronous defibrillation mode.
NOTE• Select the appropriate energy and appropriate size of the internal
paddles according to the patient. Only use the paddles specified by
Nihon Kohden.
• Cardioversion is not available when any Setup screen or System
Setup screen is displayed. Before using the defibrillator, confirm and
set the necessary settings on the Setup screen and System Setup -
Configuration screen.
Synchronized cardioversion should be performed with the minimum effective
energy. It is reported that the cardiac muscle may necrose if high energy isrepeatedly applied to the heart with internal paddles. Refer to “Reference” in
Section 11.
Procedure
1. Connect the internal paddles to the debrillator.
i) Press the paddle release knob of the paddle connector to the right and
remove the external paddles from the paddle connector.
Paddle release knob
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 133/302
4-3.20 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
ii) Connect the internal paddles to the paddle connector until it clicks.
CAUTION
Do not bend or damage the connector pins of the paddle connector.
Energy cannot be fully discharged if pins are bent or damaged.
2. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the DISARM position to turn the
power on. Conrm that there is no error message on the screen. For error
messages, refer to “Messages” in Section 9. When operating with AC power,
conrm that the AC lamp is on.
3. Prepare the patient to monitor the ECG waveforms.
When monitoring ECG waveform with the ECG connection cable and
disposable electrodes,
i) Connect the ECG connection cable to the ECG input connector on the
front panel.
ii) Attach the disposable electrodes to the patient. Refer to Section 6-2
“Preparing for ECG Monitoring”.
iii) Clip the ECG connection cable to the electrode. Conrm that electrodes
are not pulled by the ECG connection cable.
To acquire ECG waveform from another monitor, refer to “Using the
ECG Waveforms from Another Monitor, Paddles or Disposable Pads for
Synchronized Cardioversion” in Section 4-1.
4. Press the ECG lead key to select the lead which has the highest QRS wave.
When acquiring a synchronizing signal with the ECG connection cable
and disposable electrodes, usually “II” is selected. When using the ECG
waveform from another monitor, select “AUX”.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 134/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-3.21
4-3. SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION
4-3
WARNING
Never select “TEST” for the ECG lead. “TEST” is for maintenance
and the waveform displayed on the screen is not the patient’s ECG.
If synchronized cardioversion is performed with the TEST lead, the
discharge is not synchronized with the patient’s QRS and it may
cause ventricular fibrillation.
NOTE
• Select a lead so that the whole waveform is displayed on the screen
and the T waveform is not much higher than the QRS waveform.
Otherwise, QRS cannot be recognized correctly.
• If the defibrillator miscounts the narrow width QRS, set “Pacing
Pulse Reject” to OFF on the ECG Setup screen and confirm that
QRS is correctly recognized.
5. Select SYNC mode.
i) Press the SYNC button on the front panel to select the synchronized
cardioversion mode. Conrm that the SYNC lamp lights and “SYNC” is
displayed on the screen.
ii) Check that the “ ” mark appears on the rising slope of every QRS wave.
The “ ” mark indicates that the debrillator detects the QRS wave. If
the mark does not appear, correct synchronization is not available. Do
the following to display the “ ” mark on the rising slope of every QRS
wave:
• Change the amplitude of the ECG waveforms with the ECG sensitivity
key.
• Change the ECG lead with the ECG lead key.
• Change the electrode position.
NOTE
• When the Energy/Mode Select control is set to MONITOR, AED,
DEMAND or FIXED position, the SYNC mode cannot be selected.
• If the Energy/Mode Select control is set to MONITOR, AED,
DEMAND or FIXED position while the SYNC mode is selected
(SYNC lamp is lit), the defibrillator exits the SYNC mode.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 135/302
4-3.22 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
6. Position the internal paddles.
Position the sterilized internal paddles against the right and the left atria of
the heart.
NOTE
• It is not necessary to consider the polarities of the internal paddle
electrodes.
• For better contact between the internal paddles and heart, place
sterilized gauze moistened with physiological saline solution
between each internal paddle and the heart.
7. Select the energy level.
Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the desired energy position.
When the internal paddles are used, 50 J or below can be selected. If above
50 J is selected, the “Set energy to 50 J or less” message appears on the
screen and the selected energy cannot be charged.
8. Charge the energy.
When it is veried that the patient needs synchronized cardioversion, press
the CHARGE/AED button on the front panel to start charging.
Guard
Example of using the ND-590V series internal paddles
WARNING
When charging or discharging, grip the internal paddles between the
cable and the guard at the top of the handle. If the internal paddles
are gripped between the electrode and the guard, the operator
receives an electrical shock.
WARNING
Do not move the defibrillator when any charged energy remains in
the defibrillator. If the defibrillator receives any impact, such as from
falling, it discharges energy that can cause electrical shock.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 136/302
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 137/302
4-3.24 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
WARNING
Before cardioversion, all persons must keep clear
of the bed and must not touch the patient or any
equipment or cable connected to the patient.
Failure to follow this warning may cause electrical
shock or injury.
WARNING
Before discharging, confirm that the paddles
are firmly positioned against the heart. Failure
to follow this warning causes cardiac muscle
necrosis or poor energy discharge to the heart.
WARNING
Never discharge near a person or object other
than the patient or test electrode plate or energy
checker. It may cause electrical shock to the
person or damage the object.
WARNING
Do not discharge with the paddles in the air. This
may cause electrical shock to the operator or
damage the defibrillator.
10. If another cardioversion is required, perform necessary medical treatmentand repeat steps 5 to 9.
11. Turn the power off.
Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the OFF position.
NOTE
While the “Shutdown NOW” message is displayed on the screen, do
not disconnect the power cord from the defibrillator or AC outlet and
do not remove the battery pack from the defibrillator. Otherwise, the
internal data may be damaged.
Press the paddle release knob of the paddle connector to the right and
remove the internal paddles from the paddle connector. Hold the connector
part to disconnect the paddle connector. Otherwise the connector gets
damaged and the cable breaks.
Wash off blood from the internal paddles and sterilize them. Refer to
“Cleaning, Disinfecting and Sterilization” in Section 10.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 138/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-4.1
4
4-4
Section 4-4 AED
AED Screen ......................................................................................................................................................4-4.2
Important Safety Information ............................................................................................................................4-4.3
AED Flowchart .................................................................................................................................................4-4.5
Preparation for AED Mode .....................................................................................................................4-4.6
AED Procedure .................................................................................................................................................4-4.7
When Nonshockable Rhythm is Detected in AED Analysis .................................................................4-4.15
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 139/302
4-4.2 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
AED Screen
In AED mode, the debrillator analyzes the ECG waveforms (AED analysis).
When shockable waveform (ventricular brillation and ventricular tachycardia)
is detected, the debrillator automatically charges the preset energy.
1st charge energy (currently selected energy is highlighted.)
Alarm off mark 2nd charge energy
3rd charge energy
AC power operation
AED mode
Charged energy
Pause keyWhen AED mode is selected, the Multi-
function key changes to the Pause key to
temporarily stop AED analysis.
ECG
Sensitivity
Heart rate
ECG lead
Screen Example
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 140/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-4.3
4-4. AED
4-4
Important Safety Information
WARNING
Before defibrillation, all persons must keep clearof the bed and must not touch the patient or any
equipment or cable connected to the patient.
Failure to follow this warning may cause electrical
shock or injury.
WARNING
When using an ESU, use this defibrillatoronly in the MONITOR mode and use the ECG
electrodes for monitoring. Do not monitor ECG
with disposable pads, external paddles or
internal paddles. If ECG is monitored with pads
or paddles, high frequency energy from the ESU
causes abnormal current to flow in the patient
and unexpected discharge. This may damage the
defibrillator.
WARNINGUse the ECG monitoring electrodes (disposable
electrodes) to monitor the ECG waveforms.
Stable ECG cannot be acquired with the PADDLE
lead because it is difficult to hold the paddles
stable. ECG acquired from external paddles,
internal paddles or disposable pads is unstable
after discharge because of high polarization
voltage.
WARNINGThe defibrillator generates high voltage. The
defibrillator must only be operated by trained and
qualified medical personnel.
WARNING
If any pad or connector gets wet, replace it with a
new one. If a wet pad or connector is used, it may
cause electrical shock.
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings below may cause
skin burn or insufficient energy discharge and
insufficient pacing current to the heart.
• Do not reuse disposable pads.
• If the pad package is torn, dispose of the pads
and do not use them.
• Do not use the pads if they are past the
expiration date on the package.
• Use the disposable pads as soon as possibleafter opening the package.
• Do not use the disposable pads if the gel has
become dry or if the gel has become abnormal
(the gel has become liquid or is coming off the
edges of the pad, etc).
• Do not use the disposable pads if the gel
is dark brown or dark brown gel is on the
protective sheet.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 141/302
4-4.4 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
CAUTION
When using the disposable pads for long term
ECG monitoring, replace them every 24 hours.
Failure to follow this instruction may cause
insufficient pacing current and insufficient energy
discharge to the heart.
CAUTION
Do not attach a disposable pad over another pad.
It may cause skin burn on the patient.
CAUTION
Do not put heavy objects on the disposable pads
or bend the pads. The pads may be damaged
and deteriorated, resulting in skin burn on the
patient.
NOTE
• AED mode can only be used for patients who are age 8 or older, or atleast 25 kg.
• Follow all disposable pad labeling instructions.
• Always have spare disposable pads. Use the spare pads if the gel of
the original pads is dry, deteriorated or discolored.
• Before attaching the disposable pads to the patient, clean the skin
where the pads will be attached. If the skin is moist, wipe the skin.
• Defibrillation is not available when any Setup screen or System
Setup screen is displayed. Before using the defibrillator, confirm and
set the necessary settings on the Setup screen and System Setup -
Configuration screen.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 142/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-4.5
4-4. AED
4-4
AED Flowchart
shockable rhythm
Defibrillation not necessary. Check ECG.Defibrillation necessary. Check ECG.
Press CHARGE/AED button.
Check pulse **
If no pulse, start CPR. **
nonshockable rhythm
Each shock or Each Seq.
OFF
Press CHARGE/AED button
Turn Energy/Mode Select
control to AED
VF analysis startsAnalyzing VFStand clear
Result?
End sequence?
Charging startsCHARGING
Charging finishesCHARGED
Stand clear and press DISCHARGE buttons.
If no pulse, press AED button. **
CPR timing sound generates
Press DISCHARGE button
CPR time (s)
When set to OFF
When set to any number
AED button 2nd
or later Analysis(start analysis manually?)
AED button 2nd
or later Analysis
(start analysis manually?)
AED button
First Analysis
End after selected time
ON
Yes
No
OFF
Each shock
Each Seq. or OFF
*
User operation
Instrument operation
Bold: Displayed message
Italic : Settings in System Setup screen
AED
CPR
* If debrillation becomes necessary during CPR, press the CHARGE/AED button. Analysis immediately starts and
operation proceeds from the “VF analysis starts” step in the owchart.
** “Check pulse”, “If no pulse, start CPR” and “If no pulse, press AED button” messages are not displayed when the
“Check Pulse Pattern” on the System Setup screen is set to 3 (no checking pulse).
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 143/302
4-4.6 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
Preparation for AED Mode
Change the following settings if necessary. Refer to “System Setup Screen” in
Section 3. The factory default settings are underlined.
AED
• AED Energy (2 to 100, 150, 200, 270 J)
The rst, second and third energy in each discharge/AED sequence. When
a shockable waveform is detected, the selected energy is automatically
charged. The number of discharges for one sequence is set in “Discharge/
AED sequence”. (Default setting: 150 J for the 1st discharge, 200 J for the 2nd
discharge and 270 J for the 3rd discharge)
• Energy after 3rd discharge (Repeat cycle, 3rd energy)
The energy after the third discharge.
• AED button First Analysis (ON, OFF)
When AED mode is selected, select whether or not to start AED analysis
(shockable waveform detection) by pressing the CHARGE/AED button. If
“ON” (default setting) is selected, you must press the CHARGE/AED button
to start AED analysis.
• AED button 2nd or later Analysis (Each shock, Each Seq., OFF)
Select whether to manually or automatically start AED analysis after each
discharge or each sequence. Select “OFF” to automatically start AED analysis.
If “Each shock” or “Each Seq.” is selected, you must press the CHARGE/AED
button to start AED analysis.
• Discharge/AED sequence (2, 3, 4)
The number of discharges for one sequence.
• Pause time (30, 60, 120, 180 seconds and OFF)
In AED mode, the Multi-function key changes to the Pause key. Background
AED analysis can be temporarily paused by pressing the PAUSE key. Select
pause time for background AED analysis.
CPR
• CPR time (s) (30, 60, 90, 120, 150, 180, 210 seconds, OFF)
The time until starting AED analysis in background after a discharge/AED
sequence.
• CPR timing sound (60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120 times/min, OFF)
Duration of CPR timing sound.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 144/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-4.7
4-4. AED
4-4
AED Procedure
1. Conrm that the patient is unconscious and has no respiration and no pulse.
CAUTION
Before ECG analysis in AED mode or defibrillation, confirm that the
patient is unconscious and has no respiration and no pulse.
CAUTION
The ECG of a child or a patient with an implanted pacemaker cannot
be analyzed correctly. For these patients, follow the physician’s
instruction.
2. Connect the pad adapter to the debrillator.
i) Press the paddle release knob of the paddle connector on the front panel
and remove the external paddles from the paddle connector.
ii) Connect the pad adapter to the paddle connector until it clicks.
CAUTIONDo not bend or damage the connector pins of the pad adapter and
paddle connector. Energy cannot be fully discharged if pins are bent
or damaged.
3. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the AED position to turn the power
on. Conrm that there is no error message on the screen. For error messages,
refer to “Messages” in Section 9. When operating with AC power, conrm
that the AC lamp is on.
When AED mode is selected, the Multi-function key changes to the Pause
key. To temporarily pause background AED analysis, press the Pause key.
The pause time is set on the System Setup - Conguration screen. When the
Pause key is pressed, it changes to the Resume key. To start AED analysis,
press the Resume key.
Paddle release knob
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 145/302
4-4.8 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
4. Conrm that “PADDLE” is selected for ECG lead.
NOTE
In AED mode, other ECG leads cannot be selected.
5. Prepare the disposable pads.
i) For good pad-skin contact, clean the patient’s chest to remove oil,
moisture and dirt, and thoroughly dry the skin. Shave excessive hair if
necessary.
NOTE
Do not apply any gel or paste when using disposable pads.
ii) Take the disposable pads out of the package and carefully remove the
protective liner from one pad at a time.
iii) Attach the pads to the patient’s body, one at a time.
Apex-Anterior placement
RA: Right side of sternum and below the clavicle
LL: On the level of fifth intercostal space and midaxillary line
WARNING
• Do not attach pads on the papilla, electrodes or medicine on the
patient’s body. Failure to follow this warning causes serious skin
burn.• Fit the pad closely to the body surface so that current flows
uniformly through the pad. Failure to follow this warning causes
serious skin burn or insufficient energy discharge to the heart.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 146/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-4.9
4-4. AED
4-4
CAUTION
If the patient’s body is wet, thoroughly wipe the moisture off the
skin so that the pads do not short to each other. Otherwise, the
discharged energy may be insufficient.
NOTE
When the skin-pad contact is poor, it causes high electrode
impedance and energy cannot be charged.
iv) Connect the disposable pads to the pad adapter.
NOTE
• Firmly connect the disposable pads to the pad adapter until
the connector of the disposable pads clicks. If the pads are
not attached firmly or the pads are not connected to the pad
adapter, noise appears on the ECG waveform.
• When the “Change disposable pads” message appears,
the pads may be faulty. Replace them with new ones. If the
message still appears after replacing the pads, stop using the
defibrillator and use a different defibrillator.
6. Conrm the selected energy values.
Three selected energy values are displayed on the upper screen. The 1st
energy is selected. The selected energy is highlighted. Conrm that the
energy is proper.
To change the energy values, use the “AED Energy” setting in the System
Setup - Conguration screen. Refer to Section 3.
The following waveforms are saved in memory.
• Waveform of 10 seconds before and 12 seconds after discharge
• Waveform of 6 seconds after the CHARGE/AED button is pressed
If you want to record any other waveform, press the Record key and print
the waveform on the recording paper. Waveform of 6 seconds after the
CHARGE/AED button is pressed can be printed as a report. For details, refer
to Section 8 “Recording”.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 147/302
4-4.10 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
7. Start AED analysis.
Stop the life saving treatment such as CPR, keep the patient at rest and do
not touch or move the patient, pad adapter and disposable pad cable. Then
press the CHARGE/AED button on the front panel. The background AED
analysis starts and the “Stand clear” message appears on the screen.
To automatically start background AED analysis, set “AED button First
Analysis” in the System Setup - Conguration screen to “OFF”.
Selected energy
WARNING
When you perform defibrillation in an ambulance, stop the car.
CAUTION
Before and during ECG analysis in AED mode, note the following.
Otherwise, correct analysis result cannot be obtained.
• Do not touch or move the patient.
• Stop life saving treatment such as CPR.
• If the ECG baseline wanders due to conditions such as poor skin-
pad impedance or movement of the pad adapter or pad cable,
remove the causes.
NOTE
If a shockable rhythm is detected after the CHARGE/AED button is
pressed, the defibrillator automatically starts charging the selected
(highlighted) energy. Therefore, take much care for handling the
CHARGE/AED button.
Waveforms of 6 seconds after the CHARGE/AED button is pressed and
the analysis result can be recorded as VF Analysis report recording. Up
to 124 waveforms can be saved in memory. The oldest 31 waveforms are
deleted when you save over 124 waveforms. For details, refer to Section 8
“Recording”.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 148/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-4.11
4-4. AED
4-4
8. “CHARGING” message appearance
When a shockable rhythm is detected, the “Debrillation necessary. Check
ECG” and “CHARGING” messages appear on the screen and there is a
continuous beeping sound. The debrillator automatically charges the
selected energy (highlighted energy on the screen).
WARNING
During charging or discharging, do not touch the pads or connectors.
Failure to follow this warning causes electrical shock to the operator.
WARNING
Do not move the defibrillator when any charged energy remains in
the defibrillator. If the defibrillator receives any impact, such as fromfalling, it discharges energy that can cause electrical shock.
NOTE
• Asystole is not judged to be a shockable rhythm and the defibrillator
does not automatically charge the energy.
• If the amplitude of a waveform is very small, the waveform may not be
judged as a shockable rhythm and automatic energy charging may not
be performed.
Automatic energy charging criteria is:
- Ventricular fibrillation with average amplitude not less than 0.1 mV, or- Ventricular tachycardia with pulse rate not less than 180/min
• When small amplitude ventricular fibrillation is not judged to be
shockable rhythm, follow the physician’s instruction and continue the
appropriate treatment. By continuing CPR, the amplitude of ventricular
fibrillation may become large and reanalysis may start automatic
energy charging.
• Pay attention to the change in ECG after automatic energy charging
starts.
• If the CHARGE/AED button is pressed when a disposable pad is
detached from the patient, charging does not start.
• If a disposable pad is detached during or after charging, the defibrillator
automatically discharges energy internally within 20 seconds.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 149/302
4-4.12 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
9. “CHARGED” message appearance
When charging is completed, there is a continuous buzzing sound, the
“Stand clear and press DISCHARGE button” and “CHARGED” messages
appear on the screen, and the DISCHARGE lamp blinks.
When debrillation becomes unnecessary after charging is completed
To quit debrillation, turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the DISARM
position or OFF position to internally discharge the charged energy.
After charging is complete, if nonshockable rhythm is detected, the
debrillator automatically discharges the charged energy internally. For the
nonshockable rhythm, refer to “When Nonshockable Rhythm is Detected in
AED Analysis” in this section.
The time until internal discharge is set at “Charge holding time” on the
System Setup - Conguration screen.
WARNING
During charging or discharging, do not touch the pads or connectors.
Failure to follow this warning causes electrical shock to the operator.
WARNINGDo not move the defibrillator when any charged energy remains in
the defibrillator. If the defibrillator receives any impact, such as from
falling, it discharges energy that can cause electrical shock.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 150/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-4.13
4-4. AED
4-4
10. Discharge the energy to the patient.
Conrm that the DISCHARGE lamp blinks. Then press the DISCHARGE
button on the front panel to discharge the energy to the patient.
WARNING
Before defibrillation, all persons must keep clear
of the bed and must not touch the patient or any
equipment or cable connected to the patient.
Failure to follow this warning may cause electrical
shock or injury.
WARNING
Before defibrillation, remove from the patient
all electrodes, probes and transducers from
connectors that do not have a or mark.
Otherwise, the operator may receive electrical
shock and the connected instrument may be
damaged.
WARNING
Before defibrillation, remove everything including
electrodes and patches from the patient’s chest.If the disposable pad contacts an object on the
patient’s chest, the discharged energy may be
insufficient and cause skin burn.
WARNING
Before defibrillation, check that the cords and
cables of the electrodes, probes and transducersattached to the patient are properly connected to
a connector that has a or mark. Touching
the metal parts of the disconnected cords and
cables may cause electrical shock or injury by
discharged energy.
WARNING
Do not perform defibrillation or cardioversion in a
wet place. Before defibrillation or cardioversion,
move the patient and defibrillator to a dry place.
Otherwise the operator may get electrical shock.
WARNING
Never discharge near a person or object other
than the patient or test electrode plate or energy
checker. It may cause electrical shock to the
person or damage the object.
WARNING
Before discharging, confirm that the pads are
firmly attached to the skin. Failure to follow
this warning causes skin burn or poor energy
discharge to the heart.
WARNING
During charging or discharging, do not touch the
pads or connectors. Failure to follow this warning
causes electrical shock to the operator.
WARNING
Do not discharge if the pads overlap each
other or are shorted to each other by anything
conductive such as contact gel. This may cause
skin burn and poor energy discharge to the heart.
NOTE
Firmly press the DISCHARGE button.
After debrillation, the debrillator returns to the condition of before AED
analysis starts. The selected energy switches to the next energy. The next
energy is highlighted on the upper screen.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 151/302
4-4.14 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
4. DEFIBRILLATION, SYNCHRONIZED CARDIOVERSION AND AED
11. Start AED analysis for the second discharge.
The debrillator automatically starts reanalysis (when “AED button 2nd or
later analysis” is set to “Each Seq.” (default setting) or “OFF” on the System
Setup - Conguration screen).
When the analysis result is shockable rhythm, the debrillator starts charging
the 2nd energy. Do steps 8 to 10 to discharge the energy to the patient.
When the analysis result is nonshockable rhythm, refer to “When
Nonshockable Rhythm is Detected in AED Analysis” in this section.
12. Start AED analysis for the third discharge.
The debrillator automatically starts reanalysis (when “AED button 2nd or
later analysis” is set to “Each Seq.” (default setting) or “OFF” on the System
Setup - Conguration screen).
When the analysis result is shockable rhythm, the debrillator starts charging
the 3rd energy. Do steps 8 to 10 to discharge the energy to the patient.
When the analysis result is nonshockable rhythm, refer to “When
Nonshockable Rhythm is Detected in AED Analysis” in this section.
13. If all the debrillations performed in the steps 6 to 12 failed, do necessary
treatments such as CPR. The CPR timing sound occurs according to the
setting value at the “CPR timing sound” on the System Setup - Conguration
screen.
During CPR, to temporarily pause background AED analysis, press the
Pause key. When the Pause key is pressed, it changes to the Resume key.
To start background AED analysis, press the Resume key. The CPR timing
sound stops.
NOTE
When defibrillation becomes necessary during CPR, press the
CHARGE/AED button to immediately start analysis.
14. If the patient needs debrillation after CPR, repeat the steps from 7. On the
System Setup - Conguration screen, you can select two types of energy
selection after the 3rd debrillation. Refer to Section 3.
15. Turn the power off.
Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the OFF position.
NOTE
While the “Shutdown NOW” message is displayed on the screen, do
not disconnect the power cord from the defibrillator or AC outlet and
do not remove the battery pack from the defibrillator. Otherwise, the
internal data may be damaged.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 152/302
4
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 4-4.15
4-4. AED
4-4
16. Press the paddle release knob of the paddle connector to the right and
remove the pad adapter from the paddle connector. Hold the connector part
to disconnect the pad adapter. Otherwise the connector gets damaged and the
cable breaks.
17. Dispose of the disposable pads. Refer to “Cleaning, Disinfecting and
Sterilization” in Section 10.
When Nonshockable Rhythm is Detected in AED Analysis
In AED analysis, nonshockable rhythm is detected in the following cases.
• Asystole
• Ventricular brillation with average amplitude less than 0.1 mV
• Ventricular tachycardia with heart rate less than 180/min
With the above analysis result, energy is not charged automatically. Perform
appropriate treatment according to emergency life saving protocol. If the patient
condition changes, perform AED analysis again and follow the physician’s
instruction.
NOTE
• If the amplitude of a waveform is very small, the waveform may not be
judged as a shockable rhythm and automatic energy charging may not
be performed.
Automatic energy charging standard is:
- Ventricular fibrillation with average amplitude not less than 0.1 mV, or
- Ventricular tachycardia with heart rate not less than 180/min
• When small amplitude ventricular fibrillation is not judged to be a
shockable rhythm, follow the physician’s instruction and continue the
appropriate treatment. By continuing CPR, the amplitude of ventricular
fibrillation may become large and reanalysis may start automatic
energy charging.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 153/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 5.1
5
Section 5 Pacing (TEC-5531 Only)
About Pacing .......................................................................................................................................................5.2
Important Safety Information ...............................................................................................................................5.3
Pacing in FIXED Mode ........................................................................................................................................5.4
Information on the Pacing Screen in FIXED Mode .................................................................................... 5.4
Procedure ..................................................................................................................................................5.4
Pacing in DEMAND Mode .................................................................................................................................5.11
Information on the Pacing Screen in DEMAND Mode ............................................................................. 5.11
Procedure ................................................................................................................................................5.12
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 154/302
5.2 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
5. PACING (TEC-5531 ONLY)
About Pacing
Noninvasive xed and demand pacing is only available with the TEC-5531
debrillators. After debrillation, if bradycardia is observed, immediate electric
stimulation can be given through the patient’s chest with the disposable pads.
The ECG waveforms during pacing can be monitored continuously with the
ECG connection cable and disposable electrodes.
Two pacing modes are provided with the TEC-5531 debrillators.
FIXED mode: Pacing current is output at the selected pacing rate.
DEMAND mode: When there is no spontaneous heart beat, pacing current
is output at the selected pacing rate. When there is a
spontaneous heart beat and the next heart beat does not
occur, pacing current is output at the selected pacing rate.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 155/302
5
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 5.3
5. PACING (TEC-5531 ONLY)
Important Safety Information
WARNING
Do not perform pacing while using an ESU.Before using the ESU, turn the defibrillator power
off and remove disposable pads from the patient.
Otherwise, high frequency energy from the ESU
causes abnormal current to flow into the patient
and causes electrical burn, shock or other injury.
It also damages the defibrillator.
WARNING
Always monitor the ECG waveform with the ECGconnection cable and ECG electrodes.
WARNING
When using the disposable pads for long term
pacing, replace them every hour. Failure to follow
this warning may cause skin burn or insufficient
energy discharge and pacing current to the heart.
WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings below may cause
skin burn or insufficient energy discharge and
insufficient pacing current to the heart.
• Do not reuse disposable pads.
• If the pad package is torn, dispose of the pads
and do not use them.
• Do not use the pads if they are past the
expiration date on the package.
• Use the disposable pads as soon as possible
after opening the package.
• Do not use the disposable pads if the gel has
become dry or if the gel has become abnormal
(the gel has become liquid or is coming off the
edges of the pad, etc).
• Do not use the disposable pads if the gel
is dark brown or dark brown gel is on the
protective sheet.
WARNINGThe defibrillator generates high voltage. The
defibrillator must only be operated by trained and
qualified medical personnel.
WARNING
Confirm that there is no noise on the ECG. Noise
may be misrecognized as QRS and correct
pacing cannot be performed.
WARNING
If any pad or connector gets wet, replace it with a
new one. If a wet pad or connector is used, it may
cause electrical shock.
CAUTIONWhen using the disposable pads for long term
ECG monitoring, replace them every 24 hours.
Failure to follow this instruction may cause
insufficient pacing current and insufficient energy
discharge to the heart.
CAUTIONDo not put heavy objects on the disposable pads
or bend the pads. The pads may be damaged
and deteriorated, resulting in skin burn on the
patient.
CAUTION
Do not attach a disposable pad over another pad.
It may cause skin burn on the patient.
CAUTION
Always check that the pacing pulse is effective by
observing the ECG on the screen during pacing.
NOTE
Follow all disposable pad labeling instructions.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 156/302
5.4 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
5. PACING (TEC-5531 ONLY)
Pacing in FIXED Mode
Information on the Pacing Screen in FIXED Mode
The following information can be displayed on the pacing screen in FIXED
mode.
Heart rate
ECG lead
QRS sync mark AC power operation
Pacing mode
Pacing current
Pacing rate
ECG sensitivity
ECG waveform
Pacing pulse output point
This is the pacing screen in FIXED mode which appears when neither SpO 2 nor
CO2 are monitored.
Procedure
1. Connect the pad adapter to the debrillator.
i) Press the paddle release knob of the paddle connector on the front panel
and remove the external paddles from the paddle connector.
Paddle release knob
ii) Connect the pad adapter to the paddle connector until it clicks.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 157/302
5
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 5.5
5. PACING (TEC-5531 ONLY)
CAUTION
Do not bend or damage the connector pins of the pad adapter and
paddle connector. Energy cannot be fully discharged if pins are bent
or damaged.
2. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the FIXED position to turn the
power on. Conrm that the “Fixed” message appears and there is no error
message on the screen. For error messages, refer to Section 9.
3. Prepare the patient to monitor the ECG waveforms with the debrillator.
i) Connect the ECG connection cable to the ECG input connector on the
front panel.
ii) Attach the disposable ECG monitoring electrodes to the patient. Refer to
“Preparing for ECG Monitoring” in Section 6-2.
NOTE
• Do not attach the ECG monitoring electrodes where the
disposable pads will be attached.
• If the disposable pads and ECG monitoring electrodes are
placed near each other, noise by pacing pulse becomes large
and ECG cannot be observed. If the noise is large, change the
ECG electrode position and ECG lead.
iii) Clip the ECG connection cable to the electrode. Conrm that electrodes
are not pulled by the ECG connection cable.
4. Press the ECG lead key to select the lead which has the highest QRS wave.
Usually “II” is selected.
WARNING
Never select “TEST” for the ECG lead. “TEST” is for maintenance
and the waveform displayed on the screen is not the patient’s ECG.
If synchronized cardioversion is performed with the TEST lead, the
discharge is not synchronized with the patient’s QRS and it may
cause ventricular fibrillation.
NOTE
• Select a lead so that the whole waveform is displayed on the screen
and the T waveform is not much higher than the QRS waveform.
Otherwise, QRS cannot be recognized correctly.
• If the defibrillator miscounts the narrow width QRS, set “Pacing
Pulse Reject” to OFF on the ECG Setup screen and confirm that
QRS is correctly recognized.
5. Select the pacing rate with the PACING RATE Up/Down key. The selected
rate appears at the lower right corner of the screen.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 158/302
5.6 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
5. PACING (TEC-5531 ONLY)
WARNING
The pacing rate must be determined by qualified medical personnel
based on the heart rate of the patient in a normal state.
6. Select 0 mA with the PACING OUTPUT Up/Down key. Conrm that theFIXED mode is selected.
7. Prepare the disposable pads.
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings below may cause
skin burn or insufficient energy discharge and
insufficient pacing current to the heart.
• Do not reuse disposable pads.• If the pad package is torn, dispose of the pads
and do not use them.
• Do not use the pads if they are past the
expiration date on the package.
• Use the disposable pads as soon as possible
after opening the package.
• Do not use the disposable pads if the gel has
become dry or if the gel has become abnormal
(the gel has become liquid or is coming off the
edges of the pad, etc).• Do not use the disposable pads if the gel
is dark brown or dark brown gel is on the
protective sheet.
WARNING
If any pad or connector gets wet, replace it with a
new one. If a wet pad or connector is used, it may
cause electrical shock.
WARNING
When using the disposable pads for long term
pacing, replace them every hour. Failure to follow
this warning may cause skin burn or insufficient
energy discharge and pacing current to the heart.
CAUTION
When using the disposable pads for long term
ECG monitoring, replace them every 24 hours.
Failure to follow this instruction may cause
insufficient pacing current and insufficient energy
discharge to the heart.
CAUTION
Do not put heavy objects on the disposable pads
or bend the pads. The pads may be damaged
and deteriorated, resulting in skin burn on the
patient.
CAUTION
Do not attach a disposable pad over another pad.
It may cause skin burn on the patient.
NOTE
• Always have spare disposable pads. Use the spare pads if the gel of
the pads is dry, deteriorated or discolored.
• Before attaching the disposable pads to the patient, clean the skin
where the pads will be attached. If the skin is moist, wipe the skin.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 159/302
5
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 5.7
5. PACING (TEC-5531 ONLY)
i) For good pad-skin contact, clean the patient’s chest to remove oil and
dirt, and thoroughly dry the skin. Shave excessive hair if necessary.
NOTE
Do not apply any gel or paste when using disposable pads.
ii) Take the disposable pads out of the package and carefully remove the
protective liner from one pad at a time.
iii) Attach the pads to the patient’s body, one at a time.
WARNING
Failure to follow the following warnings causes serious skin burn.
• Do not attach the pads over ECG electrode.
• Do not attach pads on the papilla or medicine on the patient’s
body.
• Fit the pad closely to the body surface so that current flows
uniformly through the pad. This reduces the required pacingcurrent and pain and discomfort to the patient.
CAUTION
If the patient’s body is wet, thoroughly wipe the moisture off the
skin so that the pads do not short to each other. Otherwise, the
discharged energy may be insufficient.
Anterior-Apex placement
RA: Right side of sternum and below the clavicle
LL: On the level of fifth intercostal space and midaxillary line
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 160/302
5.8 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
5. PACING (TEC-5531 ONLY)
Apex-Posterior placement
RA: Between right scapula and spine
LL: On the level of fifth intercostal space and midaxillary line
WARNING
The apex-posterior placement is not suitable for ECG monitoring orAED analysis.
Anterior-Posterior placement
RA: Between left scapula and spine
LL: Fifth middle axial line
WARNINGThe anterior-posterior placement is not suitable for ECG monitoring
or AED analysis. Use this placement only for pacing.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 161/302
5
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 5.9
5. PACING (TEC-5531 ONLY)
iv) Connect the disposable pads to the pad adapter.
NOTE
• Firmly connect the disposable pads to the pad adapter until the
connector of the disposable pads clicks.
• When the “Change disposable pads” message appears,
the pads may be faulty. Replace them with new ones. If the
message still appears after replacing the pads, stop using the
defibrillator and use a different defibrillator.
8. Press the START/STOP key to start pacing. The “Now Pacing” message
appears.
9. Gradually increase the pacing current with the PACING OUTPUT Up/Down
key. The pacing current appears at the lower right corner of the screen. When
a pacing pulse is output, the PULSE lamp lights and a “ ” mark appears
below the ECG waveforms.
WARNING
Do not touch the patient, pads or connectors
during pacing. It may cause electrical shock.
WARNING
During charging or discharging, do not touch the
pads or connectors. Failure to follow this warning
causes electrical shock to the operator.
WARNING
The pacing current must only be increased by
qualified medical personnel decision.
WARNING
Keep the current intensity as low as possible to
minimize pain and discomfort to the patient.
CAUTION
Always check that the pacing pulse is effective by
observing the ECG on the screen during pacing.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 162/302
5.10 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
5. PACING (TEC-5531 ONLY)
NOTE
• When the pacing intensity is set to 0 mA, the PULSE lamp does not
light.
• Pacing is not performed for 3 seconds after the START/STOP key is
pressed.
• When the pacing intensity is set to under 10 mA, the “Pacing
stopped. (paddle disconnected)” message may not be displayed.
Always check the pacing effect on the screen.
• When the pad-skin contact impedance is high, pacing may stop and
the “Pacing stopped. (paddle disconnected)” message may appear.
To solve this, refer to Section 9.
To stop pacing, press the START/STOP key or select 0 mA with the
PACING OUTPUT Up/Down key.
NOTE
When you stop pacing by selecting 0 mA with the PACING OUTPUT
Up/Down key, pacing restarts when you select another intensity with
the PACING OUTPUT Up/Down key.
10. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the OFF position. Press the paddle
release knob of the paddle connector on the front panel and remove the pad
adapter from the paddle connector. Dispose of the disposable pads and the
electrodes too.
NOTE
While the “Shutdown NOW” message is displayed on the screen, do
not disconnect the power cord from the defibrillator or AC outlet and
do not remove the battery pack from the defibrillator. Otherwise, the
internal data may be damaged.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 163/302
5
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 5.11
5. PACING (TEC-5531 ONLY)
Pacing in DEMAND Mode
Information on the Pacing Screen in DEMAND Mode
The following information can be displayed on the pacing screen in DEMAND
mode.
ECG lead
Heart rate
QRS sync mark
QRS wave detection point
Spontaneous ECG
AC poweroperation
Pacing mode
Pacing current
Pacing rate
ECG sensitivity
Pacing pulseoutput point
This is the pacing screen in DEMAND mode which appears when neither SpO2
nor CO2 is monitored.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 164/302
5.12 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
5. PACING (TEC-5531 ONLY)
Procedure
WARNING
Confirm that there is no noise on the ECG. Noise may be
misrecognized as QRS and discharge might not synchronize with
the patient’s QRS.
1. Connect the pad adapter to the debrillator.
i) Press the paddle release knob of the paddle connector on the right panel
and remove the external paddles from the paddle connector.
Paddle release knob
ii) Connect the pad adapter to the paddle connector until it clicks.
CAUTION
Do not bend or damage the connector pins of the pad adapter and
paddle connector. Energy cannot be fully discharged if pins are bent
or damaged.
2. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the DEMAND position to turn the
power on. Conrm that the “Demand” appears and that there is no error
message on the screen. For error messages, refer to “Messages” in Section 9.
3. Prepare the patient to monitor the ECG waveforms with the debrillator.
i) Connect the ECG connection cable to the ECG input connector on the
front panel.
ii) Attach the disposable ECG monitoring electrodes to the patient. Refer to
“Preparing for ECG Monitoring” in Section 6-2.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 165/302
5
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 5.13
5. PACING (TEC-5531 ONLY)
NOTE
• Do not attach the ECG monitoring electrodes where the
disposable pads will be attached.
• If the disposable pads and ECG monitoring electrodes are
placed near each other, noise from the pacing pulse becomes
large and ECG cannot be observed. If the noise is large,
change the ECG electrode position and ECG lead.
iii) Clip the ECG connection cable to the electrode. Conrm that electrodes
are not pulled by the ECG connection cable.
4. Press the ECG lead key to select the lead which has the highest QRS wave.
Usually “II” is selected.
WARNING
Never select “TEST” for the ECG lead. “TEST” is for maintenance
and the waveform displayed on the screen is not the patient’s ECG.
If synchronized cardioversion is performed with the TEST lead, the
discharge is not synchronized with the patient’s QRS and it may
cause ventricular fibrillation.
NOTE
• Select a lead so that the whole waveform is displayed on the screen
and the T waveform is not much higher than the QRS waveform.
Otherwise, QRS cannot be recognized correctly.
• If the defibrillator miscounts the narrow width QRS, set “Pacing
Pulse Reject” to OFF on the ECG Setup screen and confirm that
QRS is correctly recognized.
5. Select the pacing rate with the PACING RATE Up/Down key. The selected
rate appears in the lower right corner of the screen.
WARNING
The pacing rate must be determined by qualified medical personnel
based on the heart rate of the patient in a normal state.
6. Select 0 mA with the PACING OUTPUT Up/Down key. Conrm that
DEMAND mode is selected.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 166/302
5.14 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
5. PACING (TEC-5531 ONLY)
7. Prepare the disposable pads.
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings below may cause
skin burn or insufficient energy discharge and
insufficient pacing current to the heart.
• Do not reuse disposable pads.
• If the pad package is torn, dispose of the pads
and do not use them.
• Do not use the pads if they are past the
expiration date on the package.
• Use the disposable pads as soon as possible
after opening the package.
• Do not use the disposable pads if the gel has
become dry or if the gel has become abnormal
(the gel has become liquid or is coming off the
edges of the pad, etc).
• Do not use the disposable pads if the gel
is dark brown or dark brown gel is on the
protective sheet.
WARNING
If any pad or connector gets wet, replace it with a
new one. If a wet pad or connector is used, it may
cause electrical shock.
WARNING
When using the disposable pads for long term
pacing, replace them every hour. Failure to follow
this warning may cause skin burn or insufficient
energy discharge and pacing current to the heart.
CAUTION
When using the disposable pads for long term
ECG monitoring, replace them every 24 hours.
Failure to follow this instruction may causeinsufficient pacing current and insufficient energy
discharge to the heart.
CAUTION
Do not put heavy objects on the disposable pads
or bend the pads. The pads may be damaged
and deteriorated, resulting in skin burn on thepatient.
CAUTION
Do not attach a disposable pad over another pad.
It may cause skin burn on the patient.
NOTE
• Always have spare disposable pads. Use the spare pads if the gelof the original pads is dry, deteriorated or discolored.
• Before attaching the disposable pads to the patient, clean the skin
where the pads will be attached. If the skin is moist, wipe the skin.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 167/302
5
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 5.15
5. PACING (TEC-5531 ONLY)
i) For good pad-skin contact, clean the patient’s chest to remove oil and
dirt, and thoroughly dry the skin. Shave excessive hair if necessary.
NOTE
Do not apply any gel or paste when using disposable pads.
ii) Take the disposable pads out of the package and carefully remove the
protective liner from one pad at a time.
iii) Attach the pads to the patient’s body, one at a time.
WARNING
Failure to follow the following warnings causes serious skin burn.
• Do not attach the pads over ECG electrode.
• Do not attach pads on the papilla or medicine on the patient’s
body.
• Fit the pad closely to the body surface so that current flows
uniformly through the pad. This reduces the required pacing
current and pain and discomfort to the patient.
CAUTION
If the patient’s body is wet, thoroughly wipe the moisture off the
skin so that the pads do not short to each other. Otherwise, the
discharged energy may be insufficient.
Anterior-Apex placement
RA: Right side of sternum and below the clavicleLL: On the level of fifth intercostal space and midaxillary line
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 168/302
5.16 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
5. PACING (TEC-5531 ONLY)
Apex-Posterior placement
RA: Between right scapula and spine
LL: On the level of fifth intercostal space and midaxillary line
WARNING
The apex-posterior placement is not suitable for ECG monitoring orAED analysis.
Anterior-Posterior placement
RA: Between left scapula and spine
LL: Fifth middle axial line
WARNING
The anterior-posterior placement is not suitable for ECG monitoring or
AED analysis. Use this placement only for pacing.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 169/302
5
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 5.17
5. PACING (TEC-5531 ONLY)
iv) Connect the disposable pads to the pad adapter.
NOTE
• Firmly connect the disposable pads to the pad adapter until the
connector of the disposable pads clicks.
• When the “Change disposable pads” message appears,
the pads may be faulty. Replace them with new ones. If the
message still appears after replacing the pads, stop using the
defibrillator and use a different defibrillator.
8. Check that the “ ” mark appears on every QRS wave.
The “ ” mark indicates that the debrillator detects the QRS wave. If the
mark does not appear:
• Change the amplitude of the ECG waveforms with the ECG sensitivity
key.
• Change the ECG lead with the ECG lead key.
• Change the electrode position.
9. Press the START/STOP key to start pacing. The “Now Pacing” message
appears.
10. Gradually increase the pacing current with the PACING OUTPUT Up/Down
key until QRS by pacing appears on the screen. The pacing current appears
in the lower right corner of the screen. When a pacing pulse is output, the
PULSE lamp lights and a “ ”mark appears below the ECG waveforms.
WARNING
Do not touch the patient, pads or connectors
during pacing. It may cause electrical shock.
WARNING
During charging or discharging, do not touch the
pads or connectors. Failure to follow this warning
causes electrical shock to the operator.
WARNING
Do not change the sensitivity or ECG lead setting
after pacing is started. If sensitivity or lead is
changed, the pacing stops for 3 seconds. Failure
to follow this warning may cause serious heartattack.
WARNING
The pacing current must only be increased by
qualified medical personnel decision.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 170/302
5.18 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
5. PACING (TEC-5531 ONLY)
WARNING
Keep the current intensity as low as possible to
minimize pain and discomfort to the patient.
WARNING
No QRS wave is detected:
• For 240 ms after the pacing pulse is output, if
the pacing rate is set to 100 ppm or more.
• For 350 ms after the pacing pulse is output, if
the pacing rate is set to 90 ppm or less.
CAUTION
Always check that the pacing pulse is effective by
observing the ECG on the screen during pacing.
NOTE
• The paced QRS wave may not be counted correctly.
• When the pacing intensity is set to 0 mA, the PULSE lamp does not
light.• Pacing is not performed for 3 seconds after the START/STOP key is
pressed.
• When the pacing intensity is set to under 10 mA, the “Pacing
stopped. (paddle disconnected)” message may not be displayed.
Always check the pacing effect on the screen.
• When the pad-skin contact impedance is high, pacing may stop and
the “Pacing stopped. (paddle disconnected)” message may appear.
To solve this, refer to Section 9.
To stop pacing, press the START/STOP key or select 0 mA with the
PACING OUTPUT Up/Down key.
NOTE
When you stop pacing by selecting 0 mA with the PACING OUTPUT
Up/Down key, pacing restarts when you select another intensity with
the PACING OUTPUT Up/Down key.
11. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the OFF position. Press the paddle
release knob of the paddle connector on the front panel and remove the pad
adapter from the paddle connector. Dispose of the disposable pads and the
electrodes.
NOTE
While the “Shutdown NOW” message is displayed on the screen, do
not disconnect the power cord from the defibrillator or AC outlet and
do not remove the battery pack from the defibrillator. Otherwise, the
internal data may be damaged.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 171/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6.1
6
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
Section 6 Monitoring
Section 6-1 General ........................................................................................................................................6-1.1
Section 6-2 ECG Monitoring ...........................................................................................................................6-2.1
Section 6-3 SpO2 Monitoring ..........................................................................................................................6-3.1
Section 6-4 CO2 Monitoring ............................................................................................................................6-4.1
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 172/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6-1.1
6
Section 6-1 General
General .............................................................................................................................................................6-1.2
Displaying the Monitoring Screen ...........................................................................................................6-1.2
Screen Examples ...................................................................................................................................6-1.2
6-1
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 173/302
6-1.2 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
6. MONITORING
General
ECG, SpO2 and CO2 can be monitored with this debrillator. When monitoring
starts, waveforms, measurement value of each parameter and/or bar graphs for
CO2 or SpO2 are displayed on the screen.
Displaying the Monitoring Screen
To display the monitoring screen, turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the
MONITOR position. You can select the display parameters in the Setup - Date/
Screen screen.
Screen Examples
Monitoring ECG (2nd wave setting: off) Monitoring ECG and CO2 (2nd wave setting: off)
Heart rate ECG lead
QRS sync markECG sensitivity
ECG waveform
Respiration rateCO2 value
CO2 bar graph
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 174/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6-1.3
6-1. GENERAL
6-1
Monitoring ECG, SpO2 and CO2 (2nd wave setting: SpO2/CO2) Monitoring ECG and SpO2 (2nd wave setting: SpO2)
SpO2 waveform
SpO2 value Pulse rate
Monitoring ECG and CO2 (2nd wave setting: CO2) Monitoring ECG, SpO2 and CO2 (2nd wave setting: SpO2/CO2)
CO2 waveform
SpO2 bar graph
6
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 175/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6-2.1
6
6-2
Section 6-2 ECG Monitoring
Preparing for ECG Monitoring ..........................................................................................................................6-2.3
Preparation Flowchart ............................................................................................................................6-2.3
Selecting a Lead.....................................................................................................................................6-2.3
Number of Electrodes and Measuring Leads ......................................................................................... 6-2.4
Electrode Position...................................................................................................................................6-2.4
3 Electrode Leads ........................................................................................................................6-2.4
5 Electrode Leads ........................................................................................................................6-2.5
Selecting Electrodes and Lead ...............................................................................................................6-2.6
Types of Electrodes and Lead ......................................................................................................6-2.6
Connecting the ECG Connection Cable or the JC-762V/JC-763V Connection Cable to theDefibrillator .............................................................................................................................................6-2.7
Connecting the ECG Connection Cable to the Defibrillator .........................................................6-2.7
Connecting the JC-762V/JC-763V Connection Cable to the Defibrillator ....................................6-2.7
Attaching Disposable ECG Electrodes to the Patient ............................................................................. 6-2.7
Monitoring ECG with Disposable Pads...................................................................................................6-2.8
Monitoring ECG ..............................................................................................................................................6-2.10
ECG Information on the Monitoring Screen .........................................................................................6-2.10
Selecting an ECG Lead ..................................................................................................................................6-2.11
Selecting ECG Sensitivity ...............................................................................................................................6-2.12
Automatically Adjusting ECG Sensitivity .................................................................................... 6-2.12Changing ECG Settings .................................................................................................................................6-2.13
Changing Settings on the ECG Setup Screen .....................................................................................6-2.13
Turning the AC Hum Filter On or Off .......................................................................................... 6-2.14
Changing the Time Constant Setting .........................................................................................6-2.15
Turning Pacing Pulse Rejection On or Off .................................................................................. 6-2.16
Changing Heart Rate Upper or Lower Limit ............................................................................... 6-2.17
Changing Settings on the QRS Setup Screen .....................................................................................6-2.18
Changing QRS Sync Sound Volume .......................................................................................... 6-2.19
Changing QRS Sync Sound Source ..........................................................................................6-2.19
Turning the VF/VT Alarm On or Off ............................................................................................ 6-2.20
Use with an Electrosurgical Unit .....................................................................................................................6-2.21
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 176/302
6-2.2 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
6. MONITORING
ECG is monitored by attaching disposable electrodes to the patient and
connecting to the ECG input connector on the front panel. ECG is also monitored
by attaching disposable pads to the patient and selecting PADDLE for the ECG
lead. ECG waveform and heart rate are displayed.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 177/302
6
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6-2.3
6-2. ECG MONITORING
6-2
Preparing for ECG Monitoring
Preparation Flowchart
1. Select the disposable ECG electrodes and ECG connection cable.
2. Connect the ECG connection cable to the ECG input connector on the
debrillator.
3. Attach the disposable ECG electrodes to the patient and attach the ECG
connection cable to the electrodes.
4. Monitoring starts. Set necessary settings.
For handling accessories after use, refer to Section 10 “Maintenance”.
Selecting a Lead
NOTE
Follow the physician’s instructions for lead position when available.
Select the optimum lead according to the following guidelines:
• Select the lead with the highest QRS wave amplitude and least difference in
amplitude compared with a VPC or pacing pulse.
0.5 ≤ QRS1/QRS2 ≤ 2
• Select a lead with less than 0.2 mV amplitude of the P-wave (with the
sensitivity ×1 and P amplitude is less than 2 mm on the screen).
P ≤ 0.2 mV
• Select a lead with a T-wave amplitude which is less than one-third of the QRS
wave.
T1 ≤ 1/3QRS1, T2 ≤ 1/3QRS2
P T1
QRS1
T2
QRS2
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 178/302
6-2.4 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
6. MONITORING
Number of Electrodes and Measuring Leads
The leads which can be monitored differ according to the type of ECG
connection cable or electrode lead and number of electrodes used.
Lead Features
3 electrodes I, II, III Can measure at the thoracic wall.
5 electrodes I, II, III, aVR, aVL, aVF, V(V is one of V1 to V6)
Similar to the standard 12 lead.
Electrode Position
NOTE
• When attaching ECG electrodes for synchronized cardioversion or
external pacing, avoid positions where paddles or pads are placed.
• When electrodes cannot be attached to the positions shown below (for
example because of chest operation), a relatively stable ECG waveformcan be obtained by attaching electrodes on both shoulder joints.
3 Electrode Leads
Electrode Position
Symbol Lead Color (Clip Color) Electrode Position
R
RA
Red (Red-beige)
White (White-beige)Right infraclavicular fossa
L
LA
Yellow (Yellow-beige)
Black (Black-beige)Left infraclavicular fossa
FLL
Green (Green-beige)Red (Red-beige)
Lowest rib on the left anterioraxillary line
Lead Connection
Lead I Lead II Lead III
R/RA L/LA
F/LL
R/RAR/RA L/LAL/LA
F/LLF/LL
R/RA L/LA
F/LL
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 179/302
6
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6-2.5
6-2. ECG MONITORING
6-2
5 Electrode Leads
Electrode Position
Symbol Lead Color (Clip Color) Electrode Position
R
RA
Red (Red-beige)
White (White-beige)Right infraclavicular fossa
L
LA
Yellow (Yellow-beige)
Black (Black-beige) Left infraclavicular fossa
F
LL
Green (Green-beige)
Red (Red-beige)
Left midclavicular line about 12-15 mm
above the iliac crest or the left edge of
the backbone about 12-15 mm above
the iliac crest.
N (RF)
N (RL)
Black (Black-beige)
Green (Green-beige)
Right anterior axillary line at the same
level as F.
C
V
White (Brown-white)
Brown (Blue-brown)
Any one of the C1 to C6
C1 (V1): Fourth intercostal space
at the right border of the
sternum
C2 (V2): Fourth intercostal space at
the left border of the sternum
C3 (V3): Halfway between C2 (V2)
and C4 (V4)
C4 (V4): Fifth intercostal space on left
midclavicular line
C5 (V5): Left anterior axial line at the
horizontal level of C4 (V4)
C6 (V6): Left midaxillary line at the
horizontal level of C4 (V4)
Lead Connection
Lead I Lead II Lead III
aVR lead aVL lead aVF lead
V1 to V6 leads
to
R/RA
R/RA
R/RA R/RA R/RA
R/RAR/RAL/LA
L/LA
L/LA
L/LAL/LA
L/LAL/LA
F/LL
F/LL
F/LLF/LL F/LL
F/LLF/LL
N(RF/RL)
N(RF/RL)
N(RF/RL) N(RF/RL) N(RF/RL)
N(RF/RL)N(RF/RL)
Standard limb leads
Monopolar limb leads
Monopolar chest leads
R/RA L/LA
N (RF/RL) F/LL
C1/V1 C2/V2
C3/V3
C4/V4C5/V5
C6/V6
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 180/302
6-2.6 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
6. MONITORING
Selecting Electrodes and Lead
Select the appropriate disposable ECG electrodes and ECG connection cable or
electrode lead according to the number of electrodes (lead).
WARNING
When using a defibrillator together with the monitor, use Ag/AgCl
electrodes. Other types of electrodes, stainless steel in particular, will
adversely affect the ECG waveform by slowing the baseline recovery
on the monitor and result in no monitoring immediately following
defibrillation.
CAUTION
Only use Nihon Kohden products and specified parts and
accessories. When other parts are used, the defibrillator may
overheat and be damaged and monitoring may stop.
Types of Electrodes and Lead
No. of Electrodes Disposable ElectrodesECG Connection Cable or
Electrode LeadConnection Cable
3
(I, II, III)
Vitrode C-150
(Recommended)
ECG connection cable BC-763V
Not necessary
Electrode lead BR-018P, BR-019P,
BR-024P, BR-033P, BR-034P, BR-
903P
JC-762V/763V connection
cable
Example: JC-762V
5
(I, II, III, aVR, aVL,
aVF, any one of the
V1 to V6)
ECG connection cable BC-765V
Not necessary
Electrode lead BR-020P, BR-021P,
BR-026P
JC-762V connection cable
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 181/302
6
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6-2.7
6-2. ECG MONITORING
6-2
Connecting the ECG Connection Cable or the JC-762V/JC-763V Connection Cable to
the Defibrillator
Connecting the ECG Connection Cable to the Defibrillator
Connect the ECG connection cable to the ECG input connector on the front
panel of the debrillator.
Connecting the JC-762V/JC-763V Connection Cable to theDefibrillator
1. Connect electrode leads to the connector of the JC-762V or JC-763V
connection cable.
2. Connect the JC-762V or JC-763V connection cable to the ECG input
connector on the front panel of the debrillator.
Attaching Disposable ECG Electrodes to the Patient
CAUTION
Do not reuse disposable items.
NOTE
• To maintain good contact between the electrode and skin, check that
the paste of the disposable ECG electrode is not dry.
• When contact of the disposable ECG electrode becomes poor,
replace the electrode with a new one immediately. Otherwise, contact
impedance between the skin and electrode increases and the correct
ECG cannot be obtained.
• If the contact is bad before the expiration date on the package, replace
the electrode with a new one.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 182/302
6-2.8 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
6. MONITORING
1. Shave excess hair. With a piece of cotton pad moistened with alcohol, clean
the patient’s skin where the electrodes should be attached. Avoid wrinkled or
uneven skin areas. Wipe off the alcohol with a dry cotton pad.
NOTE
To obtain a stable ECG waveform rub the skin with “Skinpure” skin
preparation gel.
2. Open the disposable electrode package and take out the electrode.
3. Remove the gel cover from the electrode. Be careful not to touch the
adhesive side.
4. Attach the disposable ECG electrode to the previously cleaned skin. Avoid
wrinkled and uneven skin areas.
NOTE
If the contact becomes bad because of sweat or body movement,
replace the electrode with a new one.
5. Clip the electrode lead or ECG connection cable onto the electrode.
NOTE
Check that electrodes are not pulled by the ECG connection cable or
electrode lead.
6. Fasten the electrode lead to the skin with surgical tape with an extra length
of wire between the tape and the electrode. This prevents body movement
from moving the electrode lead.
Monitoring ECG with Disposable Pads
You can monitor patient’s ECG using the disposable pads instead of ECG
monitoring electrodes. However, 3 electrode lead ECG and 5 electrode lead ECG
are not available with disposable pads.
For connecting the pad adaptor to the debrillator, attaching the disposable
pads to the patient and attachment site, refer to Section 4 “Debrillation,
Synchronized Cardioversion and AED”.
Extra length
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 183/302
6
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6-2.9
6-2. ECG MONITORING
6-2
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings below may cause
skin burn or insufficient energy discharge and
insufficient pacing current to the heart.
• Do not reuse disposable pads.
• If the pad package is torn, dispose of the padsand do not use them.
• Do not use the pads if they are past the
expiration date on the package.
• Use the disposable pads as soon as possible
after opening the package.
• Do not use the disposable pads if the gel has
become dry or if the gel has become abnormal
(the gel has become liquid or is coming off the
edges of the pad, etc).
• Do not use the disposable pads if the gel
is dark brown or dark brown gel is on the
protective sheet.
WARNING
When using an ESU, use this defibrillator
only in the MONITOR mode and use the ECG
electrodes for monitoring. Do not monitor ECG
with disposable pads, external paddles or
internal paddles. If ECG is monitored with padsor paddles, high frequency energy from the ESU
causes abnormal current to flow in the patient
and unexpected discharge. This may damage the
defibrillator.
WARNING
If any pad or connector gets wet, replace it with a
new one. If a wet pad or connector is used, it may
cause electrical shock.
CAUTION
When using the disposable pads for long term
ECG monitoring, replace them every 24 hours.
Failure to follow this instruction may cause
insufficient pacing current and insufficient energy
discharge to the heart.
CAUTION
Do not put heavy objects on the disposable pads
or bend the pads. The pads may be damaged
and deteriorated, resulting in skin burn on the
patient.
CAUTION
Do not attach a disposable pad over another pad.
It may cause skin burn on the patient.
CAUTION
When you monitor ECG that is acquired with
the disposable pads, check the polarity of the
pads before attaching them on the patient. If the
pad polarity is incorrect, the waveform appears
upside-down and this may cause incorrect
judgment by the operator and delay of treatment.
NOTE
• Follow all disposable pad labeling instructions.
• Before attaching the disposable pads to the patient, clean the skin
where the pads will be attached. If the skin is moist, wipe the skin.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 184/302
6-2.10 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
6. MONITORING
Monitoring ECG
When electrodes are attached to the patient and cables are connected properly,
ECG appears on the screen.
CAUTION
When the “Check ECG Electrodes” message is displayed, ECG is
not monitored properly and the ECG alarm does not function. Check
the electrode, electrode leads and connection cord, and if necessary,
replace with new ones.
ECG Information on the Monitoring Screen
Heart rate
ECG Lead
QRS sync mark
ECG waveform
Sensitivity
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 185/302
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 186/302
6-2.12 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
6. MONITORING
Selecting ECG Sensitivity
Select the sensitivity of the ECG waveform to be monitored. This sensitivity is
applied to the QRS detection sensitivity. For stable QRS detection, select the
sensitivity so that the amplitude of the QRS is larger than 1 cm.
Setting range: ×1/4, ×1/2, ×1 (default setting), ×2, ×4, AUTO*
* AUTO can only be selected in monitoring mode.
Press the ECG Sensitivity key on the front panel to change the ECG sensitivity.
When the key is pressed, sensitivity changes as below.
Monitor mode: ×1/4 → ×1/2 → ×1 → ×2 → ×4 → AUTO → ×1/4
Debrillation, pacing, AED, paddle lead mode:
×1/4 → ×1/2 → ×1 → ×2 → ×4 → ×1/4
Automatically Adjusting ECG Sensitivity
When you select AUTO sensitivity, the appropriate sensitivity is automatically
selected and displayed on the screen. When sensitivity is set automatically, “AG
(auto gain)” appears beside the sensitivity at the upper left of the screen.
NOTE
AUTO sensitivity is not possible when there is noise.
QRS waveform amplitude and selected sensitivity
QRS Amplitude AUTO Sensitivity Display
< 5 mm 4 AG ×4
< 10 mm 2 AG ×2
< 20 mm 1 AG ×1
< 40 mm 1/2 AG ×1/2
More than 40 mm 1/4 AG ×1/4
When AUTO is selected in MONITOR mode and the screen changes to another
screen, sensitivity is xed to the sensitivity that was selected when you changed
to the other screen and it is no longer automatically adjusted even if you display
the monitor screen again.
(For example)
AG ×2 in MONITOR mode
↓
Screen changes to debrillation screen.
↓
×2 in debrillation mode
↓
Screen changes to MONITOR mode.
↓
×2 in MONITOR mode
(The sensitivity does not automatically return to AUTO.)
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 187/302
6
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6-2.13
6-2. ECG MONITORING
6-2
Changing ECG Settings
The following settings can be changed for ECG monitoring. The default settings
are underlined.
Item Description
AC hum lter When set to “ON”, the hum lter
automatically reduces AC interference
from the ECG.
ON, OFF
Time Constant Set the time constant for ECG display in
MONITOR mode.
3.2 s, 0.32 s
Pacing Pulse Reject When set to “ON”, it allows correct
heart rate counting when the patient has
an implanted pacemaker.
ON, OFF
HR alarm Set the upper and lower limit of the
heart rate alarm.
Upper: 20 to 300, OFF (140)
Lower: OFF, 15 to 295 (40)
QRS Volume Set the QRS sync sound volume. 0 to 4 (3)QRS Sound Select the source of the QRS sync
sound.
ECG, SpO2
VF/VT Alarm Select whether or not to detect VF/VT. ON, OFF
Changing Settings on the ECG Setup Screen
1. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the SETUP position. The Setup
Menu screen appears.
2. Select “ECG Setup” with the Item ↓ or Item ↑ key and press the SET key.
The ECG Setup screen appears.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 188/302
6-2.14 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
6. MONITORING
3. Press the Item key to select the item. When you press the key, selected item
switches.
4. Press the ↓ or ↑ key to change settings.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 to set all items.
6. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the MONITOR position to return to
the monitoring screen appears.
Turning the AC Hum Filter On or Off
When “ON” is selected, the hum lter automatically reduces AC interference
from the ECG. This lter also prevents ECG baseline drift in MONITOR mode.
ON: AC interference is reduced. Select ON when there is much AC
interference or when using an electrosurgical unit. (Default setting)
OFF: AC interference is not reduced. Select when you want to monitor
unltered waveforms for example when examining a QRS change in
ECG.
NOTE
• The AC hum filter is fixed to ON when PADDLE is selected as an ECG
source lead.
• When the hum filter is set to ON, some QRS waveforms are distorted
greatly.
1. On the ECG Setup screen, select AC hum lter with the Item key.
2. Select ON or OFF with the ↓ or ↑ key.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 189/302
6
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6-2.15
6-2. ECG MONITORING
6-2
Changing the Time Constant Setting
When ECG baseline drift is large, set the Time Constant to 3.2 s (Default setting:
0.32 s).
NOTE
• The Time Constant is fixed to 0.32 s when PADDLE is selected as an
ECG source lead.
• The Time Constant is fixed to 3.2 s when AUX is selected as an ECG
source lead.
1. On the ECG Setup screen, select Time Constant with the Item key.
2. Select 0.32 s or 3.2 s or with the ↓ or ↑ key.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 190/302
6-2.16 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
6. MONITORING
Turning Pacing Pulse Rejection On or Off
This setting selects whether or not to reject pacemaker spike counting and allow
correct heart rate counting when monitoring the patient who has an implanted
cardiac pacemaker.
ON: Reject pacemaker spike counting and allow correct heart rate counting.
Select ON when the patient has an implanted cardiac pacemaker. When thedebrillator detects an implanted pacemaker pulse output, “ ” is displayed
below the waveform.
OFF: Pacing pulses are not detected. Select OFF when you monitor a premature
baby or infant and the debrillator miscounts the narrow width QRS.
(Default setting: OFF)
WARNING
Even when the pacing pulse rejection is set to
ON, the pacemaker pulse can be overlooked
or detected as QRS. You cannot confirm the
pacemaker operation only from the detected
pacemaker pulse.
WARNING
Turn pacing pulse rejection to OFF when
monitoring a child, baby or infant. When pacing
pulse rejection is set to ON, narrow width QRS
of a child cannot be detected correctly and the
defibrillator may miscount QRS.
CAUTION
Turn the pacing pulse rejection to On when
monitoring a pacemaker patient. Otherwise QRS
and pacemaker pulse might not be distinguished
and pacing failure* might not be recognized.
* Pacing failure is a state where pacing spike is output but
ventricular or atrial reaction does not occur.
NOTE
PADDLE lead has low frequency characteristics. Therefore, when you
monitor a patient with an implanted pacemaker in PADDLE lead, a
pacemaker spike may be displayed like a QRS.
1. On the ECG Setup screen, select Pacing Pulse Reject with the Item key.
2. Select ON or OFF with the ↓ or ↑ key.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 191/302
6
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6-2.17
6-2. ECG MONITORING
6-2
Changing Heart Rate Upper or Lower Limit
Set the upper and lower limit of the heart rate alarm.
Setting range
Item Range Step Default Setting
HR (heart rate)
beat/min
Upper 20 to 300, OFF 5 140
Lower OFF, 15 to 295 5 40
NOTE
If you increase the upper limit over 300, the upper limit becomes OFF.
If you decrease the lower limit below 15, the lower limit becomes OFF.
CAUTION
When the alarm limit is set to OFF, there will be no alarm for that
limit. Be careful when you set the alarm limit to OFF.
1. On the ECG Setup screen, select the heart rate upper limit or lower limit of
the heart rate alarm with the Item key.
The arrow in the HR bar graph indicates the current heart rate.
2. Set the upper or lower limit with the ↓ or ↑ key.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 192/302
6-2.18 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
6. MONITORING
Changing Settings on the QRS Setup Screen
1. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the SETUP position. The Setup
Menu screen appears.
2. Select “QRS Setup” with the Item ↓ or Item ↑ key and press the SET key.
The QRS Setup screen appears.
3. Press the Item key to select the item. When you press the key, selected item
switches.
4. Press the ↓ or ↑ key to change settings.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 to set all items.
6. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the MONITOR position to return to
the monitoring screen.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 193/302
6
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6-2.19
6-2. ECG MONITORING
6-2
Changing QRS Sync Sound Volume
The QRS sync sound volume can be set from 0 to 4. (Default setting: 3)
1. On the QRS Setup screen, select QRS Volume with the Item key.
2. Select the volume with the ↓ or ↑ key.
Changing QRS Sync Sound Source
Select the QRS sync sound source from ECG or SpO2 (pulse wave). (Default
setting: ECG)
1. On the QRS Setup screen, select QRS Sound with the Item key.
2. Select the QRS sync sound source with the ↓ or ↑ key.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 194/302
6-2.20 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
6. MONITORING
Turning the VF/VT Alarm On or Off
This debrillator can perform ECG background analysis to detect shockable
rhythm (ventricular brillation and ventricular tachycardia) in the monitor mode.
When this setting is set to ON, the “Check Patient” message appears on the
screen when a shockable rhythm is detected. (Default setting: ON)
NOTE
• When monitoring the ECG waveforms with the external paddles or
internal paddles, the VF/VT Alarm is turned off.
• In AED mode, the VF/VT Alarm is always turned on regardless of this
setting.
1. On the QRS Setup screen, select VF/VT Alarm with the Item key.
2. Select ON or OFF with the ↓ or ↑ key.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 195/302
6
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6-2.21
6-2. ECG MONITORING
6-2
Use with an Electrosurgical Unit
For use with an electrosurgical unit (ESU), this debrillator has a circuit to
protect the patient from skin burn and to reduce ESU interference on the ECG
waveform. However, the effectiveness of this circuit depends on electrode
position and debrillator setup. With an ESU, pay attention to the following
points.
WARNING
When the defibrillator is used with an electrosurgical unit (ESU),
firmly attach the entire area of the ESU return plate. Otherwise, the
current from the ESU flows into the electrodes of the deifbrillator,
causing electrical burn where the electrodes are attached. For
details, refer to the ESU manual.
WARNING
When using an ESU, use this defibrillator only in the MONITOR
mode and use the ECG electrodes for monitoring. Do not monitor
ECG with disposable pads, external paddles or internal paddles.
If ECG is monitored with pads or paddles, high frequency energy
from the ESU causes abnormal current to flow in the patient and
unexpected discharge. This may damage the defibrillator.
CAUTION
Install the defibrillator and ESU appropriately and perform
equipotential grounding. Otherwise, noise from the ESU may be
falsely recognized as QRS and ECG monitoring might not be
performed properly.
• Arrangement
Install the debrillator as far from the ESU as possible. If possible, locate them
on opposite sides of the operating table.
• Power Supply
Noise from the ESU may interfere with the ECG signal through the AC power
line. Supply power to the debrillator and ESU from different outlets located
as far from each other as possible. Do the equipotential grounding properly.
Defibrillator
3 electrodes
Grounding ESU
ESU
Bed
Grounding defibrillator
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 196/302
6-2.22 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
6. MONITORING
• Measure with 3-electrode Lead
Use the minimum number of electrodes. Use new electrodes whose gel is not
dry.
• Minimizing Noise
1. Select an ECG lead where the active ECG electrodes are located as far
from the incision as possible.
2. Position the + and – electrodes as close as possible.
3. Select the leads where the angle (θ) between the active electrodes and the
incision is as small as possible.
4. Set the electrosurgical return plate as close to the incision as possible.
Make this angle (θ) small.
As far as possible from electrode and
as near as possible to incision.
Return plateIncision
• Monitor pulse rate by measuring SpO2. The heart rate is unstable because of an
ESU.
• Set the following items on the ECG Setup screen.
AC Hum lter: ON
Time constant: 0.32 s
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 197/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6-3.1
6
Section 6-3 SpO2 Monitoring
General .............................................................................................................................................................6-3.2
Preparing for SpO2 Monitoring ..........................................................................................................................6-3.5
Preparation Flowchart ............................................................................................................................6-3.5
Selecting a Probe ...................................................................................................................................6-3.5
Reusable Probes ..........................................................................................................................6-3.5
Disposable Probes .......................................................................................................................6-3.6
Connecting Probe to Defibrillator ...........................................................................................................6-3.7
Attaching the Probe to the Patient ..........................................................................................................6-3.7
Monitoring SpO2 ..............................................................................................................................................6-3.9
SpO2 Information on the Monitoring Screen ...........................................................................................6-3.9 Changing SpO2 Settings ................................................................................................................................6-3.10
Changing Settings on the SpO2 Setup Screen ..................................................................................... 6-3.10
Changing the Pulse Waveform Sensitivity .................................................................................. 6-3.11
Selecting Sync Sound Pitch .......................................................................................................6-3.12
Changing the Pulse Rate Alarm Limits ......................................................................................6-3.13
Changing the SpO2 Alarm Limits................................................................................................6-3.14
Changing QRS Sync Sound Volume ....................................................................................................6-3.14
Changing QRS Sync Sound Source ....................................................................................................6-3.146-3
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 198/302
6-3.2 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
6. MONITORING
General
SpO2 is monitored by attaching a probe to the patient and connecting the SpO2
adapter cable to the SpO2/CO2 connector on the debrillator. For proper SpO2
probe attachment and use, refer to the operator’s manual of the SpO2 probe.
WARNING
SpO2 measurement may be incorrect in the
following cases.
• When the patient’s carboxyhemoglobin or
methemoglobin increases abnormally.
• When dye is injected in the blood.
• When using an electrosurgical unit.
• During CPR.
• When measuring at a site with venous pulse.
• When there is body movement.
• When the pulse wave is small (insufficient
peripheral circulation).
WARNING
Check the circulation condition by observing the
skin color at the measurement site and pulse
waveform. Change the measurement site every
8 hours for disposable probes and every 4 hours
for reusable probes (every 8 hours for TL-631T3
probe). The skin temperature may increase at the
attached site by 2 or 3°C (4 or 5°F) and cause a
burn or pressure necrosis. When using the probe
on the following patients, take extreme care and
change the measurement site more frequently
according to symptoms and degree.
• Patient with a fever
• Patient with insufficient peripheral circulation
• Neonate or low birth weight infant with delicate
skin
WARNING
• When using the TL-201T finger probe, do
not fasten the probe and cable to the finger
by wrapping with tape. This may cause burn,
congestion or pressure necrosis from poor
blood circulation.
• When using probes other than the TL-201T
finger probe, to avoid poor circulation, do
not wrap the tape too tight. Check the blood
circulation condition by observing the skincolor and congestion at the skin peripheral to
the probe attachment site. Even for short-term
monitoring, there may be burn or pressure
necrosis from poor blood circulation, especially
on neonates or low birth weight infants whose
skin is delicate. Accurate measurement cannot
be performed on a site with poor peripheral
circulation.
WARNING
When not monitoring SpO2, disconnect the SpO2
connection cord from the defibrillator. Otherwise,
noise from the probe sensor may interfere and
incorrect data is displayed on the screen.
WARNING
When measuring SpO2 of a patient who is in
a state of shock or in CPR (cardiopulmonary
resuscitation), the acquired SpO2 data may be
incorrect due to the patient’s body movement.
WARNING
When monitoring SpO2 of a patient who is
receiving photodynamic therapy, the light from
the finger probe sensor may cause a burn.
Photodynamic therapy uses a photosensitizing
agent that has a side effect of photosensitivity.
The SpO2 probe manufactured by Nihon Kohden have two
wavelengths with peaks in the range of 650 and 950 nm. The
maximum light intensity is less than 5.5 mW.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 199/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6-3.3
6-3. SpO2 MONITORING
6-3
CAUTION
Handle the probe cable according to the following
cautions. Failure to follow these cautions may
cause cable discontinuity or short circuit of
the probe cable which may cause incorrect
measurement data or inability to performmeasurement. Also in rare cases, the probe
temperature may increase and cause skin burn
on the patient. If the probe cable is damaged,
replace the probe with a new one.
• Do not pull or bend the probe cable.
• Do not let caster feet run over the probe cable.
CAUTION
Turn off the power of mobile phones, small
wireless devices and other devices which
produce strong electromagnetic interference
around a patient (except for devices allowed by
the hospital administrator). Radio waves fromdevices such as mobile phones or small wireless
devices may be mistaken as pulse waves and the
displayed data may be incorrect.
CAUTION
Do not immerse the disposable probe in
detergent or water. If the probe adhesive surface
gets wet, the adhesiveness becomes weak and
the probe cannot be attached to the skin. Also,
it may cause incorrect data and skin burn on the
patient.
CAUTION
Only use the specified probes. Otherwise SpO2
cannot be monitored properly and instrument
performance may be degraded.
CAUTION
Do not use a probe which is deteriorated
by aging. Accurate measurement cannot be
performed.
CAUTION
Do not use a damaged or disassembled probe.
It causes incorrect measurement and may injure
the patient.
CAUTION
The disposable probe is not sterilized. Use the
disposable probe only for a single patient. Never
reuse the disposable probe for another patient
because it causes cross infection.
CAUTION
Normal external light does not affect monitoring
but strong light such as a surgical light or sunlight
may affect monitoring. If affected, cover the
measuring site with a blanket.
CAUTION
While a patient is on medication which causes
vasodilation, the pulse waveform may change
and in rare cases the SpO2 value might not be
displayed.
CAUTION
If the attachment site is dirty with blood or bodily
fluids, clean the attachment site before attaching
the probe. If there is nail polish on the attachment
site, remove the polish. Otherwise, the amount of
transmitted light decreases, and measured value
may be incorrect or measurement cannot be
performed.
6
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 200/302
6-3.4 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
6. MONITORING
CAUTION
If the skin gets irritated or redness appears on
the skin from the probe, change the attachment
site or stop using the probe. Take extreme care
for the patients with delicate skin.
CAUTION
• If the probe is attached to the same limb that
is used for NIBP measurement or an IBP
catheter, the blood circulation at the attachment
site is affected and the measurement might not
be correct. Attach the probe to a limb where theblood circulation is not affected.
• If patient’s nail is long, cut it or attach the probe
to another finger. The probe cannot be attached
properly to a finger with a long nail.
• Refer to the probe instruction manual for
details.
CAUTION
Remove the probe carefully and slowly from
the skin. The adhesion may damage the skin.
Especially when removing it from a neonate,
pay attention to the neonatal skin because it is
delicate.
CAUTION
When removing the probe from the attachment
tape, do not pull the sensor cable because this
can damage the cable.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 201/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6-3.5
6-3. SpO2 MONITORING
6-3
Preparing for SpO2 Monitoring
Preparation Flowchart
1. Select the probe.
2. Connect the probe to the SpO2 adapter and connect the SpO2 adapter to the
SpO2/CO2 connector on the debrillator.
3. Attach the probe to the patient.
4. Monitoring starts. Set necessary settings.
For handling accessories after use, refer to Section 10 “Maintenance”.
Selecting a ProbeSelect the appropriate probe according to the purpose.
CAUTION
Only use the specified probes. Otherwise SpO2 cannot be monitored
properly and instrument performance may be degraded.
CAUTION
Do not use a probe which is deteriorated by aging. Accuratemeasurement cannot be performed.
CAUTION
Do not use a damaged or disassembled probe. It causes incorrect
measurement and may injure the patient.
Reusable Probes
Model Subject (Weight) Attachment Site SpO2 Adapter
Finger Probe TL-201T Adults, children
(Weight 20 kg or more)
Finger
JL-550T2
Multi-site Probe TL-220T Adults, children
(Weight 3 kg or more)
Finger or toe
Neonates(Weight 3 kg or less)
Instep and sole
6
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 202/302
6-3.6 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
6. MONITORING
Disposable Probes
CAUTION
The disposable probe is not sterilized. Use the disposable probe only
for a single patient. Never reuse the disposable probe for another
patient because it causes cross infection.
Model Subject (Weight) Attachment Site SpO2 Adapter
TL-271T Adults
(Weight 30 kg or more)
Finger or toe
JL-550T2
TL-272T Children
(Weight from 10 to 50 kg)
TL-273T Neonates
(Weight 3 kg or less)
Adults
(Weight 40 kg or more)
Instep and sole
Finger or toe
TL-274T Infants
(Weight from 3 to 20 kg)
Finger or toe
TL-051S/052S
Cable length TL-051S: 80 cm
TL-052S: 160 cm
Adults(Weight 50 kg or more)
Finger
Neonates
(Weight 3 kg or less)
Instep and sole
TL-061S/062S
Cable length TL-061S: 80 cm
TL-062S: 160 cm
Adults, children
(Weight from 15 to 50 kg)
Finger
Children, infants
(Weight from 3 to 15 kg)
Toe
TL-260T
Sponge attachmenttape
Neonates
(Weight 3 kg or less)
Instep and
sole
Type L
attachment
tape
Children, neonates
(Weight 3 kg or more)Finger or
toe Type S
attachment
tapeLow birth weight infants
(Weight 1 kg or less)Instep and
sole
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 203/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6-3.7
6-3. SpO2 MONITORING
6-3
Connecting Probe to Defibrillator
1. Connect the probe to the sensor connector on the JL-550T2 SpO2 adapter.
Sensor connector
Lock cover
SpO2 adapter
2. Connect the JL-550T2 SpO2 adapter cable to the SpO2/CO2 connector on the
debrillator.
Attaching the Probe to the Patient
For proper SpO2 probe attachment and use, refer to the operator’s manual of the
SpO2 probe.
WARNING
• When using the TL-201T finger probe, do
not fasten the probe and cable to the finger
by wrapping with tape. This may cause burn,
congestion or pressure necrosis from poor
blood circulation.
• When using probes other than the TL-201Tfinger probe, to avoid poor circulation, do
not wrap the tape too tight. Check the blood
circulation condition by observing the skin
color and congestion at the skin peripheral to
the probe attachment site. Even for short-term
monitoring, there may be burn or pressure
necrosis from poor blood circulation, especially
on neonates or low birth weight infants whose
skin is delicate. Accurate measurement cannot
be performed on a site with poor peripheralcirculation.
WARNING
Check the circulation condition by observing the
skin color at the measurement site and pulse
waveform. Change the measurement site every
8 hours for disposable probes and every 4 hours
for reusable probes (every 8 hours for TL-631T3
probe). The skin temperature may increase at theattached site by 2 or 3°C (4 or 5°F) and cause a
burn or pressure necrosis. When using the probe
on the following patients, take extreme care and
change the measurement site more frequently
according to symptoms and degree.
• Patient with a fever
• Patient with insufficient peripheral circulation
• Neonate or low birth weight infant with delicate
skin
CAUTION
If the attachment site is dirty with blood or bodily
fluids, clean the attachment site before attaching
the probe. If there is nail polish on the attachment
site, remove the polish. Otherwise, the amount of
transmitted light decreases, and measured value
may be incorrect or measurement cannot be
performed.
CAUTION
If the skin gets irritated or redness appears on
the skin from the probe, change the attachment
site or stop using the probe. Take extreme care
for the patients with delicate skin.
6
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 204/302
6-3.8 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
6. MONITORING
CAUTION
When the probe is attached on an appropriate
site with sufficient circulation and the error
message confirming the probe attachment
repeatedly appears, the probe may be
deteriorated. Replace it with a new one.
CAUTION
• If the probe is attached to the same limb that
is used for NIBP measurement or an IBP
catheter, the blood circulation at the attachment
site is affected and the measurement might not
be correct.Attach the probe to a limb where the blood
circulation is not affected.
• If patient’s nail is long, cut it or attach the probe
to another finger. The probe cannot be attached
properly to a finger with a long nail.
• Refer to the probe instruction manual for
details.
CAUTION
Remove the probe carefully and slowly from
the skin. The adhesion may damage the skin.
Especially when removing it from a neonate,
pay attention to the neonatal skin because it is
delicate.
CAUTIONWhen removing the probe from the attachment
tape, do not pull the sensor cable because this
can damage the cable.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 205/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6-3.9
6-3. SpO2 MONITORING
6-3
Monitoring SpO2
When the preparation is done properly, the SpO2 value and pulse waveform
appear on the screen.
CAUTION
When the probe is attached on an appropriate
site with sufficient circulation and the error
message confirming the probe attachment
repeatedly appears, the probe may be
deteriorated. Replace it with a new one.
CAUTION
Alarms about a parameter do not occur until the
measurement of the parameter starts.
CAUTION
When a message indicates a faulty probe or
faulty SpO2 connection cable, replace the probe
or SpO2 connection cable with a new one.
NOTE
When the “Searching for SpO2 pulse” message is displayed for a long
time, it means that the detected pulse is too small to measure. Reposition
the probe.
SpO2 Information on the Monitoring Screen
Indicates that the upper or lower alarm limit is set to off.
SpO2 bar graph
When 2nd wave setting is CO2 or OFF
(Set on the Setup screen - Date/Screen)
SpO2 Pulse rate SpO2 waveform
2nd wave setting is SpO2, SpO2 /CO2 or SpO2 /CO2
(Set on the Setup screen - Date/Screen)
When the SpO2 measurement is unstable, the “M” mark appears beside the SpO2
value.
6
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 206/302
6-3.10 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
6. MONITORING
Changing SpO2 Settings
The following settings can be changed for SpO2 monitoring. The default settings
are underlined.
Item Description
Sens Set the pulse wave sensitivity. AUTO, ×1/8, ×1/4, ×1/2, ×1,
×2, ×4, ×8
SpO2 Sound When set to ON, the pitch of the sync sound
changes according to SpO2 value.
ON, OFF
PR Set the upper and lower limit of pulse rate
alarm.
Upper: 20 to 300, OFF (140)
Lower: OFF, 15 to 295 (40)
SpO2 Set the upper and lower limit of the SpO2
alarm.
Upper: 51 to 100, OFF (OFF)
Lower: OFF, 50 to 99 (90)
QRS Volume Set the QRS sync sound volume. 0 to 4 (3)
QRS Sound Select the source of the QRS sync sound. ECG, SpO2
Changing Settings on the SpO2 Setup Screen
1. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the SETUP position. The Setup
Menu screen appears.
2. Select “SpO2 Setup” with the Item ↓ or Item ↑ key and press the SET key.
The SpO2 Setup screen appears.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 207/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6-3.11
6-3. SpO2 MONITORING
6-3
NOTE
If an SpO2 probe is not connected to the SpO2 /CO2 connector on the
defibrillator, the SpO2 setup screen is not displayed. If the SpO2 setup
screen does not appear when an SpO2 probe is connected, turn the
Energy/Mode Select control to the MONITOR position, confirm the
SpO2 cable connection then turn the Energy/Mode Select control to
the SETUP position again.
3. Press the Item key to select the item. When you press the key, the selected
item switches.
4. Press the ↓ or ↑ key to change settings. Repeat steps 3 and 4 to set all items.
5. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the MONITOR position. The
monitoring screen appears.
Changing the Pulse Waveform Sensitivity
The sensitivity determines the size of the waveform on both the screen and
recording paper.
Setting range: AUTO, ×1/8, ×1/4, ×1/2, ×1 (default setting), ×2, ×4, ×8
When you select AUTO sensitivity, the appropriate sensitivity is automatically
selected.
1. On the SpO2 Setup screen, select Sens with the Item key.
2. Select the sensitivity with the ↓ or ↑ key.
AUTO → ×1/8 → ×1/4 → ×1/2 → ×1 → ×2 → ×4 → ×8
6
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 208/302
6-3.12 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
6. MONITORING
Selecting Sync Sound Pitch
When this item is set to ON, the pitch of the sync sound changes according to
SpO2 value, so you can know the SpO2 change by sound.
ON: The pitch of the sync sound changes as shown in the table below.
OFF: The pitch of the sync sound is xed. (Default setting)
SpO2 Tone
100% to 81% Changes in 20 steps corresponding to SpO2 value
(steps of 1).
80% or less Pitch for 81%
When the SpO2 adapter cable is disconnected from the debrillator, the sync
sound automatically becomes the pitch for OFF. When the SpO2 adapter cable is
connected again, the pitch returns to the previous pitch.
1. On the SpO2 Setup screen, select SpO2 Sound with the Item key.
2. Select ON or OFF with the ↓ or ↑ key.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 209/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6-3.13
6-3. SpO2 MONITORING
6-3
Changing the Pulse Rate Alarm Limits
CAUTION
When the alarm limit is set to OFF, there will be no alarm for that
limit. Be careful when you set the alarm limit to OFF.
1. On the SpO2 Setup screen, select the upper or lower value of the pulse rate
(PR) limit with the Item key.
The arrow in the PR bar graph indicates the current pulse rate.
2. Select the upper or lower limit with the ↓ or ↑ key.
Item Range Step Default SettingPR
(beat/min)
Upper 20-300, OFF 5 140
Lower OFF, 15-295 5 40
NOTE
If you increase the upper limit over 300, the upper limit becomes OFF.
If you decrease the lower limit below 15, the lower limit becomes OFF.
6
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 210/302
6-3.14 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
6. MONITORING
Changing the SpO2 Alarm Limits
CAUTION
When the alarm limit is set to OFF, there will be no alarm for that
limit. Be careful when you set the alarm limit to OFF.
1. On the SpO2 Setup screen, select the upper or lower SpO2 alarm limit with
the Item key.
The arrow in the SpO2 bar graph indicates the current SpO2 value.
2. Select the upper or lower limit with the ↓ or ↑ key.
Item Range Step Default SettingSpO2
(%)
Upper 51 to 100, OFF 1 OFF
Lower OFF, 50 to 99 1 90
NOTE
If you increase the upper limit over 100, the upper limit becomes OFF.
If you decrease the lower limit below 50, the lower limit becomes OFF.
Changing QRS Sync Sound Volume
Refer to “Changing QRS Sync Sound Volume” in Section 6-2.
Changing QRS Sync Sound Source
Refer to “Changing QRS Sync Sound Source” in Section 6-2.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 211/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6-4.1
6
Section 6-4 CO2 Monitoring
General .............................................................................................................................................................6-4.2
CO2 Sensor Kit .......................................................................................................................................6-4.3
Preparing for CO2 Monitoring ...........................................................................................................................6-4.5
Preparation Flowchart ............................................................................................................................6-4.5
Connecting the CO2 Sensor Kit to the Defibrillator .................................................................................6-4.5
Monitoring CO2 ................................................................................................................................................6-4.6
CO2 Information on the Monitoring Screen .............................................................................................6-4.6
Changing CO2 Settings .....................................................................................................................................6-4.7
Changing Settings on the CO2 Setup Screen .........................................................................................6-4.7
Changing the CO2 Scale ..............................................................................................................6-4.8Changing the ETCO2 Alarm Limits ...............................................................................................6-4.9
Changing the Respiration Rate Alarm Limits .............................................................................6-4.10
Changing the APNEA Alarm Limit .............................................................................................6-4.11
Inspection of Measuring Accuracy..................................................................................................................6-4.12
Daily Inspection of Measuring Accuracy ..............................................................................................6-4.12
Inspection of Measuring Accuracy (Precise Method) ...........................................................................6-4.12
Checking Procedure ...................................................................................................................6-4.13
6-4
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 212/302
6-4.2 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
6. MONITORING
General
CO2 monitoring by the mainstream method is performed by connecting the TG-
901T3 or TG-921T3 CO2 sensor kit to the patient’s respiration circuit and to the
SpO2/CO2 connector on the debrillator. For the proper CO2 sensor attachmentand use, refer to the operator’s manual of the CO2 sensor.
WARNING
When performing defibrillation during CO2
monitoring with a CO2 sensor kit, remove the
sensor from the patient. If the sensor cannot be
removed, do not touch the sensor cable because
the discharged energy may cause electrical
shock or injury.
WARNING
With the TG-901T3 CO2 sensor kit,
measurements are based on the assumption
of no CO2 gas in the inspiration. The CO2
concentration in the respiration is calculated by
taking the CO2 concentration in the inspiration
as 0 mmHg. Therefore, measuring CO2 byconnecting the CO2 sensor kit to a patient under
mouth-to-mouth respiration or to a Jackson Rees
circuit or Mapleson D circuit where CO2 gas may
be present during inspiration may result in the
acquired data being lower than the actual value.
WARNING
With the TG-901T3 CO2 sensor kit, this
defibrillator cannot monitor CO2 of patients
weighing less than 10 kg (22 lbs).
WARNING
When using the YG-101T airway adapter on a
patient with low ventilatory volume, check the
ventilation taking into consideration the 5 mL
dead space. The CO2 may mix in the inspiration
due to the airway adapter s dead space, resulting
in inaccurate measured value or difficulty in
detecting apnea.
CAUTION
The CO2 data may be inaccurate when
monitoring a patient with an extremely high
respiration rate or irregular respiration. Read themeasured values carefully.
CAUTION
When using an anesthetic instrument with a
volatile anesthetic agent, the CO2 measurement
may be inaccurate.
CAUTION
The measured value may be incorrect when the
operating temperature changes greatly or there
is excess condensation in the airway adapter ornasal adapter.
NOTE
The measurement may be inaccurate when the defibrillator is used in thefollowing conditions. Read the measured values carefully.
• When there is high concentration nitrous oxide gas in the airway
adapter.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 213/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6-4.3
6-4. CO2 MONITORING
• When used in places with low atmospheric pressure such as at high
altitude.
• When used in environments with sudden temperature changes.
• When used in environments with severe humidity.
• When used for patients with irregular spontaneous respiration.
CO2 Sensor Kit
WARNING
Do not use the airway adapter on neonates
because the dead space volume of the airway
adapter is about 5 mL.
WARNING
Check that the oxygen cannula tube is not bent,
broken, or blocked by the nasal tube. If the ends
of the oxygen cannula tube turn too far up or
down, it causes insufficient O2 supply or the CO2
value may be incorrect.
WARNING
When using the YG-121T airway adapter on a
patient with low ventilatory volume, check the
ventilation taking into consideration the 1.2 mL
dead space. The CO2 may mix in the inspiration
due to the airway adapter’s dead space, resulting
in inaccurate measured value or difficulty in
detecting apnea.
WARNING
• When you use YG-122T together with an
oxygen cannula, check that the oxygen cannula
is correctly attached on the patient by referring
to other parameters and by observing the
patient periodically.
• If arterial oxygen partial pressure does not
increase, immediately stop using the oxygen
cannula with the CO2 sensor kit and select
another way to supply oxygen.
WARNING
The only oxygen cannula that can be used with
YG-122T is #1103 manufactured by HUDSON
RCI ® . Do not use any other oxygen cannula.
Other oxygen cannulas cannot be attached and
oxygen cannot be delivered to the patient through
the nostrils.
CAUTION
The airway adapter/nasal adapter is non-
sterilized and disposable. Use only for a single
patient and single use. Failure to follow this
instruction causes cross infection.
CAUTION
With the TG-901T3 CO2 sensor kit, secure the
CO2 sensor to the respiration circuit so that
the transparent film of the airway adapter is
perpendicular to the floor. If the transparent film is
parallel to the floor, water droplets may get onto
the transparent film and affect the measurement
accuracy.
6
6-4
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 214/302
6-4.4 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
6. MONITORING
CAUTION
Failure to follow the instructions below degrades
the anti-fogging ability of the transparent film and
results in incorrect measurement.
• Replace the airway adapter/nasal adapter with
a new one every 24 hours.• Replace the airway adapter/nasal adapter with
a new one if blood, sputum or mucus adhere to
the transparent film.
• Do not damage the transparent film. Do not let
dust or detergent contact the transparent film.
Do not touch, wipe or clean the transparent film
with fingers or cleaners.
O P
E R / A L A R
M
C O 2
A D A
P T E R
TG-901T3 CO2 sensor kit YG-101T airway adapter
JG-901T3 CO2 adapter
TG-101T CO2 sensor
Model Patient Weight Dead Space Volume Code No.
YG-101T Adult 10 kg or more 5 cc R801
H O P E R / A
L A
R M
C O
2 A D A
P T E
R
TG-921T3 CO2 sensor kit
JG-921T3 CO2 adapter
TG-121T CO2 sensor
YG-121T
(for naso-oral)
YG-120T
(for nasal breathing)
Mouth guide
Holder for
oxygen cannula
Clip
Nasal tube
YG-111Tairway adapter
YG-122T
(for oxygen cannula)
Description Model Qty Code No.
Nasal adapter (for nasal breathing) YG-120T 30 V921
Nasal adapter (for naso-oral breathing) YG-121T 30 V922 Nasal adapter
(for oxygen cannula adjustment)YG-122T 30 V923
Airway adapter YG-111T 30 R804
The nasal adapters are for patients
over 3 years old or over 10 kg.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 215/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6-4.5
6-4. CO2 MONITORING
Preparing for CO2 Monitoring
Preparation Flowchart
1. Connect the CO2 sensor kit to the SpO2/CO2 connector on the debrillator.
2. Connect the CO2 sensor to the respiration circuit.
3. Start measurement and change necessary settings.
For handling accessories after use, refer to Section 10.
Connecting the CO2 Sensor Kit to the Defibrillator
Connect the CO2 sensor kit to the SpO2/CO2 connector on the debrillator.
6
6-4
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 216/302
6-4.6 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
6. MONITORING
Monitoring CO2
After completing the preparation, CO2 monitoring starts.
CAUTION
When the “CO2 sensor not working” or “CO2 adapter abnormality”
message is displayed, check the CO2 sensor kit and replace it if
necessary. CO2 cannot be monitored while the message is displayed.
NOTE
• When using the TG-901T3/TG-921T3 CO2 sensor kit, it performs
calibration automatically every minute and when any of the following
occurs.
- Defibrillator power on- Patient’s first respiration
- Airway adapter is removed from the CO2 sensor and connected again.
- Respiration stops for 20 seconds.
- Signal changes rapidly due to temperature change.
• During calibration, the CO2 waveform becomes flat (0 mmHg) but the
respiration rate and measured value are not affected.
CO2 Information on the Monitoring Screen
Indicates that the upper or
lower alarm limit is set to off.
CO2 bar graph
When the 2nd wave setting is SpO2 or OFF(Set on the Setup screen - Date/Screen)
CO2 value
Respiration rate
CO2 waveform
When the 2nd wave setting is CO2, SpO2 /CO2 orSpO2 /CO2
(Set on the Setup screen - Date/Screen)
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 217/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6-4.7
6-4. CO2 MONITORING
Changing CO2 Settings
The following settings can be changed for CO2 monitoring. The default settings
are underlined.
Item Description
Scale Set the scale of CO2 waveform.0 to 40, 0 to 80 (mmHg)
0 to 5.3, 0 to10.7 (kPa)
ETCO2
Set the upper and lower limit of the
CO2 alarm.
mmHgUpper: 2 to 99, OFF (50)
Lower: OFF, 1 to 98 (20)
kPaUpper: 1.0 to 13.5, OFF (7.0)
Lower: OFF, 0.5 to 13.0 (3.0)
RR Set the upper and lower limit of the
respiration rate alarm.
Upper: 2 to 150, OFF (OFF)
Lower: OFF, 0 to 148 (OFF)
APNEASet the upper limit of the APNEA
alarm.Upper: 5 to 40, OFF (OFF)
Changing Settings on the CO2 Setup Screen
1. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the SETUP position. The Setup
Menu screen appears.
2. Select “CO2 Setup” with the Item ↓ or Item ↑ key and press the SET key. The
CO2 Setup screen appears.
6
6-4
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 218/302
6-4.8 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
6. MONITORING
3. Press the Item key to select the item. When you press the key, the selected
item switches.
4. Press the key for “↓” or “↑” to change settings.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 to set all items.
6. Turn the Energy/Mode select control to the MONITOR position to return to
the monitoring screen.
Changing the CO2 Scale
Select the appropriate scale for the patient CO2 waveform.
Setting range: 0 to 40, 0 to 80 (default setting)
(0 to 5.3, 0 to 10.7 when kPa is selected.)
1. On the CO2 Setup screen, select Scale with the Item key.
2. Select the scale with the ↓ or ↑ key.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 219/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6-4.9
6-4. CO2 MONITORING
Changing the ETCO2 Alarm Limits
Set the upper and lower limit for the ETCO2 alarm.
CAUTION
When the alarm limit is set to OFF, there will be no alarm for that
limit. Be careful when you set the alarm limit to OFF.
1. On the CO2 Setup screen, select ETCO2 upper or lower limit with the Item
key.
The arrow in the ETCO2 bar graph indicates the current ETCO
2 value.
2. Select the upper or lower limit with the ↓ or ↑ key.
Item Range Step Default setting
ETCO2
mmHgUpper 2 to 99, OFF 1 50
Lower OFF, 1 to 98 1 20
kPaUpper 1.0 to 13.5, OFF 0.5 7.0
Lower OFF, 0.5 to 13.0 0.5 3.0
NOTE
If you increase the upper limit over 99 (mmHg) or 13.5 (kPa), the
upper limit becomes OFF. If you decrease the lower limit below 1
(mmHg) or 0.5 (kPa), the lower limit becomes OFF.
6
6-4
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 220/302
6-4.10 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
6. MONITORING
Changing the Respiration Rate Alarm Limits
Set the upper and lower limit for the respiration rate alarm.
CAUTION
When the alarm limit is set to OFF, there will be no alarm for that
limit. Be careful when you set the alarm limit to OFF.
1. On the CO2 Setup screen, select respiration rate upper or lower limit with the
Item key.
The arrow in the RR bar graph indicates the current respiration rate.
2. Select the upper or lower limit with the ↓ or ↑ key.
Item Range Step Default setting
RR
(count/min)
Upper 2 to 150, OFF 2 OFF
Lower OFF, 0 to 148 2 OFF
NOTE
If you increase the upper limit over 150, the upper limit becomes OFF.
If you decrease the lower limit below 0, the lower limit becomes OFF.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 221/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6-4.11
6-4. CO2 MONITORING
Changing the APNEA Alarm Limit
Set the period of no respiration for the APNEA alarm. When the debrillator
cannot detect patient respiration for more than the selected seconds, the APNEA
alarm occurs.
CAUTIONWhen the alarm limit is set to OFF, there will be no alarm for that
limit. Be careful when you set the alarm limit to OFF.
1. On the CO2 Setup screen, select APNEA with the Item key.
2. Select apnea alarm limit with the ↓ or ↑ key.
Item Range Step Default setting
APNEA (s) Upper 5 to 40, OFF 5 OFF
NOTE
If you increase the upper limit over 40, the upper limit becomes OFF.
6
6-4
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 222/302
6-4.12 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
6. MONITORING
Inspection of Measuring Accuracy
Daily Inspection of Measuring Accuracy
Perform daily accuracy inspection using your own respiration.
Put the larger end of the airway adapter (side for connecting to the patient’s mask
and tracheal tube) into your mouth and after stabilizing breathing, breathe in
the same way as in the resting state at a rate of 5 seconds per breath (12 breaths/
minute). Breathing too quickly or taking deep breaths will disable standard
measurements.
The standard ETCO2 concentration is 40 mmHg (5.3 kPa). Check that the CO2
gas concentration display is from 35 to 45 mmHg (4.7 to 6.0 kPa).
Inspection of Measuring Accuracy (Precise Method)
Check the measurement accuracy whenever you suspect the debrillator is not
reading correctly. This procedure does not calibrate CO2 sensor. It only checks
the measurement accuracy. If the measurement accuracy is not appropriate,
contact your Nihon Kohden representative.
CAUTION
Only use the specified items.
CAUTION
Follow the CAUTION label on the CO2 gas
cylinder.
CAUTION
After the lifetime of the CO2 gas cylinder
expires, the measurement accuracy cannot be
guaranteed.
The following items are required.
• 5% CO2 calibration gas
Manufacturer: Nellcor Puritan Bennett or Scott Medical Products
Cylinder name: OD (1 L disposable cylinder)
Outlet connection: CGA 600
Gas volume: 25 L (Provides about 50 to 100 calibrations)
Gas component: 5% CO2, 21% O2, balance N2
Accuracy: ±0.03% absolute
Expiration: 3 years after the gas is packed in the cylinder
• Flow regulator PR-150 ow regulator (full scale 700 psi)
Manufacturer: VICTOR High Purity & Instrumentation
Delivery ow (ow rate): 0.5 L/min
Inlet connection: CGA 600
• Tube
Internal diameter: 4 mm
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 223/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 6-4.13
6-4. CO2 MONITORING
• Slip joint
Manufacturer: Portex
Specication: 100/252 4 mm
When using a CO2 gas cylinder and ow regulator other than the above, the
following specications must be met. Make sure that the outlet connection of the
gas cylinder and the inlet connection of the ow regulator t together.
• 5% CO2 calibration gas
Gas component: 5% CO2, 21% O2, balance N2
Accuracy: ±0.03% absolute
• Flow regulator
Delivery ow (ow rate): 0.5 L/min
Checking Procedure
1. Connect the ow regulator to the CO2 gas cylinder by rotating the ow
regulator clockwise. Connect them rmly.
2. Connect the CO2 sensor kit to the SpO2/CO2 connector on the debrillator.
3. Connect the airway adapter to the CO2 sensor so that the marks on the
airway adapter and CO2 sensor align.
4. After checking that the CO2 gas cylinder is connected properly, gently turn
the knob of the ow regulator counterclockwise about half a turn to start the
gas ow.
5. Connect the slip joint to the airway adapter. CO2 gas ows in the airway
adapter and the instCO2 on the screen should read 38 mmHg. (Expiration
phase, 38 mmHg CO2 gas)
6. Disconnect the slip joint from the airway adapter and shake the CO2 sensor
to remove CO2 gas from the airway adapter. Open air ows into the airway
adapter and instCO2 on the screen should be 0 mmHg. (Inspiration phase, no
CO2 gas)
Knob
Pressuregauge
Pressuregauge
Slip jointKnob
Connect/disconnect
the airway adapter
repeatedly.
6
6-4
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 224/302
6-4.14 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
6. MONITORING
CAUTION
This method assumes that no CO2 gas is present in the inspiration
phase of breathing. Therefore, step 6 has to be performed to
simulate the inspiration phase of breathing so that the defibrillator
can correctly determine the CO2 concentration. The defibrillator
determines the CO2 concentration by comparing the change inCO2 concentration in the airway adapter during the inspiration and
expiration phase of breathing.
CAUTION
The defibrillator calculates the CO2 concentration by assuming
that the gas temperature is 37°C and the surrounding pressure
is 1 atmospheric pressure. Therefore, if this checking procedure
is performed at room temperature or lower, the defibrillator will
display higher instCO2 (there will be –0.4% per °C difference).Correspondingly, if the checking procedure is performed at high
altitude, the defibrillator will display a lower instCO2 reading (there
will be 1 mmHg/30 hPa difference).
7. Repeat steps 5 and 6 a few times and compare the readings of step 5. The
readings should be the same.
8. After checking, gently turn the ow regulator knob clockwise to stop the gas
ow.
NOTE
When the pressure gauge of the flow regulator reads 0, replace the
CO2 gas cylinder with a new one.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 225/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 7.1
7
Section 7 Alarm Function
General ................................................................................................................................................................7.2
Alarm Types ............................................................................................................................................... 7.2
Alarm Indication ........................................................................................................................................7.2
Alarm List ..................................................................................................................................................7.3
Alarm Status Marks and Messages ......................................................................................................... 7.4
Temporarily Silencing an Alarm After It Occurs ...................................................................................................7.5
Silencing Alarms .......................................................................................................................................7.5
Resuming Alarms ......................................................................................................................................7.5
Suspending an Alarm Before It Occurs ...............................................................................................................7.6
Suspending Alarms ...................................................................................................................................7.6Automatic Alarm Recording .................................................................................................................................7.6
Setting Alarms .....................................................................................................................................................7.7
Alarm Setting Range .................................................................................................................................7.7
Setting Alarm Settings on the Alarm Setup Screen ..................................................................................7.8
Setting Alarm Settings on the Alarm Setup Screen of the Setup Screen .................................................. 7.9
Setting Alarms Individually ......................................................................................................................7.10
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 226/302
7.2 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
7. ALARM FUNCTION
General
Alarms let you know abnormalities of measurement environment, instrument and
measurement value of each parameter by messages on the screen and sound.
Alarm Types
Alarms are categorized into three types.
Alarm Description
Instrument alarm Generated when any instrument abnormality is
detected. (for example, discharged battery or out of
recording paper)
Alarm for measurement
environment
Generated when any abnormality is detected in
measurement environment. (for example, connector
off, check electrode, check probe, etc)
Vital alarm Generated when each measurement value exceeds
previously set upper/lower limits.
Alarm Indication
When an alarm occurs,
• An alarm sounds.
• An alarm message appears on the screen. For a vital alarm, the measurement
value is highlighted.
• Automatic alarm recording starts. (Only for vital alarms and only when the
alarm recording is set to ON.)
You can turn the alarm recording ON or OFF on the System Setup -
Conguration screen. Refer to Section 3 “System Setup Screen and Setup
Screen”.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 227/302
7
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 7.3
7. ALARM FUNCTION
Alarm List
Type Alarm Alarm Display Alarm Sound
Instrument
Alarm (1)
SpO2 probe not working
Displayed during
detection
Continuous tone
SpO2 module not working
CO2 adapter abnormality
CO2 sensor not working
CO2 module not working
Overheating
High voltage monitor error
Relay drive error
Insert battery
Power abnormality
Charge battery (blinking 0 )
Replace battery
FET error
ERROR K×××
ERROR P×××ERROR D×××
ERROR C×××
ERROR A×××
Set energy to 50 J or less Continuous or beeping tone*
Instrument
Alarm (2)
Battery discharged (battery remaining charge is
1/3 )Displayed during
detectionContinuous or beeping tone*
Charge battery ( 1 3 )
INTERNAL DISCHARGE
Displayed for 5 seconds For 5 seconds
Out of paper
No report data
Low impedance
High impedance
Time to replace batteryDisplayed during
detection No alarm sound
Alarms for
measurement
environment
Pacing stopped (paddle disconnected)**
Displayed during
detection
Continuous tonePacing stopped (ECG lead disconnected) **
Change disposable pads
Continuous or beeping tone*Check disposable pads
Connect paddle
Use disposable pads Displayed for 5 secondsFor 5 seconds
Select ECG lead
Displayed during
detection
Select a different lead
Continuous or beeping tone*
Change ECG electrodes
Check ECG electrodes
SpO2 measurement unstable
Searching for SpO2 pulse
Check SpO2 probe site
Check SpO2 unit
SpO2 module disconnected**Continuous tone
CO2 module disconnected**
Connect AC power or Charge battery Continuous or beeping tone*
* You can select either continuous or beeping sound on the System Setup screen. Continuous: continuous beeping, Beeping (default setting): sounds for 3 seconds every 30 seconds
** You can silence alarm sound by pressing the Silence alarms key.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 228/302
7.4 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
7. ALARM FUNCTION
Type Alarm Alarm Display Alarm Sound
Vital alarm
HR alarm
Highlighted value
Continuous or beeping tone
PR alarm
SpO2 alarm
etCO2 alarm
RR alarm
VF/VT alarm (Check Patient) Displayed duringdetectionAPNEA
Alarm Status Marks and Messages
Alarm off mark:
• Displayed at every parameter for which the upper and/or lower alarm limit is
set to OFF.
• Displayed at a parameter whose alarm is silenced.
• Displayed at every parameter when all alarms are suspended.
Value:
Highlighted while the value exceeds the alarm limit.
“Alarm off” message:
• Displayed at the top of the screen when any vital alarm upper/lower limit is set
to OFF.
• When the “Alarm silenced 2 min”, “Alarm silenced 1 min”, “Alarms
suspended 2 min” or “Alarms suspended 1 min” message is displayed, the
“Alarm off” message is not displayed. When the alarm silence or suspensionnishes, it is displayed again.
• Disappears when all alarm settings are set to settings other than OFF.
VF/VT alarm off mark:
• Displayed at the upper right corner of the screen.
• Displayed when VF/VT analysis is not performed.
• Displayed when “VF/VT Alarm” is set to “OFF” in Alarm Setup screen.
• Displayed when the paddle lead is selected and the external paddles or internal
paddles are connected.
• Displayed when the Setup screen, pacing screen, Basic checks screen or Alarm
Setup screen is selected.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 229/302
7
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 7.5
7. ALARM FUNCTION
Temporarily Silencing an Alarm After It Occurs
When an alarm occurs, you can silence the alarm sound for two minutes.
NOTEAlarms which indicate instrument abnormalities* are not silenced by
pressing the Silence alarms key.
• When the following alarms occur, contact your Nihon Kohden
representative.
SpO2 probe not working Power abnormality
SpO2 module not working FET error
CO2 adapter abnormality ERROR K×××
CO2 sensor not working ERROR P×××
CO2 module not working ERROR D×××
Overheating ERROR C×××
High voltage monitor error ERROR A×××
Relay drive error
• When the following alarms occur, take a remedial action immediately,
referring to “Messages” in Section 9.
Insert battery
Charge battery (blinking 0 mark)
Replace battery
During alarm silence,
• the alarm sound is silenced.
• the “Alarm silenced 2 min” or “Alarm silenced 1 min” message is displayed at
the top of the screen.
When the alarm cause is removed during alarm silence, the alarm is cleared.
Silencing Alarms Press the Silence alarms key on the front panel.
Resuming Alarms
Alarms resume when:
• The cause of alarm continues after the alarm silence ends.
• The Silence alarms key is pressed during alarm silence.
• A different alarm (except for instrument alarm (2)) occurs.• The cause of alarm disappears during alarm silence, then the same alarm
occurs again.
* Instrument Alarm (1) on the page 7.3
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 230/302
7.6 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
7. ALARM FUNCTION
Suspending an Alarm Before It Occurs
An alarm can also be suspended before it occurs, for example, before you replace
the electrodes. The alarm suspend time is two minutes.
During alarm suspension, all alarms are suspended and
• the alarm sound is silenced.
• the “Alarms suspended 2 min” or “Alarms suspended 1 min” message is
displayed.
Suspending Alarms
Press the Silence alarms key on the front panel when no alarms are occurring.
WARNING
During alarm suspension (“Alarm off” or “Alarm suspended”
message displayed), all current alarms except for instrument alarm
group 1 are turned off. Be careful when you suspend the alarm.
Automatic Alarm Recording
When automatic alarm recording is set to ON, waveforms beginning 4 seconds
before and ending 8 seconds after the alarm are automatically recorded when an
alarm is generated. For details, refer to Section 8 “Recording”.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 231/302
7
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 7.7
7. ALARM FUNCTION
Setting Alarms
Vital alarm limits can be set in three different ways:
• Set on the Alarm Setup screen while monitoring.
• Set on the Alarm Setup screen of Setup screen.
• Set on each setting screen for the individual parameter of the Setup screen.
When you change an alarm setting on one screen, the same setting on another
screen is also automatically changed.
CAUTION
When the alarm limit is set to OFF, there will be no alarm for that
limit. Be careful when you set the alarm limit to OFF.
Alarm Setting Range
NOTE
If you set a value higher than maximum value or lower than minimum
value, the alarm becomes OFF.
For example,
HR upper/lower limit
Upper: 290 → 295 → 300 → OFF
Lower: 25 → 20 → 15 → OFF
Item Range StepDefaultSetting
HR
(heart rate) beat/min
Upper 20 to 300, OFF 5 140
Lower OFF, 15 to 295 5 40
PR beat/minUpper 20 to 300, OFF 5 140
Lower OFF, 15 to 295 5 40
SpO2 %Upper 51 to 100, OFF 1 OFF
Lower OFF, 50 to 99 1 90
ETCO2
mmHgUpper 2 to 99, OFF 1 50
Lower OFF, 1 to 98 1 20
kPaUpper 1.0 to 13.5, OFF 0.5 7.0
Lower OFF, 0.5 to 13.0 0.5 3.0
RR count/minUpper 2 to 150, OFF 2 OFF
Lower OFF, 0 to 148 2 OFF
APNEA s Upper 5 to 40, OFF 5 OFF
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 232/302
7.8 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
7. ALARM FUNCTION
Setting Alarm Settings on the Alarm Setup Screen
NOTE
You can change alarm settings on the Alarm Setup screen only in the
MONITOR mode.
All vital alarms can be set on one screen. This way is useful when you are
monitoring a patient and you want to change or conrm the vital alarm settings.
1. Press the Multi-function key (Alarm Setup) on the front panel to display the
Alarm Setup screen.
2. Press the Item key to select the parameter. The left column is upper limits
and right column is lower limits. When the key is pressed and held, selected
items switch automatically.
3. Press the ↓ or ↑ key to set the upper and/or lower limit for the selected
parameter. When the key is pressed and held, the value increases or
decreases automatically.
NOTE
• If you set a value higher than the maximum value or lower than the
minimum value, the alarm becomes OFF.
• If you set the lower limit to a value higher than the upper limit,
the higher limit automatically increases. If you set the higher limit
to a value lower than the lower limit, the lower limit automaticallydecreases. The increased upper limit or decreased lower limit does
not become OFF.
4. Press the Monitor key to return to the monitoring screen.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 233/302
7
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 7.9
7. ALARM FUNCTION
Setting Alarm Settings on the Alarm Setup Screen of the Setup Screen
All vital alarms can be set on one screen.
1. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the SETUP position. The Setup
Menu screen appears.
2. Select “Alarm Setup” with the Item ↓ or Item ↑ key and press the SET key.
The Alarm Setup screen appears.
3. Press the Item key to select the parameter. When the key is pressed and held,
selected items switch automatically.
4. Press the ↓ or ↑ key to set the upper and/or lower limit for the selected
parameter. When the key is pressed and held, the value increases ordecreases automatically.
NOTE
• If you set a value higher than the maximum value or lower than the
minimum value, the alarm becomes OFF.
• If you set the lower limit to a value higher than the upper limit,
the higher limit automatically increases. If you set the higher limit
to a value lower than the lower limit, the lower limit automatically
decreases. The increased upper limit or decreased lower limit does
not become OFF.
5. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the MONITOR position.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 234/302
7.10 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
7. ALARM FUNCTION
Setting Alarms Individually
You can set each vital alarm on each parameter setup screen.
Example: Setting the ECG alarm
1. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the SETUP position. The Setup
Menu screen appears.
2. Select “ECG Setup” with the Item ↓ or Item ↑ key and press SET key. The
ECG Setup screen appears.
3. Select “HR” with the Item key. When the key is pressed and held, selected
items switch automatically.
4. Select the heart rate upper and/or lower limit with the ↓ or ↑ key. When the
key is pressed and held, the value increases or decreases automatically.
NOTE
• If you set a value higher than the maximum value or lower than the
minimum value, the alarm becomes OFF.
• If you set the lower limit to a value higher than the upper limit,
the higher limit automatically increases. If you set the higher limit
to a value lower than the lower limit, the lower limit automatically
decreases. The increased upper limit or decreased lower limit doesnot become OFF.
5. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the MONITOR position.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 235/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 8.1
8
Section 8 Recording
About Recording ..................................................................................................................................................8.2
Changing Report and Recorder Settings ............................................................................................................8.4
Manual Recording ...............................................................................................................................................8.5
Real Time or Delayed Waveform Recording ..............................................................................................8.5
Procedure........................................................................................................................................8.5
Report Recording ......................................................................................................................................8.6
Periodic List Report Recording .......................................................................................................8.6
Alarm Report Recording .................................................................................................................8.6
Event List Report Recording ...........................................................................................................8.7
Defibrillation Report Recording .......................................................................................................8.9VF Analysis Report Recording ......................................................................................................8.10
Trend Report Recording ................................................................................................................ 8.11
Event Recording ......................................................................................................................................8.12
Saving the Administered Medication .......................................................................................................8.13
Automatic Recording .........................................................................................................................................8.14
Charging Recording (Auto Recording when Charging Starts After Discharge) ....................................... 8.14
Alarm Recording .....................................................................................................................................8.15
Periodic Recording ..................................................................................................................................8.16
Printed Letters and Marks .................................................................................................................................8.17
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 236/302
8.2 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
8. RECORDING
About Recording
Available recording types are shown on the next page.
NOTE• When the screen changes to any setup screen during recording,
recording automatically stops. Record again after you exit the setup
screen.
• When using a delivery checker to input ECG to the defibrillator, the
ECG polarity depends on the delivery checker model and connection of
the pads/paddles. For details on a delivery checker, refer to the manual
of the delivery checker.
For the recording examples in this section, “Printing character size” is set to
“Small” in the System Setup - Conguration screen.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 237/302
8
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 8.3
8. RECORDING
Recording Mode Recorded DataLength/Capacity of
Recorded DataStart/Stop Operation
Manual
recording
(Real time or delayed)
Waveform recording
Waveform on the screen
Either real time or 4 seconds
delayed waveform recording
can be selected. (Delayed is
the default setting.)
Continuous Press the Record key. To
stop during recording,
press the Record key.
Reportrecording
Periodic List Periodic measurement data Up to 120 measurement
data
The periodic
measurement interval
can be selected on the
Recorder Setup screen.
Press the Record key
when the Report Setup
screen is displayed. To
stop during recording,
press the Record key.
Alarm ECG waveforms and another
parameter waveform when an
alarm occurs or the Event key
is pressed.
Waveforms for up to
60 alarms*
(when ECG is selected
at “RecWave” on the
Recorder Setup screen)
Event list Event list Up to 130 events
Deb Waveform at discharge and
settings
Up to 44 discharges*
Waveform from
10 seconds before to
12 seconds after
discharge
VF Analysis Waveforms of 6 seconds after
the CHARGE/AED button is
pressed and the analysis result
Up to 124 analyses*
Trend Trend graph and numeric data 1, 2, 4, 8 or 24 hours.
You can set the recorded
period at “Trend Time”
on the Report Setup
screen.
Event recording** ECG waveform when the
Event key is pressed.
Waveform from
4 seconds before to
8 seconds after the
Event key is pressed.
Press the Event key. To
stop during recording,
press the Record key.
Automatic
recording
Record on charging after
discharge***
ECG waveform before and
after discharge
ECG from the start
of energy charging to
6 or 12 seconds after
discharge
Starts when the
debrillator starts
charging energy.
To stop during recording,
press the Record key.
Alarm recording** ECG waveform when an
alarm occurs
ECG waveform from
4 seconds before to
8 seconds after alarm
occurrence.
Starts automatically. To
stop recording, press the
Record key.
Periodic recording Periodic ECG, SpO2 and CO2
delayed waveforms
For 12 seconds
The recording interval
is set at “PeriodicRec”
on the Recorder Setup
screen.
Starts automatically. To
stop recording, press the
Record key.
* The Alarm, Deb and VF Analysis reports share memory. The length/capacity of recorded data is shown for one report
type when no data for the other two report types is saved in memory. If data of more than one report types is saved in
memory, the maximum length/capacity of recorded data for each report type decreases.
** This data is used for Alarm report recording.
*** This data is used for Deb report recording.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 238/302
8.4 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
8. RECORDING
Changing Report and Recorder Settings
1. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the SETUP position to display the
Setup Menu screen.
2. Select “Report Setup” or “Recorder Setup” with the Item ↓ or Item ↑ key
and press the SET key. The Report Setup screen or Recorder Setup screen
appears.
Report Setup screen Recorder Setup screen
3. Select the item with the Item key.
Report Setup screen Report: Select the type of report recording from Periodic list,
Alarm, Event list, Deb, VF analysis and Trend.
Trend Time: Select the time length to be recorded in the Trend report
from 1, 2, 4, 8 and 24 hours.
List Interval: Select the measurement interval for Periodic List report
from 1, 5, 15, 30 and 60 min.
Delete Report?: Select Yes to delete all report data saved in the debrillator.
When Yes is selected, further conrmation keys appear.
Press the key for “Delete” to delete all report data.
Recorder Setup screen
PeriodicRec: Select the recording interval for the automatic periodic
recording from OFF, FREE, 15 min, 30 min, 60 min and
2 hrs. When FREE is selected, recording is performed at the
interval set on the “Periodic recording interval (min)” on
the System Setup - Conguration screen.
RecWave: Select the parameter(s) which is recorded in Waveform
recording, Alarm report recording, Event recording, Record
on charging after discharge, Alarm recording and Periodic
recording from ECG, ECG + SpO2 and ECG + CO2.
4. Select the setting value with the ↓ or ↑ key.
5. Press the Menu key to return to the Setup - Menu screen.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 239/302
8
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 8.5
8. RECORDING
Manual Recording
Real Time or Delayed Waveform Recording
The ECG waveforms can be manually recorded at any time. You can record any
length waveform with this mode. Besides ECG waveforms, ID, date, time, ECG
lead and ECG sensitivity are also recorded. ECG waveform recordings are either
real time or delayed; you can select this on the System Setup - Conguration
screen. When Delayed recording is set to ON, the waveform from 4 seconds
before the Record key is pressed is recorded.
Procedure
To start recording, press the Record key. During recording, the Recording
mark appears on the screen. To stop recording, press the Record key again.
Recording example
CO2 and SpO2 are measured.
Delayed waveform recording
MONITOR mode
Time constant 0.32 s
AC filter is ON
ECG lead II
Paper speed 25mm/s
SpO2 sensitivity ×1
ECG sensitivity ×1
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 240/302
8.6 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
8. RECORDING
Report RecordingThere are six kinds of report recording: Periodic list, Alarm, Event list, Deb, VF
analysis and Trend. To print reports, you need to display the Report Setup screen.
Set the following settings on the Report Setup screen.
Periodic List Report Recording
Measurement values for each parameter at the selected interval are recorded in alist format.
Procedure
1. Select “Periodic list” at the Report on the Report Setup screen. Refer to
“Changing Report and Recorder Settings” in this section.
2. Press the Record key. The Report recording mark appears on the screen.
The recording stops when all data are recorded.
To stop recording, press the Record key again.
You can select the measurement interval at List Interval on the Report Setup
screen. The data for the Periodic list report recording remains in memory after
the power off.
Alarm Report Recording
ECG waveform and either SpO2 or CO2 waveform when the Event key is pressed
or when an alarm occurs is recorded. The recorded data are the same as that of
the Event recording and automatic alarm recording.
Procedure
1. Select “Alarm” at the Report on the Report Setup screen. Refer to “Changing
Report and Recorder Settings” in this section.
2. Press the Record key. The Report recording mark appears on the screen.
The recording stops when all data are recorded.
To stop during recording, press the Record key again.
The data for the Alarm report recording remains in memory after the power off.
• Waveforms for up to 60 alarms are saved when ECG is selected at RecWave
on the Recorder Setup screen. After waveforms for 60 alarms are saved, when
another alarm occurs, the waveform for that alarm is saved and the oldest 15
waveforms are deleted.
• Waveforms for up to 48 alarms are saved when ECG and SpO2 are selected at
RecWave on the Recorder Setup screen. After waveforms for 48 alarms are
saved, when another alarm occurs, the waveform for that alarm is saved and
the oldest 12 waveforms are deleted.
• Waveforms for up to 56 alarms are saved when ECG and CO2 are selected at
RecWave on the Recorder Setup screen. After waveforms for 56 alarms are
saved, when another alarm occurs, the waveform for that alarm is saved andthe oldest 14 waveforms are deleted.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 241/302
8
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 8.7
8. RECORDING
Recording examples
• When the Event key is pressed
• When an alarm occurs
Event List Report Recording
The list of debrillator usage history with clock time is recorded in a
chronological order. This is useful for an operation diary or debrillator
operation history.
Procedure
1. Select “Event list” at the Report on the Report Setup screen. Refer to
“Changing Report and Recorder Settings” in this section.
2. Press the Record key. The Report recording mark appears on the screen.
The recording stops when all data are recorded.
To stop during recording, press the Record key again.
The data for the Event list report recording remains in memory after the power is
turned off.
Recording example
Up to 10 events are recorded on one column. Up to 130 events are recorded.
After 130 event data are saved, when the debrillator detects another event, the
oldest data is deleted.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 242/302
8.8 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
8. RECORDING
Recorded Events
Event Meaning
Power ON The power is turned on.
Power OFF The power is turned off.
Charging Charging for discharge is started.
Charged Charging for discharge is completed.
Discharge XXX J Debrillation is performed at XXX J.
Sync XXX J Synchronized cardioversion is performed at XXX J.
VF analysis start CHARGE/AED button is pressed in AED mode.
Shockable The debrillator detected a shockable rhythm after the CHARGE/AED button
was pressed in AED mode.
No Shockable The debrillator did not detect a shockable rhythm after the CHARGE/AED
button was pressed in AED mode.
Check Patient The debrillator detects a shockable rhythm.
Disarm The energy discharges internally within 20 seconds after charging.
Alarm HR *XXX Heart rate alarm occurs at XXX bpm.
Alarm PR *XXX Pulse rate alarm occurs at XXX.Alarm SpO2 *XXX SpO2 alarm occurs at XXX.
Alarm RR *XXX Respiration rate alarm occurs at XXX.
Alarm etCO2 *XXX mmHg ETCO2 alarm occurs at XXX mmHg.
Alarm etCO2 *XXX kPa ETCO2 alarm occurs at XXX kPa.
Alarm Apnea *XXX s Apnea alarm occurs at XXX seconds.
Event The Event key is pressed.
ECG electrode off A disposable electrode is detached from the patient.
ECG electrode set A disposable electrode is attached to the patient.
Dispo pads off The pad adaptor is disconnected from the debrillator, or the disposable pad is
detached from the patient.
Dispo pads set The pad adaptor is connected to the debrillator, or the disposable pad isattached to the patient.
Fixed mode start
(XXXppm, XXXmA)
The Fixed pacing mode (pacing rate XXX pulse/min and pacing current is
XXX mA) is started.
Demand mode start
(XXXppm, XXXmA)
The Demand pacing mode (pacing rate XXX pulse/min and pacing current is
XXX mA) is started.
Pacer stop (XXXppm, XXXmA) Pacing (pacing rate XXX pulse/min and pacing current is XXX mA) is
stopped.
Alarm suspend The alarm is silenced or suspended.
SpO2 module off The SpO2 module is disconnected from the debrillator.
SpO2 module set The SpO2 module is connected to the debrillator.
CO2 module off The CO2 sensor kit is disconnected from the debrillator.CO2 module set The CO2 sensor kit is connected to the debrillator.
Adrenaline The Medication key - Adrenaline is pressed.
Atropine The Medication key - Atropine is pressed.
Lidocaine The Medication key - Lidocaine is pressed.
Other The Medication key - Other is pressed.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 243/302
8
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 8.9
8. RECORDING
Defibrillation Report Recording
Waveform at debrillation and cardioversion and discharge information are
recorded.
Procedure
1. Select “Deb” in “Report” on the Report Setup screen. Refer to “Changing
Report and Recorder Settings” in this section.
2. Press the Record key. The Report recording mark appears on the screen.
The recording stops when all data are recorded.
To stop during recording, press the Record key again.
The data for the Debrillation report recording remains in memory after the
power off.
Recording example
Compressed ECG waveform is recorded in three rows. The amplitude of the
recorded waveform is 1/2 of the waveform on the screen (on screen: 10 mm/1mV
→ 5 mm/1mV).
Waveform of 22 seconds (10 seconds before and 12 seconds after discharge)
and setting at the discharge are recorded for one discharge. Up to 44 discharges
are recorded. After 44 data are saved, when the debrillator detects another
discharge, the data for that discharge is saved and the oldest 11 data (both
waveform and setting at discharge) are deleted.
When another discharge is performed within 22 seconds after previous discharge,
the recording is extended for 12 seconds after the second discharge and is
counted as one recording. In this case, maximum recordable discharge is less
than 44.
Up to 6 discharge marks “ ” are recorded on one waveform.
Discharge information
Date: Date when debrillation or cardioversion is performed.
Time: Clock time when debrillation or cardioversion is performed.Set Energy: Selected energy value
TTR: Skin-paddle (pad) contact impedance
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 244/302
8.10 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
8. RECORDING
Delivered: Output energy value. When TTR is 15 Ω or less, or 255 Ω or
more, 0 J is printed.
Shock Times: Total counts after the debrillator power is turned on.
Manual: Debrillation (“Manual Sync” is for Synchronized cardioversion
and “AED” is for AED.)
TEST: Printed only when energy discharge test is performed.
OK: Test OK NG: Test NG
VF Analysis Report Recording
Waveforms of 6 seconds after the CHARGE/AED button is pressed and the
analysis result are recorded.
Procedure
1. Select “VF Analysis” in “Report” on the Report Setup screen. Refer to
“Changing Report and Recorder Settings” in this section.
2. Press the Record key. The Report recording mark appears on the screen.
The recording stops when all data are recorded.
To stop during recording, press the Record key again.
The data of the VF Analysis report recording remains in memory when the
debrillator power is turned off.
Waveforms for up to 124 VF analyses are saved. After 124 waveforms are saved,
when the debrillator performs another VF analysis, the waveform for that VF
analysis is saved and the oldest 31 data are deleted.
Recording examples
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 245/302
8
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 8.11
8. RECORDING
Trend Report Recording
The trend graph and numeric data of heart rate, SpO2, PR, ETCO2 and RR which
are saved in memory are recorded.
Procedure
1. Select “Trend” in “Report” on the Report Setup screen. Refer to “Changing
Report and Recorder Settings” in this section.
2. Press the Record key. The Report recording mark appears on the screen.
The recording stops when all data are recorded.
To stop during recording, press the Record key again.
The data of the Trend report recording remains in memory when the debrillator
power is turned off.
You can select recorded trend time from 1, 2, 4, 8, 24 hours at Trend period on
the Report Setup screen. The relation between recorded trend time and interval of
data acquisition is shown below.
Trend time (hours) 1 2 4 8 24
Data acquisition interval (minutes) 1 2 4 8 24
The maximum, minimum and average value in each data acquisition interval is
recorded.
The vertical axis scale changes according to the recorded data so that all data can
be recorded on the paper.
Recording examples
• Heart rate and SpO2
• Pulse rate and ETCO2
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 246/302
8.12 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
8. RECORDING
• Respiration rate
Event Recording
ECG waveform from 4 seconds before to 8 seconds after the Event key is
pressed is recorded.
• When an alarm occurs, the Recording mark appears on the screen and
automatic alarm recording starts. The waveform from 4 seconds before to 12
seconds after the alarm occurrence is recorded.
• When energy charging starts, the Recording mark appears on the screen and
record on charging after discharge starts instead of event recording.
• If there is no paper in the recorder when the Event key is pressed, ECG
waveform at the time is saved as the data for alarm report recording.
Recording example
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 247/302
8
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 8.13
8. RECORDING
Saving the Administered Medication
When “Medication” on the System Setup - Conguration screen is set to ON
(Default setting: OFF), the administered medication (adrenalin, atropine,
lidocaine and other) can be saved and recorded as the event list report and alarm
report with the 12 seconds of ECG waveforms.
1. Set “Medication” on the System Setup - Conguration screen to ON.
Refer to “System Setup Screen” in Section 3.
2. Press the Event key. The Event recording starts. The function keys change to
Adrenalin, Atropine, Lidocaine and Other function keys.
3. Press the key for the administered medication. The function keys return to
the normal function keys 5 seconds after the Event key is pressed.
4. Set “Medication” on the System Setup - Conguration screen to OFF.
• Medications are not saved as sound data.
• During alarm recording, if two or more medication keys are pressed, only the
latest medication is saved as the event report and alarm report.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 248/302
8.14 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
8. RECORDING
Automatic Recording
Charging Recording (Auto Recording when Charging Starts After Discharge)
NOTE
To perform record on charging after discharge, set “Record on chargingafter discharge” to ON on the System Setup - Configuration screen before
using the defibrillator.
The recording starts automatically when energy charging starts. During automatic
recording, the Recording mark appears on the screen. ECG waveform from
the start of charging to 12 or 6 seconds after discharge is recorded. When the
energy is externally discharged, information of the discharge is also recorded. To
stop during recording, press the Record key.
• If energy is not discharged within 40 seconds after charging is completed,
recording automatically stops.
• If the debrillator starts charging during Event recording or another type of
automatic recording, the current recording stops and the charging recording
starts.
• If another debrillation or cardioversion is performed while record on charging
after discharge is being performed, recording is extended for 12 seconds after
the second debrillation or cardioversion is performed.
Recording example
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 249/302
8
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 8.15
8. RECORDING
Alarm Recording
NOTE
To perform automatic alarm recording, set “Alarm recording” to ON on the
System Setup - Configuration screen before using the defibrillator.
Recording starts at the alarm occurrence. During alarm recording, the
Recording mark appears on the screen. The ECG waveform from 4 seconds
before to 8 seconds after the alarm occurrence is recorded. The waveform is
saved for the data of alarm report recording.
• When an alarm occurs during another recording, the currently performed
recording has priority.
• When energy charging starts during automatic alarm recording, the alarm
recording stops and the charging recording starts. (Only when “Record on
charging after discharge” is set to ON (6 s) or ON (12 s) on the System Setup -
Conguration screen before using the debrillator.)
Recording example
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 250/302
8.16 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
8. RECORDING
Periodic Recording
Recording automatically starts at a preset interval. 12 seconds of the
waveform(s) selected at RecWave on the Recorder Setup screen is recorded.
Besides ECG waveforms, ID, date, time, ECG lead and ECG sensitivity are also
recorded. Only delayed ECG waveform is recorded.
For recording interval, Select either 15 min, 30 min, 60 min, 2 hr or FREE at
PeriodicRec on the Recorder Setup screen.
When OFF is selected, automatic periodic recording is not performed.
When FREE is selected, recording is performed at the interval set on the
“Periodic recording interval (min)” on the System Setup - Conguration screen.
Recording example
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 251/302
8
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 8.17
8. RECORDING
Printed Letters and Marks
Item Printed Letters Description
Recording type
Event Report Event report recording
Deb Report Debrillation report recordingTrend Report Trend report recording
List Report List report recording
Alarm Report Alarm report recording
VF Report VF analysis report recording
Real time/Delayed recording*1Real Real time waveform recording
Delay Delayed waveform recording
Operation mode
Mon Monitoring mode
Manual Deb Manual debrillation mode
AED AED mode
Fix Pace Fixed Pacing mode
Demand Pace Demand Pacing Mode
Date*1
YYYY/MM/DD Year/Month/Day
MMM/DD/YYYY Month/Day/Year
YYYY/MMM/DD Year/Month/Day
DD/MM/YYYY Day/Month/Year
Clock time*2 XX:XX:XX Hour:Minute:Second
Instrument ID*1 ID: XXXXX
ECG sensitivity ×1/4, ×1/2, ×1, ×2, ×4, AUTO×1/4, AUTO×1/2, AUTO×1, AUTO×2, AUTO×4
Paper speed*150 mm/s
25 mm/s
ECG lead PADDLE, I, II, III, aVR, aVL, aVF, V, AUX, TESTSpO2 sensitivity*2 SpO2: ×8, ×4, ×2, ×1, ×1/2, ×1/4, ×1/8, AUTO
CO2 scale*1, *2 0-40 mmHg, 0-80 mmHg, 0-5.3kPa, 0-10.7kPa
AC lter*2AC Filter: ON AC lter ON
AC Filter: OFF AC lter OFF
Time constant*2T.C.: 0.32s 0.32 seconds
T.C.: 3.2 s 3.2 seconds
Heart rate*3 HR: XX
SpO2*3 SpO2: XX%
Pulse rate*3 PR: XX
Respiration rate*3 RR: XX
ETCO2*3 etCO2: XX mmHg, XX kPa
The point of discharge
Selected energy Set: XXX J
Shock times Shock Times: XX
TTR TTR: XXX ohm
Delivered energy Delivered: XXX J
Test discharge resultTest: OK Test discharge was performed normally.
Test: NG Test discharge failed.
Synchronization/non synchronization Sync/no display
Synchronization point
*1 The format can be set at System Setup screen.
*2 Can be set on the setup screen. Refer to Section 3.
*3 When an alarm occurs, the “*” mark is displayed before each value (example: HR:*200).
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 252/302
8.18 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
8. RECORDING
Item Printed letters Description
Pacing rate XX ppm
Pacing intensity XX mA
The point of pacing pulse output P
The point of event occurrence E
The point of implanted pacemaker pulse
output
Medication
Adrenalin Adrenalin was administered.
Atropine Atropine was administered.
Lidocaine Lidocaine was administered.
Other Other medication was administered.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 253/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 9.1
9
Section 9 Messages and
Troubleshooting
Messages ............................................................................................................................................................9.3
Troubleshooting ...................................................................................................................................................9.9
General......................................................................................................................................................9.9
Defibrillation ............................................................................................................................................9.10
Pacing (TEC-5531 Only) .........................................................................................................................9.10
Monitoring ...............................................................................................................................................9.11
ECG ..............................................................................................................................................9.11
SpO2 .............................................................................................................................................9.12
CO2 ...............................................................................................................................................9.13
Recording ................................................................................................................................................9.14Battery .....................................................................................................................................................9.14
SD Card...................................................................................................................................................9.15
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 254/302
9.2 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
9. MESSAGES AND TROUBLESHOOTING
When trouble occurs, take quick action referring to this section. If there is any
damage or the debrillator or its peripheral component is suspected to be faulty,
turn the power off, attach a “Unusable” or “Repair request” label and contact
your Nihon Kohden representative.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 255/302
9
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 9.3
9. MESSAGES AND TROUBLESHOOTING
Messages
Message Description Action
AED AED mode is selected. —
Alarm off One or more alarms for parameters available
for measurement is set to OFF. —
Alarm silenced 1 min Alarm is silenced for 1 minute. —
Alarm silenced 2 min Alarm is silenced for 2 minutes. —
Alarms suspended All alarms are suspended. This message is
displayed only during basic checks. —
Alarms suspended 1 min Remaining time of alarm suspension is 1
minute. —
Alarms suspended 2 min When no alarm is occurring and the SILENCE
ALARMS key is pressed, this message is
displayed. Remaining time of alarm suspension
is 2 minutes.
—
Analyzing VF The debrillator is performing VF/VT analysis. —
APNEA Respiration was not detected for the period set
on the Alarm setup screen. —
Basic checks complete Basic checks are complete. —
Basic checks OK Basic checks are normally complete. —
Battery discharged Very little battery charge remains. —
Battery charge timed out Only displayed during battery test.
The battery was not fully charged 5 hours after
battery charging started.
—
Battery charging error Only displayed during battery test.
An error occurred in battery charging.
—
Battery discharge timed
out
Only displayed during battery test.
The voltage did not decrease to the specied
level 3 hours after battery discharging started.
—
Battery test complete Appears when battery test nishes. (when
charging for the next use is complete) —
Battery OK Battery test result is 70 to 100%. —
Battery WEAK Battery test result is 50 to 69%. —
Cannot use card An unspecied card is inserted.
— A card for version upgrade is inserted on the
Save Report screen.
Capacitor test fail Capacitor test failed. —
Capacitor test pass Capacitor test result is OK. —
Change disposable pads Deteriorated disposable pads (Abnormal
polarization voltage in PADDLE lead) —
Change ECG electrodes Deteriorated ECG electrodes (Abnormal
polarization voltage in ECG leads) —
Change to monitor mode The multi-function key was pressed in a mode
other than the MONITOR mode. —
CHARGED In manual or AED mode, high voltage energy
charging is complete. —
Charge battery There is little battery charge remaining. The0 mark is displayed.
—
CHARGING In manual or AED mode, the instrument isadjusting the energy in the capacitor. The
debrillator is charging high voltage energy.
—
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 256/302
9.4 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
9. MESSAGES AND TROUBLESHOOTING
Message Description Action
Charging battery Only displayed during battery test.
The battery is being charged for the battery test. —
Check ECG electrodes An ECG electrode is detached from the patient. —
ECG connection cable or external ECG cable is
disconnected from the ECG connector. —
Check disposable pads In manual or AED mode, the contact impedanceof the disposable pads is over 350 Ω.
• Shave hair on the skin where pads are placed, then rmly attach the disposable
pads to the patient chest.
• Firmly connect the pad adapter and
disposable pads.
When PADDLE lead is selected, disposable
pads are not attached to the patient rmly.
The pad adapter is disconnected from the
disposable pads.
Firmly connect the pad adapter and
disposable pads.
In FIXED or DEMAND pacing mode, the
disposable pad is not rmly attached to the
patient.
Firmly attach the disposable pads to the
patient chest.
Check patient In background analysis, patient ECG was
judged as a shockable rhythm. —
Check pulse This message appears:• After third debrillation is performed in AED
mode
• When the debrillator did not detect a
shockable rhythm.
—
Check SpO2 probe site The probe attachment site is not appropriate. Attach the probe at a site indicated in the
probe operator’s manual.
The probe is deteriorated. Replace the probe with a new one.
Check SpO2 probe The probe is detached from the patient. Check the probe attachment condition and
remove the cause.
The probe is disconnected from the SpO2
adapter.
Securely connect the probe to the SpO2
adapter.
The probe expired. Replace the probe with a new one.
Checking battery Only displayed during battery test.
Battery capacity is being checked. —
Connect AC Power or
Charge Battery
In AED mode, the battery is discharged and the
energy for the debrillation cannot be charged.
Replace the battery or use AC power.
Connect external paddles
to paddle holders
Appears when performing basic checks and
the external paddles are not set on the paddle
holders.
—
Connect to AC power The debrillator is not connected to AC power
during battery test.
Connect the debrillator to AC power.
Connect paddle In FIXED or DEMAND pacing mode, the pad
adapter is not connected to the debrillator.
Connect the pad adapter to the debrillator
and then turn the Energy/Mode Selectcontrol to FIXED or DEMAND position.
In manual or AED mode, paddles or disposable
pads are not connected to the debrillator.
Connect the paddles or disposable pads to
the debrillator.
When PADDLE lead is selected, paddles
or disposable pads are not connected to the
debrillator.
Connect the paddles or disposable pads to
the debrillator.
CO2 adapter abnormality Insufcient light Refer to the operator’s manual of the CO2
sensor kit.
CO2 adapter is faulty or deteriorated. Replace the CO2 adapter with a new one.
CO2 sensor not working CO2 sensor is faulty or deteriorated. Replace the CO2 sensor with a new one.
CO2 module not working CO2 module is faulty. Contact your Nihon Kohden representative.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 257/302
9
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 9.5
9. MESSAGES AND TROUBLESHOOTING
Message Description Action
CO2 module disconnected CO2 cable is disconnected from the debrillator. You can make this message disappear by
pressing the Silence alarms key. Connect the
CO2 cable to the SpO2/CO2 connector. If the
message still appears, contact your Nihon
Kohden representative.
Debrillation necessary.
Check ECG.
By VF analysis with the CHARGE/AED
button, debrillation was judged to be
necessary.
—
Debrillation not
necessary. Check ECG.
By VF analysis with the CHARGE/AED
button, debrillation was judged to be
unnecessary.
—
Demand Demand pacing mode is selected. —
Discharging battery Only displayed during battery test.
The battery is being discharged for battery test. —
Did the alarm sound? The basic checks - Alarm check is being
performed. —
Did the recorder print? The basic checks - Recorder check is being
performed.
—
Enter password Password to enter manual mode is required. Enter a password.
Enter password again Entered password is not correct. Enter the correct password.
ERROR A××× Faulty HV Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the
OFF position. Then turn on the debrillator
and do the same operation that you did
when the error message appeared.
If the error message still appears,
immediately turn off the power and contact
your Nihon Kohden representative.
ERROR C××× Communication error
ERROR D××× Faulty ROM/RAM
ERROR K××× Faulty keys
ERROR P××× Faulty pacing unit
FET error The circuit to measure remaining battery charge
is faulty.
Contact your Nihon Kohden representative.
File Error Sound data saved in the SD card is damaged. —
Fixed FIXED pacing mode is selected. —
High impedance Skin-paddle contact impedance is too high. Press the paddles on the patient rmly.
High voltage monitor
error
Faulty high voltage unit Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the
OFF position. Then turn on the debrillator
and do the same operation that you did
when the error message appeared.
If the error message still appears,
immediately turn off the power and contact
your Nihon Kohden representative.
If no pulse, press
CHARGE/AED button
Appears 5 seconds after the conrmation
message after CPR is displayed. —
When not performing CPR, appears 5 seconds
after the message conrming pulse. —
If no pulse, start CPR When CPR time is set in AED mode, this
message appears after third debrillation. —
INTERNAL
DISCHARGE
Energy was not discharged to the patient. —
Insert ATA CARD You tried to save data in a memory card when
no card was inserted in the debrillator.
Insert a specied memory card into the
debrillator.
Insert battery You tried to do the battery test when the battery
was not inserted in the debrillator. —
Left side CO2 not
measured
A CO2 cable was connected to the left SpO2/
CO2 connector when a CO2 cable was alreadyconnected to the right SpO2/CO2 connector.
Only one CO2 can be measured. If two
CO2 cables are connected, only the rstconnected CO2 is measured. Disconnect one
of the CO2 cables.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 258/302
9.6 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
9. MESSAGES AND TROUBLESHOOTING
Message Description Action
Left side SpO2 not
measured
An SpO2 cable was connected to the left SpO2/
CO2 connector when an SpO2 cable was already
connected to the right SpO2/CO2 connector.
Only one SpO2 can be measured. If two
SpO2 cables are connected, only the rst
connected SpO2 is measured. Disconnect
one of the SpO2 cables.
Low impedance Skin-paddle contact impedance is too low. Check that the paddles do not touch each
other.
The “M” mark is
displayed beside the SpO2
value.
SpO2 measurement is unstable due to patient
body movement.
If this message appears frequently, check
the patient and probe attachment condition.
Reattach the probe to the patient if
necessary.
Manual debrillation? “Manual deb conrmation” is set to “conrm”
and the Energy/Mode select control is turned to
the position of debrillation.
—
No report data You cannot print report because there is no data
for report recording saved in the debrillator. —
Not enough free memory Very little free memory in the SD card —
Now pacing The debrillator is outputting pacing pulses. —
Now playing Sound is playing back. — Out of paper Out of recording paper Change the role of recording paper.
Recorder door is open. Press the magazine until it clicks.
Overheating Faulty high voltage unit Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to the
OFF position and leave the debrillator for
20 minutes. Then turn on the debrillator
and check if the message appears again.
If it still appears, immediately turn off the
power and contact your Nihon Kohden
representative.
The debrillator discharged too frequently and
the internal temperature is too high.
Pacing stopped (ECG lead
disconnected)
Pacing stopped because:
• An electrode lead is disconnected from an
electrode.• An electrode is detached from the patient.
• Electrode lead is disconnected from the
JC-762V connection cable.
• Bad contact between the electrode and lead
clip.
• Electrode lead discontinuity
• Abnormally high polarization voltage
• Firmly connect the electrode lead to the
ECG electrode.• Replace the electrodes with new ones.
• Firmly connect the electrode lead to the
connection cable.
• Replace the electrode lead with a new
one.
• Replace the electrode lead with a new
one.
• Replace the electrodes with new ones.
Pacing stopped (paddle
disconnected)
Pacing stopped because:
• The pad adapter is disconnected from the
disposable pads.
• The disposable pads are detached from the
patient.
• The skin-pad contact impedance is high.
• Firmly connect the pads to the pad
adapter. Firmly connect the pad adapter to
the paddle connector.• Attach the disposable pads to the patient.
• Firmly attach the disposable pads to the
patient.
Set the pacing current to 0 mA, then
increase the current gradually to set the
lowest effective pacing current.
If these actions do not solve the problem,
clean the skin and use new disposable
pads. Refer to Section 5.
Power abnormality Input power voltage is too high. —
Press CHARGE/AED button
When the “Check Pulse Pattern” on the SystemSetup screen is set to 3 (no checking pulse), in
AED mode, this message appears 5 seconds
after the “Check patient” message appears.
—
Press CHARGE button Appears as the guidance for capacitor test. —
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 259/302
9
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 9.7
9. MESSAGES AND TROUBLESHOOTING
Message Description Action
Press DISCHARGE
buttons until discharge
Appears in discharge check. —
Relay drive error Faulty high voltage unit Contact your Nihon Kohden representative.
Replace battery Battery test result is 0 to 49%. The debrillator
judged that the battery should be replaced with
a new one.
—
Right side CO2 not
measured
A CO2 cable was connected to the right SpO2/
CO2 connector when a CO2 cable was already
connected to the left SpO2/CO2 connector.
Only one CO2 can be measured. If two
CO2 cables are connected, only the rst
connected CO2 is measured. Disconnect one
of the CO2 cables.Debrillator power is turned on when two CO2
cables are connected.
Right side SpO2 not
measured
A SpO2 cable was connected to the right SpO2/
CO2 connector when a SpO2 cable was already
connected to the left SpO2/CO2 connector.
Only one SpO2 can be measured. If two
SpO2 cables are connected, only the rst
connected SpO2 is measured. Disconnect
one of the SpO2 cables.Debrillator power is turned on when two SpO2
cables are connected.
SD: Insert a Card SD card is not inserted. Insert the SD card into the SD card slot.
SD: Card Error Could not access the SD card. —
SD: Ready The SD card is ready to use. —
SD: Accessing Accessing the SD card. —
Searching for SpO2 pulse The instrument is searching for correct pulse
waveform.
Wait until the pulse waveform is detected.
SpO2 value cannot be measured because of
unstable pulse waveform.
The probe is detached from the patient. Check the probe attachment and remove the
cause.
Select a different lead During pacing in DEMAND mode, ECG lead is
set to a lead other than ECG leads. —
Select ECG lead Under the setting that does not permitsynchronized cardioversion with PADDLE
lead, SYNC mode is selected with PADDLE
lead.
—
SYNC button is pressed when TEST lead is
selected. —
TEST lead is selected in pacing mode. —
Select AED or monitor if
not manual debrillation
When “Manual deb conrmation” is set to
“password” or “conrmation” and the Energy/
Mode Select control is turned to the position of
debrillation.
—
Set energy to 50 J or less Above 50 J is selected when the internal
paddles are connected to the debrillator. —
Set recording paper Recording paper is not set in the recorder
during basic checks.
Set the paper in the recorder.
Set to 200 J You cannot perform the HV capacitor test with
the energy set to other than 200 J.
Set the energy to 200 J.
Shutdown NOW The debrillator is shutting down now.
NOTEWhile the “Shutdown NOW” message isdisplayed on the screen, do not disconnectthe power cord from the defibrillator or ACoutlet and do not remove the battery packfrom the defibrillator. The internal data maybe damaged.
—
SpO2 module disconnected SpO2 cable is disconnected from the
debrillator.
Connect the SpO2 to the SpO2/CO2
connector. If the message still appears,
contact your Nihon Kohden representative.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 260/302
9.8 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
9. MESSAGES AND TROUBLESHOOTING
Message Description Action
SpO2 module not working Faulty SpO2 module Contact your Nihon Kohden representative.
SpO2 probe not working The probe lifetime is expired. Replace the probe with a new one.
Probe discontinuity or short-circuit Replace the probe with a new one.
Faulty cable of the SpO2 adapter Replace the SpO2 adapter with a new one.
Faulty SpO2 probe Replace the SpO2 probe with a new one. If
the message still appears, replace the SpO2 adapter.
Stand clear In AED mode, the CHARGE/AED button is
pressed and the debrillator starts VF analysis. —
Stand clear and press
DISCHARGE buttons
In AED mode, charging debrillation energy is
complete. —
Start CPR
This message appears:
• When CPR is required
• After discharge for one sequence
• When nonshockable rhythm is detected
—
SYNC Synchronized cardioversion is selected. —
Test fail Energy was not discharged properly in
discharge test. —
Test OK Energy was discharged properly in energy
discharge test. —
Testing. Please wait. The debrillator is performing the HV capacitor
test. —
Time to replace battery More than two years have passed since the key
for “Reset” was pressed. —
Use disposable pads In FIXED or DEMAND pacing mode,
disposable pads are not used. —
In AED mode, disposable pads are not used. —
Use another instrument ERROR A××× appeared in basic checks. —
Was the voice heard? The basic checks-voice check is being performed.
Conrm that the voice is heard.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 261/302
9
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 9.9
9. MESSAGES AND TROUBLESHOOTING
Troubleshooting
General
Problem Possible Cause Action
The instrument heats up. The instrument is used for many hours. There is no abnormality in the
instrument.
Instrument abnormality Turn the Energy/Mode Select control
to OFF position and disconnect the
power cord. Contact your Nihon
Kohden representative.
No operation when the instrument is
turned on.
The power cord is disconnected. Firmly connect the power cord to the
AC outlet and the debrillator.
The battery is not installed. Install the specied battery.
Faulty battery Replace the battery with a new one
(NKB-301V).
Remaining battery charge is low. Charge the battery.Instrument abnormality Contact your Nihon Kohden
representative.
Screen is dim. Waveform and characters
are not seen.
Instrument abnormality Contact your Nihon Kohden
representative.
The printed date is JAN/01/80. The backup battery is almost discharged. Replace the backup battery with a
new one. For replacement, contact
your Nihon Kohden representative.
(Under normal use condition, the
backup battery lifetime is about 6
years.)
The report data are not saved. Faulty internal memory Contact your Nihon Kohden
representative.
On the Setup screen, the report data
were deleted.
Deleted data cannot be recovered.
All settings set in the Setup screen and
System Setup screen return to the default
settings.
Faulty internal memory Contact your Nihon Kohden
representative.
When the battery is installed, the
instrument suddenly changes to battery
operation.
When the battery is not installed, the
instrument power suddenly drops.
Power voltage changed. Conrm the AC power cord
connection. When the power cord
is properly connected and it does
not solve the problem, contact your
Nihon Kohden representative.
The date and time printed on the
recording paper is incorrect. — Set the date and time on the Date/
Screen screen. Refer to Section 3.
The backup battery for the clock is
discharged.
Contact your Nihon Kohden
representative.
On the screen, there are some pixels
which have randomly abnormal color or
do not light.
For the TFT LCD screen, it is considered
normal if some pixels have randomly
abnormal color or do not light.
—
No sound is heard. “Voice prompt” is set to “OFF” in the
System Setup - Conguration screen.
Increase the volume.
Faulty speaker or speaker cable
discontinuity
Repair is necessary. Contact your
Nihon Kohden representative.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 262/302
9.10 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
9. MESSAGES AND TROUBLESHOOTING
Defibrillation
Problem Possible Cause Action
The debrillator self-discharges the
energy during charging.
In battery operation, the battery is almost
discharged.
Operate the debrillator on AC
power and recharge the battery. The
battery is automatically charged
when the debrillator is connected to
AC power.Faulty high voltage unit
(An error code appears on the screen.)
When an error code appears on the
screen, use another instrument. The
instrument is faulty. Contact your
Nihon Kohden representative.
Cannot switch to synchronized mode. Appropriate lead is not selected. Change to the appropriate lead.
You tried to perform synchronized
cardioversion with the PADDLE lead
but synchronized cardioversion with
the PADDLE lead is set to OFF on the
Paddle Setup screen.
On the Paddle Setup screen, set the
“Sync by paddle lead” to ON.
“0 J” is printed on the debrillation
report recording.
TTR (transthoracic resistance) is 15 Ω
or less.
Check that the paddles do not touch
each other.TTR (transthoracic resistance) is 255 Ω
or more.
Press the paddles on the patient
rmly.
Pacing (TEC-5531 Only)
Problem Possible Cause Action
Although the PULSE lamp is lit, pacing
pulse does not appear on the ECG.
Pacing pulse is not output. Contact your Nihon Kohden
representative.
Although the START/STOP key is
pressed, pacing does not start.
Pacing energy is set to 0 mA. Set the appropriate pacing energy
with the PACING OUTPUT Up/Down key.
In DEMAND mode, selected pacing rate
is slower than the patient heart rate.
Set the pacing rate appropriate for
the patient heart rate. When the
patient heart rate is slower than the
selected pacing rate, pacing pulse is
output automatically.
Faulty pacing function
(A system error code appears on the
screen.)
Contact your Nihon Kohden
representative.
After starting pacing, the “Pacing
stopped (paddle disconnected)” message
appears and pacing stops.
Contact impedance between patient skin
and disposable pads is high.
• Firmly attach the disposable pads
to the patient.
• Set the pacing current to 0 mA,then increase the current gradually
to set the lowest effective pacing
current.
If these actions do not solve the
problem, clean the skin and use new
disposable pads. Refer to Section 5.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 263/302
9
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 9.11
9. MESSAGES AND TROUBLESHOOTING
Monitoring
ECG
Problem Possible Cause Action
Dotted lines appear instead of the ECG
waveforms.
• An ECG electrode is detached.
• An electrode lead is disconnected
from the electrode.
• The ECG connection cable isdisconnected from the debrillator.
• An electrode lead is faulty.
Remove the cause. If it does not
solve the problem, change the lead.
Changing the lead does not solve
the problem, the instrument isfaulty. Contact your Nihon Kohden
representative.
Baseline drifting Patient body movement Check the patient.
AC interference
(50 or 60 Hz sine wave is superimposed
on the ECG waveform.)
On the Setup screen, AC hum lter is set
to off.
• On the Setup screen, set the AC
hum lter to on.
• Check if there is AC interference
with other instruments, and remove
the cause.
ECG waveform does not appear on the
screen although electrodes are connected
properly.
• Electrode lead discontinuity
• Dirty electrode
Replace the electrodes or leads with
new ones.
New and old or other types of electrodes
are used together.
Use the same type electrodes which
are purchased together.
No sync sound “QRS Volume” is set to “0” in the Setup
screen - QRS Setup.
Increase the volume.
“QRS Sound” is set to “SpO2” in the
Setup screen - QRS Setup.
Set “QRS Sound” to “ECG”.
Faulty speaker or speaker cable
discontinuity
Repair is necessary. Contact your
Nihon Kohden representative.
QRS sync mark is not displayed. On the Setup screen, pacing pulse
rejection is set to ON and large
amplitude AC interference noise is on
the ECG waveform.
• Remove the cause of the noise.
• On the Setup screen, set the AC
hum lter to ON.
• On the Setup screen, set pacing
pulse rejection to OFF.Sync sound is irregular although there is
no arrhythmia.
Noise was misjudged to be QRS. Remove the cause of the noise.
No alarm is generated. The Silence alarms key is pressed. Press the Silence alarms key again.
On the Setup screen, alarm is set to OFF. On the Setup screen, set the upper/
lower limit of each vital alarm.
Faulty speaker Repair is necessary. Contact your
Nihon Kohden representative.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 264/302
9.12 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
9. MESSAGES AND TROUBLESHOOTING
SpO2
Problem Possible Cause Action
SpO2 value is not displayed on the
screen.
The SpO2 adapter cable is disconnected
from the SpO2/CO2 connector.
Connect the SpO2 adapter to the
SpO2/CO2 connector.
The SpO2 probe is disconnected from the
SpO2 adapter.
Firmly connect the probe to the SpO2
adapter.
Cable discontinuity in SpO2 adapter or probe
Replace the SpO2 adapter or probe.
SpO2 probe attachment to the patient is
loose.
Firmly attach the probe to the
patient.
Dotted lines appear instead of the pulse
waveforms.
SpO2 probe attachment to the patient is
loose.
Firmly attach the probe to the
patient.
Faulty DSI or DSI/AUX out interface
unit or discontinuity
Repair is necessary. Contact your
Nihon Kohden representative.
Pulse waveform is not displayed on the
screen.
SpO2 probe is disconnected from the
SpO2 adapter.
Connect the probe to the SpO2
adapter.
SpO2 adapter is disconnected from the
debrillator.
Connect the SpO2 adapter to the
debrillator.
Unstable SpO2 value Inappropriate probe size Use a probe appropriate for the
patient.
The probe is attached to the same limb
that is used for NIBP measurement or an
IBP catheter.
Attach the probe to the opposite
limb. Avoid sites where the blood
circulation changes greatly.
Using electrical surgery unit. Keep the SpO2 adapter cable and
probe cable away from an electrical
surgery unit. Wait until the pulse
waveform becomes stable.
Measuring at a site with venous pulse. Correct measurement cannot be
done.
Deformed or damaged SpO2 probe Probe was disinfected in a way otherthan the specied way.
Replace the probe with a newone. Use the specied disinfecting
method.
SpO2 probe is repeatedly used. Replace the probe with a new one
when its lifetime is over.
Sine noise on the pulse waveform Interference by external light Cover the probe attachment site to
block the light.
Correct AC line frequency is not set. Check the actual AC line frequency
and the AC line frequency settings.
No sync sound “QRS Volume” is set to “0” in the Setup
screen - QRS Setup.
Increase the volume.
“QRS Sound” is set to “ECG” in the
Setup screen - QRS Setup.
Set “QRS Sound” to “SpO2”.
Faulty speaker or speaker cable
discontinuity
Repair is necessary. Contact your
Nihon Kohden representative.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 265/302
9
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 9.13
9. MESSAGES AND TROUBLESHOOTING
CO2
Problem Possible Cause Action
The measured value is not displayed on
the screen.
The CO2 sensor kit cable is disconnected
from the SpO2/CO2 connector.
Connect the CO2 sensor kit cable to
the SpO2/CO2 connector.
CO2 gas is in the inspiration. With the CO2 sensor kit,
measurements are based on the
assumption of no CO2 gas in theinspiration. Do not connect a Jackson
Rees respiration circuit or Mapleson
D respiration circuit to the patient.
Measurement cannot be done
correctly.
The airway adapter is dirty. Replace the airway adapter with a
new one.
The measurement is preformed where
atmospheric pressure is low, such as at
high altitude.
Consider the atmospheric pressure
when making evaluations.
The measured value is high. N2O is mixed in the inspiration or when
high concentration of oxygen is inspired.
Remove the cause and measure
again.The measured value is inaccurate. Jackson Rees respiration circuit or
Mapleson D respiration circuit is
connected to the patient.
Cannot measure correctly. Do not
connect a Jackson Rees respiration
circuit or Mapleson D respiration
circuit to the patient.
The respiration rate of the patient is very
high.
Cannot measure correctly.
The respiration is irregular. Cannot measure correctly.
Oscillation Check the respirator and remove the
cause.
Doing suction with a suction catheter in
the airway adapter.
Do not let the suction catheter in the
airway adapter.
CO2 value does not change. The airway adapter is detached from the
patient.
Check the airway adapter
attachment.
The patient is in apnea. The previous value is displayed on
the screen until the next inspiration is
detected. Check patient ventilation.
The respiration waveform does not
appear.
Oscillation Check the respirator and remove the
cause.
The CO2 sensor is disconnected from the
respiration circuit.
Connect the CO2 sensor to the
respiration circuit.
The red LED on the CO2 adapter blinks. CO2 sensor or CO2 adapter is faulty. Replace the CO2 sensor or CO2
adapter with a new one.
The respiration has not been detected forlonger than 20 s.
The red LED blinks when therespiration has not been detected for
longer than 20 s regardless of the
alarm setting on the debrillator.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 266/302
9.14 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
9. MESSAGES AND TROUBLESHOOTING
Recording
Problem Possible Cause Action
Printing is blurred. Dots are missing. The thermal head is dirty. • Clean the thermal head with Nihon
Kohden specied head cleaning
pen (option). If it does not solve
the problem, replace the thermal
head. Contact your Nihon Kohdenrepresentative.
• Perform the recorder Test on the
System Setup screen to check the
printing quality.
Nihon Kohden specied paper is not
used.
Use Nihon Kohden specied
recording paper.
Recording paper cannot be set correctly. Nihon Kohden specied paper is not
used.
Use Nihon Kohden specied
recording paper.
The slide plate is not located correctly. Locate the slide plate correctly. Refer
to “Loading the Recording Paper” in
Section 2.
Nothing is printed. The recording paper is not loaded. Load recording paper.Recording unit door is not properly
closed.
Close the door until it clicks.
The Recording lamp does not light. Press the Record key again. If
the lamp does not light when you
press the Record key, the key is
faulty. Contact your Nihon Kohden
representative.
The recording paper is set with the
wrong side facing up.
Set the recording paper correctly.
Paper skews to one side. The recording paper is not loaded
correctly.
Set the paper straight. Refer to
“Loading the Recording Paper” in
Section 2.
Printout is light. The recording unit temperature is too
hot.
Put the debrillator in a cooler place.
If this does not solve the problem,
the recording unit is faulty. Contact
your Nihon Kohden representative.
Battery
Problem Possible Cause Action
The battery charging lamp is blinking. The debrillator is too hot. Bring the debrillator to a cool
place. When the battery temperaturedecreases, charging resumes.
After starting battery charging, the
charging stops. (Neither battery charging
lamp nor battery charge complete lamp
lights.)
Faulty battery Replace the battery with a new one.
Charging circuit is not working. Faulty charging circuit. Contact your
Nihon Kohden representative.
The “Replace battery” message appears. The battery is deteriorated. Replace the battery with a new one.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 267/302
9
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 9.15
9. MESSAGES AND TROUBLESHOOTING
SD Card
Problem Possible Cause Action
Data cannot be saved in the memory
card.
A version upgrade card is inserted
instead of a memory card.
Insert a specied card.
The card is not inserted. Insert a specied card.
The card is not inserted properly. Firmly insert the card.
A card other than specied card is
inserted.
Insert a specied card.
Memory is full. Use a new card, or delete
unnecessary data.
The card is write-protected. Release the write-protect.
The card is not formatted. Format the card in the System Setup
- Conguration screen.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 268/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 10.1
10
Section 10 Maintenance
Cleaning, Disinfecting and Sterilization .............................................................................................................10.2
Defibrillator ..............................................................................................................................................10.2
External Paddles .....................................................................................................................................10.2
Paddle Holders ........................................................................................................................................10.3
Internal Paddles ......................................................................................................................................10.3
Battery .....................................................................................................................................................10.4
ECG Electrode Leads, ECG Connection Cable and Pad Adapter ..........................................................10.4
Disposal and Replacement ................................................................................................................................ 10.5
Battery .....................................................................................................................................................10.5
Disposal of Battery Pack ...............................................................................................................10.5Replacing Battery Pack .................................................................................................................10.5
Disposable Pads......................................................................................................................................10.7
Lifetime .......................................................................................................................................... 10.7
Disposal ........................................................................................................................................10.7
Test Electrode Plates (On the Paddle Holders) .......................................................................................10.7
Lifetime .......................................................................................................................................... 10.7
ECG.........................................................................................................................................................10.7
Electrode Lifetime .........................................................................................................................10.7
Disposing of Electrodes ................................................................................................................10.7
SpO2 and CO2 ........................................................................................................................................10.7Check After Use ................................................................................................................................................10.8
Periodic Inspection ............................................................................................................................................10.9
Daily Inspection .......................................................................................................................................10.9
Monthly Inspection ..................................................................................................................................10.9
Checking External Paddles ...........................................................................................................10.9
Checking 270 J Energy Charge and Disarm ............................................................................... 10.10
Battery Test ................................................................................................................................. 10.11
Checking the Battery Appearance .............................................................................................. 10.13
HV Capacitor Test ....................................................................................................................... 10.14
Recorder Test .............................................................................................................................. 10.15
Date and Time Adjustment .......................................................................................................... 10.15
Yearly Inspection ................................................................................................................................... 10.15
Periodical Replacement Schedule ................................................................................................................... 10.16
Repair Parts Availability Policy ........................................................................................................................ 10.16
Storage ............................................................................................................................................................ 10.16
Defibrillator and Battery ......................................................................................................................... 10.16
Short Term Storage (Ready for Use at Any Time) ....................................................................... 10.16
Long Term Storage ...................................................................................................................... 10.17
Disposable Pads and ECG Electrodes .................................................................................................. 10.17
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 269/302
10.2 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
10. MAINTENANCE
Cleaning, Disinfecting and Sterilization
CAUTION
Before maintenance, cleaning or disinfection, turn the defibrillatorpower off, disconnect the power cord from the AC socket and
then remove the battery from the defibrillator. Failure to follow this
instruction may result in electrical shock and defibrillator malfunction.
For SpO2 adapter, SpO2 probe, CO2 sensor cable and CO2 sensor, refer to each
operator’s manual.
Defibrillator
CAUTION
Do not use the following chemicals to clean the defibrillator, pads
adapter or ECG connection cable. These chemicals melt or crack the
plastic surface.
Thinner, trichloroethylene, carbon tetrachloride, gasoline, benzine,
kerosene, benzene, toluene
Use a soft cloth moistened with water or disinfecting alcohol to wipe the dirtfrom the exterior surface of the debrillator. Then wipe them with a clean and
dry cloth.
External Paddles
CAUTION
Do not bend the connector pins of the external paddles. If pins are
bent, replace the paddle with a new one. With a bent pin, energy
cannot be discharged because of poor continuity.
CAUTION
The external paddles cannot be sterilized.
CAUTION
Do not heat the external paddles above 60°C (140°F) or put them in
liquid.
Use a soft cloth moistened with disinfecting alcohol to wipe the contact gel
(GELAID) from the electrodes and handles of the external paddles. Then wipe
them with a clean and dry cloth.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 270/302
10
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 10.3
10. MAINTENANCE
Paddle Holders
CAUTION
Do not use the following chemicals to clean the defibrillator, pads
adapter or ECG connection cable. These chemicals melt or crack the
plastic surface.
Thinner, trichloroethylene, carbon tetrachloride, gasoline, benzine,
kerosene, benzene, toluene
CAUTION
Do not put gauze moistened with physiological saline solution on
the paddle holders. This may cause rusting or discoloration of the
electrode plate of the external paddle and test electrode (metal parts
of the paddle holders).
Use a soft cloth moistened with water or disinfecting alcohol to wipe the contact
gel (GELAID) from the paddle holders and the test electrode plates. Then wipe
them with a clean and dry cloth.
The test electrode plate on the paddle holder must be replaced periodically. Refer
to “Disposal and Replacement” later in this section.
Internal Paddles
CAUTION
Do not bend the connector pins of the internal paddles. If pins are
bent, replace the paddle with a new one. With a bent pin, energy
cannot be discharged because of poor continuity.
CAUTION
Replace an internal paddle with a new one after about 100 times
autoclaving because the internal paddles can withstand up to 100
times autoclaving under the following conditions. More autoclaving
may cause cable discontinuity and damage the cable surface.
CAUTION
Replace an internal paddle with a new one after about 100 times
EOG sterilization.
NOTE
The electrode and the handle cannot be separated.
Test electrode plate
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 271/302
10.4 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
10. MAINTENANCE
After use, clean and disinfect the internal paddles according to the accompanying
document of the internal paddles.
To remove the remaining gas from the paddles after sterilization, rst decrease
the internal pressure of the sterilization equipment to –760 mmHg with a vacuum
pump, then add carbon dioxide or antiseptic gas in the equipment. Repeat this
procedure (aeration) at least 5 times. Take the paddles out of the sterilization
equipment and do not use them for at least 20 days.
Autoclaving
Pressure: 2.0 kg/cm2 (196 kPa)
Temperature: 132°C (269.6°F)
Period: 10 minutes
Battery
Remove dirt from the battery every 6 months.
ECG Electrode Leads, ECG Connection Cable and Pad Adapter
Thoroughly wipe ECG electrode leads, an ECG connection cable and pad
adapter with a soft cloth moistened with water, neutral detergent or disinfecting
alcohol.
To disinfect, wipe it with a soft cloth moistened with any of the disinfectantslisted below. Use the recommended concentration.
Disinfectant Concentration (%)
Glutaraldehyde solution 2.0
Alkyldiaminoethylglycine hydrochloride 0.5
Benzalkonium chloride 0.2
Benzethonium chloride solution 0.2
Chlorhexidine gluconate solution 0.5
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 272/302
10
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 10.5
10. MAINTENANCE
Disposal and Replacement
Battery
Disposal of Battery Pack
NOTEThe battery is NiMH. Before disposing of the battery, check with your local
solid waste officials for details in your area for recycling options or proper
disposal. The battery is recyclable. At the end of its useful life, under
various state and local laws, it may be illegal to dispose of this battery
into the municipal waste stream. Before disposing of the defibrillator,
remove the battery from the defibrillator.
Replacing Battery Pack
Replace the battery pack with a new one within two years after the rst use.
Replacing the battery 18 months after the rst use is recommended.
NOTE
• Use only the NKB-301V rechargeable battery.
• Write down the battery replacement date on the battery before battery
replacement.
• Battery replacement must be performed only by service staff.
1. On the new battery, write the date when usage starts.
2. Conrm that the Energy/Mode Select control is set to OFF. Disconnect the power cord from the debrillator.
CAUTION
When inserting or removing the battery pack, disconnect the power
cord from the defibrillator. Otherwise, the operator may receive
electrical shock.
NOTE
While the “Shutdown NOW” message is displayed on the screen, do
not disconnect the power cord from the defibrillator or AC outlet and
do not remove the battery pack from the defibrillator. Otherwise, the
internal data may be damaged.
3. Turn the knob on the battery holder cover counterclockwise and remove the
battery pack holder cover.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 273/302
10.6 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
10. MAINTENANCE
4. Disconnect the battery cable by holding the battery cable connector and
remove the battery from the debrillator.
5. Insert the new battery into the battery pack holder.
6. Securely connect the battery connector to the connector inside the battery
pack holder until it clicks and locks.
7. Close the battery pack holder cover. Be careful not to pinch the cable. Secure
the battery pack holder cover by turning the knob clockwise.
8. On the battery check label, write the date when usage starts. Attach the label on the debrillator so that you can see them easily, for
example, on the upper part of the right side panel.
9. Reset the date of rst use of the battery.
i) Display the System Setup - Battery Test screen.
ii) Press the Reset key to reset the date of rst use of the battery. The “Time
to replace battery” message appears two years after the Reset key is
pressed.
NOTEYou must do this step when the battery is replaced. Otherwise, the
defibrillator does not display the “Time to replace battery” message to
prompt you to replace the battery.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 274/302
10
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 10.7
10. MAINTENANCE
Disposable Pads
Lifetime
WARNING
• Replace pads after 1 hour pacing.
• Do not use after expiration date.
CAUTION
For long term ECG monitoring, replace pads every 24 hours.
Disposal
Follow your local laws for disposing of medical waste. To prevent second
infection, do not dispose of the disposable pads with other waste.
Test Electrode Plates (On the Paddle Holders)
Lifetime
Replace the test electrode plates every two years.
If the contact lamp on the external paddle lights in orange frequently even when
you clean and disinfect the external paddles and paddle holders properly and
make the skin-paddle contact impedance as low as possible, the test electrode
plates may be deteriorated. Contact your Nihon Kohden representative.
ECG
Electrode Lifetime
Replace the ECG disposable electrodes with new ones about every 24 hours.
Otherwise the contact impedance between the skin and electrode may increase
due to drying of the electrode gel or deterioration of adhesives and correct
measurement cannot be obtained.
If electrode contact becomes poor, replace it with a new one.
Disposing of Electrodes
Follow your local laws for disposing of medical waste. To prevent second
infection, do not dispose of the disposable pads with other waste.
SpO2 and CO2
For the SpO2 adapter, SpO2 probe, CO2 sensor cable and CO2 sensor, refer to
each operator’s manual.
Test electrode plate
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 275/302
10.8 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
10. MAINTENANCE
Check After Use
To ensure correct performance for use in an emergency, check the following
items after every usage. If you nd any trouble, check the debrillator referring
to “Troubleshooting” in Section 9 and take necessary remedial actions. If any
abnormality is found, attach a “Not available” or “Repair requested” label on the
debrillator and contact your Nihon Kohden representative.
Before turning off the power
• Temporarily changed settings on the System Setup screen and Setup screen are
returned to original settings.
• When the Energy/Mode Select control is set to DISARM position, “0 J” is
displayed on the screen.
• Energy is not still being charged.
• Cables are disconnected from the debrillator.
Abnormality
• There was no abnormality during operation.
• No error indication is on the screen.
• The screen display is normal and can be seen clearly.
• The debrillator is not too hot when touched.
• All settings are as you set them.
Appearance
• The debrillator is not dirty or damaged.
• The metal plate of the paddle holder and paddle electrode is not rusted or
discolored.
• The operation panel and label on the debrillator are not dirty or missing.
• There is no crack or damage on the debrillator and paddles.
• There is no damage on the power cord.
• The battery check date and battery replacement date are not expired.
• Paddles are cleaned.
• Internal paddles are sterilized if necessary.
• There is enough contact gel (GELAID).
• If the debrillator is in contact with liquid, it is wiped and dried thoroughly.
• Accessories are kept neatly.
• Disposable pads and ECG electrodes are disposed of properly so as not to
cause second infection.
• There are enough consumables such as recording paper.
• The power cord is connected to the debrillator to maintain battery charge.
• The Energy/Mode Select control is set to OFF.
• There are no chemical solutions or water left around the debrillator.
• The debrillator storage condition is proper.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 276/302
10
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 10.9
10. MAINTENANCE
Periodic Inspection
CAUTION
Assembly and disassembly of any component in the instrumentshould only be done by qualified service personnel.
CAUTION
Before maintenance, cleaning or disinfection, turn the defibrillator
power off, disconnect the power cord from the AC socket and
then remove the battery from the defibrillator. Failure to follow this
instruction may result in electrical shock and defibrillator malfunction.
Daily Inspection
Perform the Basic Checks every day. Refer to “Basic Checks” in Section 2.
Monthly Inspection
Check the following items once a month. If any abnormality is found, contact
your Nihon Kohden representative.
• Checking external paddles
• Basic Checks• Checking 270 J energy charge and disarm
• Battery test
• HV capacitor test
• Recorder test
• Date and time adjustment
Check the battery appearance every 6 months.
To check the energy discharge, use the Basic Checks screen.
Checking External Paddles
• Check that there is no crack or damage on the resin of external paddles and
resin of adult electrodes.
• Check that there is no scratch or damage on the cables.
• Check that the plastic cover over the DISCHARGE button on the external
paddles is not removed.
• Check energy discharge. Check the operation of the CHARGE button and
DISCHARGE buttons. Conrm that there is no discontinuity in the cables.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 277/302
10.10 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
10. MAINTENANCE
Checking 270 J Energy Charge and Disarm
Check that the debrillator automatically disarms.
1. Turn the Energy/Mode Select control to 270 J.
2. Leaving the paddles on their holders, press the CHARGE button on the
APEX paddle to start charging.
3. Conrm that there is a beeping sound, the “CHARGING” message appears
on the screen and the CHARGE lamp on the APEX paddle blinks.
4. When charging is completed, there is a continuous buzzing sound and the
CHARGE lamp lights. Conrm that the “CHARGED” message and “270 J”
is displayed on the screen.
5. Turn the Energy/Mode select control to the DISARM position.
6. Check that the energy value on the lower right of the screen changes to 0 J in
20 seconds. If not, contact your Nihon Kohden representative.
NOTE
• Do not discharge manually by pressing the DISCHARGE buttons.
• If any error message appears during the test, contact your Nihon
Kohden representative.
• Do not continuously perform this check more than the specified number
of charge/discharge cycles. Refer to “Specification - Defibrillator -
Maximum continuous charge/discharge cycles at 270 J” in Section 11.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 278/302
10
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 10.11
10. MAINTENANCE
Battery Test
This checks the battery capacity by charging and discharging the battery. Perform
this test once a month.
WARNING
• Test the battery pack once a month.• When you start using a new battery pack, write the date of first use
on the labels on the battery pack and defibrillator.
• Replace the battery pack every two years.
• If defibrillation or cardioversion is necessary during the battery
test, cancel the battery test and operate the defibrillator on AC
power. Do not use battery power because the battery pack may
have been discharged by the battery test.
NOTE
• It takes about 4.5 hours to test a fully charged new battery at the 20°C
ambient temperature. It takes up to 6 hours to test a battery which has
little remaining charge.
• If the power cord is disconnected from the defibrillator during the
battery test, the battery test is canceled. Before starting the battery
test, firmly connect the power cord to the AC outlet on the wall and the
defibrillator.
• If there is a difference in temperature between the battery and the
defibrillator, the battery test cannot be done properly. In such a case
(for example, when you test the extra battery), insert the battery in the
defibrillator and leave it for 3 hours, then perform the battery test.
1. On the System Setup - Menu screen, select “Battery Test” with the Item key
and press the OK key. The System Setup - Battery Test screen appears.
2. Conrm that the battery is properly installed.
3. Connect the power cord to the AC outlet.
4. Conrm that enough recording paper is loaded in the recording unit. If not,
load it.
5. Press the START key to start the battery test.
• When the battery is not fully charged, it is charged, then discharged.
• When the battery is fully charged, it is immediately discharged.
A message shows the progress of the test.
Checking battery: Battery is being charged for the battery test.
Battery is being discharged.
Battery is being charged for the next use.
Test result XX %: Test nished.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 279/302
10.12 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
10. MAINTENANCE
NOTE
When the battery temperature is high, an error message and the
battery test result appear on the screen, and the battery charging
stops. With the power cord connected, turn the Energy/Mode Select
control to OFF to reduce the battery temperature, and make sure
to continue the battery charging for the next use. (Refer to “Error
Messages During Battery Test” table.)
To stop the battery test, press the STOP key.
6. When test nishes, the result appears on the screen.
Press the Reset key only when the battery pack is replaced.
Refer to “Inserting the Battery into the Debrillator” in Section 2.
Test Result Description Action
Battery OK XXX%
(Capacity XXX%: 100%, 80% 70%)
Capacity is enough. Battery operation is available anytime.
When the debrillator is not used, always
do trickle charging.
Battery WEAK XXX%
(Capacity XXX%: 60%, 50%)
Capacity has decreased under
70%.
Battery operation is available only when
the battery is fully charged. The time to
replace the battery is coming soon. It is
recommended to replace the battery with a
new one.
Replace battery XXX%
(Capacity XXX%: 40%, 0%)
Capacity has decreased under
50%.
Only AC operation is available.
Immediately replace the battery with anew one. Contact your Nihon Kohden
representative.
Battery capacity is shown as 100, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40 and 0%.
While the test result is displayed on the screen, you can print the test result
by pressing the Record key.
NOTE
• Even when the capacity is 100 to 70%, replace a battery which has
been used for more than two years.
• When you cannot confirm the capacity (%) after battery test is
done, press the Record key to confirm that the battery test is
correctly done.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 280/302
10
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 10.13
10. MAINTENANCE
• Do not press the Menu key during battery test. Otherwise the
screen may switch to the setup screen.
Error Messages During Battery Test
Message Description Action
Insert battery Battery test cannot be done because the
battery is not inserted in the debrillator.
First disconnect the power cord and then
insert the battery into the debrillator. Do
the test again.
Connect to AC power Battery test cannot be done because AC
power is not supplied to the debrillator.
Supply AC power to the debrillator and
do the test again.
Battery discharge timed out A battery other than the specied one is used.
Or debrillator abnormality.
Use the specied battery pack. If it does
not solve the problem and the message
still appears, contact your Nihon Kohden
representative.Battery charge timed out A battery other than the specied one is used.
Or the battery is deteriorated.
Battery charging error Faulty debrillator Contact your Nihon Kohden
representative.
Battery FET Error Faulty debrillator Contact your Nihon Kohden
representative.Battery charging stopped due
to increased temperature.
Turn Energy/Mode Select to
OFF to charge battery
The battery temperature is high and the
battery charging stops.
With the power cord connected, turn the
Energy/Mode Select control to OFF, and
continue the battery charging for the next
use.
7. Press the Menu key to return to the System Setup - Menu screen.
Checking the Battery Appearance
To prevent battery trouble, check the battery appearance every 6 months. The
check schedule should be written on the battery check label attached to the
debrillator.
1. Check the outside appearance of the battery pack. If there is any damage
(crack, deformation, cable discontinuity and so on) on the battery or the
battery leaks, replace the battery with a new one. If the battery is dirty with
dust, remove it.
If the battery check label says it is the day to replace the battery, replace the
battery with a new one.
2. After checking, change the battery check label. If the battery is replaced,
write down the date of the rst use on the new battery.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 281/302
10.14 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
10. MAINTENANCE
HV Capacitor Test
This checks the performance of the HV (high voltage) capacitor to charge the
debrillation energy. During this check, the capacitor is charged and disarms.
NOTE
Make sure that the AC power cord is connected to ensure the battery
charge for emergency operation.
1. On the System Setup - Menu screen, select “HV Capacitor Test” with the
Item key and press the OK key. The System Setup - HV Capacitor Test
screen appears.
2. Set the Energy/Mode Select control to 200 J.
NOTE
If the energy is not set to 200 J, HV capacitor test cannot be done.
3. Press the CHARGE button on the external paddle (APEX) or the CHARGE/
AED button on the front panel to charge energy. The debrillator charges the
selected energy. After charging is completed, the debrillator automatically
disarms and measures the discharge energy. The check result appears on the
screen.
NOTE
During charging, if the Energy/Mode Select control is turned to
another position, the defibrillator immediately disarms.
Test Result Description
Capacitance XXX%
Capacitor test pass
100-80%:
Capacitor performance is OK. It can be used at any
time.
Capacitance XXX%
Capacitor test fail
0-79%:
Capacitor life is almost over. Replace it with a new
one. Contact your Nihon Kohden representative.
4. Press the key for “Menu” to return to the System Setup - Menu screen.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 282/302
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 283/302
10.16 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
10. MAINTENANCE
Periodical Replacement Schedule
To maintain the performance of the debrillator, the following parts must be
periodically replaced.
Battery pack, YZ-024H9: Every 2 years
Pad adapter, JC-765V (option for P-511 and P-513 pads): Every 2 years
Pad adapter, JC-755V (option for R2 pads): Every 2 years
Test electrode plate, T0.2, 6114-124377 Every 2 years
Repair Parts Availability Policy
Nihon Kohden Corporation (NKC) shall stock repair parts (parts necessary to
maintain the performance of the instrument) for a period of 8 years from the
date of delivery. In that period NKC or its authorized agents will repair the
instrument. This period may be shorter than 8 years if the board or part necessary
for the faulty section is not available.
Storage
NOTE
The operating environment must be more than 0°C. (Refer to
“Specifications” in Section 11.) Otherwise the high voltage capacitor may
get damaged. If the defibrillator was stored below −5°C (23°F), leave it for
3 hours or more in at least 0°C (32°F) before using it.
Defibrillator and Battery
Before storage, clean the debrillator, cables and paddles as described in
“Cleaning, Disinfecting and Sterilization” in this section. When disposable
pads or internal paddles are connected to the debrillator, disconnect them and
connect external paddles to the debrillator.
Short Term Storage (Ready for Use at Any Time)
CAUTIONTo prevent overheating, leave the defibrillator lying flat and do not
cover it.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 284/302
10
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 10.17
10. MAINTENANCE
• When the debrillator is not used, always connect it to AC power to maintain
the battery charge with trickle charging. Conrm that the AC lamp is on.
• Check the battery appearance every 6 months and do the battery test every
month.
• Store in a cool place (–20 to +35°C, –4 to +95°F). If the debrillator is stored
in high temperature, the battery deteriorates.
Long Term Storage
• If you store the debrillator not connected to AC power, remove the battery
from the debrillator. Otherwise, the battery over-discharged after 1 month in
the debrillator without AC power.
• When you store a battery outside the debrillator, do the battery test every 6
months.
• Store the battery and debrillator in a cool place (–20 to +35°C, –4 to +95°F).
If the battery is stored at high temperature, it deteriorates.
Disposable Pads and ECG Electrodes
CAUTION
Store the disposable pads in the environment described on the pads
package. If stored in an environment other than specified, the pads
become unusable.
CAUTION
Do not put heavy objects on the disposable pads or bend the pads.The pads may be damaged and deteriorated, resulting in skin burn
on the patient.
• Store the disposable pads and ECG electrodes in a cool place (5 to 35°C, 41 to
95°F).
• Each pad has its own lifetime. Use the pad within its lifetime.
• Do not put heavy thing on pads and ECG electrodes. Otherwise, the gel may
ow out.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 285/302
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 11.1
11
Section 11 Reference
Specifications ....................................................................................................................................................11.2
Defibrillator ..............................................................................................................................................11.2
Noninvasive Pacing (TEC-5531 Only) ..................................................................................................... 11.4
External Paddle (ND-552VB/VE/VK) ....................................................................................................... 11.4
Battery .....................................................................................................................................................11.4
Clock Accuracy ........................................................................................................................................ 11.4
Environment ............................................................................................................................................11.4
Safety ......................................................................................................................................................11.4
Monitor ....................................................................................................................................................11.5
ECG Amplifier..........................................................................................................................................11.5Recorder .................................................................................................................................................. 11.5
Rhythm Recognition Detector .................................................................................................................11.5
Power Requirements ...............................................................................................................................11.6
Dimensions and Weight ........................................................................................................................... 11.6
Electromagnetic Compatibility .................................................................................................................11.6
Electromagnetic Emissions .....................................................................................................................11.7
Electromagnetic Immunity .......................................................................................................................11.7
Recommended Separation Distances between Portable and Mobile RF Communications
Equipment ............................................................................................................................................. 11.10
Reference ........................................................................................................................................................ 11.11Standard Accessories ..................................................................................................................................... 11.12
Options/Consumables ..................................................................................................................................... 11.12
Pin Assignment ................................................................................................................................................ 11.15
AUX Connector of the QI-553V DSI/AUX OUT Interface Unit ............................................................... 11.15
General Requirements for Connecting Medical Electrical Systems ................................................................ 11.16
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 286/302
11.2 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
11. REFERENCE
Specifications
Defibrillator
Output energy (across 50 Ω): 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30, 50, 70, 100, 150, 200 and 270 J
Energy accuracy: 2 J: ±0.5 J, 3 J: ±1 J, 5 to 15 J: ±2 J, 20 to 270 J: ±10%
Output waveform: Biphasic, truncated exponential constant power (across 50 Ω)
Charging time:
Manual mode:
When powered by AC 100 V to 240 V: to 270 J, maximum 5 s
to 200 J, maximum 3 s
When powered by 90% of the rated mains voltage: to 270 J, maximum 5 s
When powered by a fully charged new battery at 20°C ambient temperature:
to 270 J, maximum 5 s
to 200 J, maximum 3 s
After 15 discharges at 270 J with a fully charged new battery at 20°C ambient temperature:
to 270 J, maximum 5 s
When powered by 90% of the rated mains voltage or after 15 discharges at 270 J with a fully charged new
battery at 20°C ambient temperature: Power on to 270 J, maximum 7 s
AED mode:
When powered by 90% of the rated mains voltage or after 15 discharges at 270 J with a fully charged new
battery at 20°C ambient temperature: Power on to 270 J: 14 to 23 s
Standby mode to 270 J: 12 to 21 s
Charging display: Displays the charged energy value on the screen
Synchronized discharge: Available
From the peak of R wave to the peak of discharge: within 60 msMaximum continuous charge/discharge cycles at 270 J:
20 cycles: 3 cycles per minute with 1 minute cool down period after every 1 minute charge/
discharge period
15 cycles: 3 cycles per minute with no cool down period
Maximum skin-disposable pad contact impedance for energy charging: 350 Ω
Discharge waveform
Ipk1
D1It
Ipk2D2
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 287/302
11
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 11.3
11. REFERENCE
Delivered energy: 270 J
Load Resistance(Ω)
First Phase Second Phase
Peak CurrentIpk1 (A)
Pulse WidthD1 (ms)
TerminalCurrent
It (A)
Peak CurrentIpk2 (A)
Pulse WidthD2 (ms)
25 67.3 3.85 26.80 15.5 3.62
50 41.1 6.35 15.50 12.7 3.6275 29.5 8.86 11.00 11.0 3.62
100 22.9 11.4 8.50 9.81 3.62
125 18.8 13.9 6.94 8.96 3.62
150 15.9 16.4 5.86 8.29 3.62
175 13.8 18.9 5.08 7.76 3.62
Delivered energy: 150 J
Load Resistance(Ω)
First Phase Second Phase
Peak CurrentIpk1 (A)
Pulse WidthD1 (ms)
TerminalCurrent
It (A)
Peak CurrentIpk2 (A)
Pulse Width(50%)
D275 22.1 ±10% 8.86 ±10% 8.19 ±10% 8.19 ±20% 3.62 ±10%
Output Waveforms (200 J): 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175 Ω
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 288/302
11.4 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
11. REFERENCE
Noninvasive Pacing (TEC-5531 Only)
Pacing rate: 30 to 180 pulse/min ±10% in 10 pulse/min steps
Output current: 8 to 200 mA (accuracy of ± 2 mA or ±10%, whichever greater, at 250 Ω) in 1, 2,
5 or 10 mA steps (Set on the System Setup screen.)
Pacing modes: Fixed and Demand
Maximum load resistance: Outputs 200 mA across 250 Ω, 120 mA across 500 Ω
Pulse width: 40 ms±10%
Pacing pulse waveform: Modified trapezoidal
External Paddle (ND-552VB/VE/VK)
Paddle electrode size: For adults: 70 ±3 × 106 ±3 (mm2)
For children: 45 ±3 × 53 ±3 (mm2)
Paddle cord length: 2.0 m or more (When it is pulled by 18 N force.)
Battery
Type: Ni-MH battery: Nominal voltage: 12 V
Rated capacity: 2800 mAh
Capacity: With fully charged new battery at 20°C (68°F) ambient temperature
• Minimum 70 discharges at 270 J
• Minimum 150 minutes continuous monitoring
• Minimum 90 minutes xed mode pacing (180 pulse/min, 200 mA)
With the fully charged new battery at 0°C (32°F)
• Minimum 50 discharges at 270 J
Clock Accuracy
At surrounding temperature 25°C (77°F): ±3 min/month
At storage temperatures –20 to +70°C (–4 to +158°F): ±5 min/month
Environment
Operating temperature: 0 to 45°C (32 to 113°F)
Operating humidity: 30 to 95% (relative humidity, noncondensing)
(Recording paper may jam, if it is wet.)
Operating atmospheric pressure: 700 to 1060 hPa
Storage temperature: −20 to +70°C (−4 to +158°F)
Storage humidity: 10 to 95% (relative humidity)
Storage atmospheric pressure: 500 to 1060 hPa
Safety
Safety standard: IEC 60601-1: 1988
IEC 60601-1 Amendment 1: 1991
IEC 60601-1 Amendment 2: 1995
IEC 60601-1-2: 2001
IEC 60601-1-2: Amendment 1: 2004
IEC 60601-2-4: 2002
Type of protection against electrical shock:
Battery power: INTERNALLY POWERED EQUIPMENT
AC power: CLASS I EQUIPMENT
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 289/302
11
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 11.5
11. REFERENCE
Degree of protection against electrical shock:
DEFIBRILLATION-PROOF TYPE BF APPLIED PART:
External paddles, disposable pads, SpO2 adapter and CO2 sensor kit
DEFIBRILLATION-PROOF TYPE CF APPLIED PART:
Internal paddles, ECG connection cable
Degree of protection against harmful ingress of water:
IPX1 (Protected against vertically falling water drops)
Degree of safety of application in the presence of a FLAMMABLE ANAESTHETIC MIXTURE WITH AIR, OR WITH
OXYGEN OR NITROUS OXIDE: EQUIPMENT not suitable for use in the presence of FLAMMABLE
ANAESTHETIC MIXTURE WITH AIR, OR WITH OXYGEN OR NITROUS
OXIDE
Mode of operation:
Continuous operation with intermittent load: Operation at debrillation mode
Continuous operation: All operation except above mentioned
Monitor
Effective display area: 115.2 (W) × 86.4 (H) mm (5.7 inch)
Sweep length: 97 mm
Sweep speed: 25 mm/s, 50 mm/s
Sensitivity: 10 mm/1 mV ±5% (sensitivity ×1)
Amplitude limit: 40 mm
ECG Amplifier
Input signal: PADDLE, I, II, III, aVR, aVL, aVF, V, AUX
Frequency response: Through paddles: 0.5 to 20 Hz (–3 dB)
Through ECG connection cable: 0.05 to 150 Hz (–3 dB)
AUX: 0.05 to 150 Hz (–3 dB)
Input impedance: Through paddles: ≥ 100 kΩ
Through ECG connection cable: ≥ 5 MΩ (at 10 Hz 1 mV)
AUX: ≥ 100 kΩ ±10%
CMRR: ≥ 100 dB (against chassis ground) when AC lter is ON
AC lter: Available (common with 50/60 Hz)
ON at ≥ –20 dB, OFF
Pacing pulse rejection: ON, OFF
External ECG input sensitivity: 10 mm/V ±5% (sensitivity ×1)
Heart rate counting range: Debrillation or monitoring mode: 15 to 300 bpm
Pacing mode: 15 to 220 bpm
Recorder
Paper speed: Real time/delayed ECG waveform recording: 50, 25 mm/s
Types of recording:
Manual recording: Real time/delayed waveform recording, report recording, event recording
Automatic recording: Record on charging after discharge, alarm recording, periodic recording
Rhythm Recognition Detector
We evaluated the rhythm recognition detector of the TEC-5500 series debrillator using the ofcial electrocardiogram
database provided by AHA (American Heart Association) and MIT (Massachusetts Institute of Technology) and an
electrocardiogram database of over 3000 electrocardiograms from hospitals in Japan. According to our own evaluation, the
rhythm recognition detector of the TEC-5500 series debrillator meets the equivalent of AAMI standards ANSI/AAMI DF-
39-1993 3.3.18.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 290/302
11.6 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
11. REFERENCE
Shockable Rhythm VF: Sensitivity: ≥ 90%
Shockable Rhythm VT: Sensitivity: ≥ 75%
All other Non-Shockable Rhythm: Sensitivity: ≥ 95%
Power Requirements
AC: Line voltage: 100 to 240 V
Line frequency: 50/60 Hz (automatic switching)
Power input: Intermittent load: 450 VA or less
Continuous load: 200 VA or less
DC (Battery): Power voltage: 12 V
Power consumption: Intermittent load: 18 A or less
Continuous load: 4.2 A or less
Charging time: 3 hours or less (with AC, with the power OFF)
Dimensions and Weight
Dimensions: 290 (W) × 172 (H) × 355 (D) mm
Weight: TEC-5521 debrillator: 6.1 kg (External paddles use, AC unit without battery)
5.3 kg (Pad adapter use, AC unit without battery)
TEC-5531 debrillator: 6.3 kg (External paddles use, AC unit without battery)
5.5 kg (Pad adapter use, AC unit without battery)
Electromagnetic Compatibility
Standard
IEC 60601-1-2: 2001
Medical electrical equipment - Part 1-2: General requirements for safety - Collateral standard: Electromagnetic
compatibility - Requirements and tests
IEC 60601-1-2 Amendment 1: 2004
IEC 60601-2-4: 2002
Medical electrical equipment - Part 2-4: Particular requirement for the safety of cardiac debrillators
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 291/302
11
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 11.7
11. REFERENCE
Electromagnetic Emissions
The TEC-5500’s essential performances in EMC standard satisfy the following criteria.
The TEC-5500 series is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specied below. The customer or the user of
the TEC-5500 series should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Emissions test Compliance Electromagnetic environment – guidance
RF emissionsCISPR 11
Group 1
The TEC-5500 series uses RF energy only for its internal function.
Therefore, its RF emissions are very low and are not likely to cause
any interference in nearby electronic equipment.
RF emissions
CISPR 11Class B
The TEC-5500 series is suitable for use in all establishments, including
domestic establishments and those directly connected to the public
low-voltage power supply network that supplies buildings used for
domestic purposes.Harmonic emissions
IEC 61000-3-2Class A
Voltage uctuations/
icker emissions
IEC 61000-3-3
Complies
Electromagnetic Immunity
The TEC-5500’s essential performances in EMC standard satisfy the following criteria.
The TEC-5500 series is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specied below. The customer or the user of
the TEC-5500 series should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Immunity test IEC 60601 test level Compliance levelElectromagnetic environment –
guidance
Electrostatic
discharge (ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2
±6 kV contact
±8 kV air
±6 kV contact
±8 kV air
Floors should be wood, concrete or ceramic
tile. If oors are covered with synthetic
material, the relative humidity should be at
least 30%.
Electrical fast
transient/burstIEC 61000-4-4
±2 kV for power supply
lines
±2 kV for power supply
lines
Mains power quality should be that
of a typical commercial or hospitalenvironment.
Surge
IEC 61000-4-5
±1 kV differential mode
±2 kV common mode
±1 kV differential mode
±2 kV common mode
Mains power quality should be that
of a typical commercial or hospital
environment.
Voltage dips, short
interruptions and
voltage variations on
power supply input lines
IEC 61000-4-11
< 5% Ut
(> 95 % dip in Ut ) for
0.5 cycles
40% Ut
(60% dip in Ut ) for
5 cycles
70% Ut
(30% dip in Ut ) for
25 cycles
< 5% Ut
(> 95% dip in Ut ) for
0.5 cycles
40% Ut
(60 % dip in Ut ) for
5 cycles
70% Ut
(30% dip in Ut ) for
25 cycles
Mains power quality should be that
of a typical commercial or hospital
environment. If the user of the TEC-
5500 series requires continued operation
during power mains interruptions, it is
recommended that the TEC-5500 series
be powered from an uninterruptible power
supply or a battery.
Voltage dips, short
interruptions and
voltage variations on
power supply input lines
IEC 61000-4-11
< 5% Ut
(> 95 % dip in Ut ) for
5 seconds
< 5% Ut
(> 95 % dip in Ut ) for
5 seconds
Mains power quality should be that
of a typical commercial or hospital
environment. If the user of the TEC-
5500 series requires continued operation
during power mains interruptions, it is
recommended that the TEC-5500 series
be powered from an uninterruptible power
supply or a battery.
Power frequency(50/60 Hz) magnetic
eld
IEC 61000-4-8
3 A/m 3 A/m Power frequency magnetic elds should be at levels characteristic of a typical
location in a typical commercial or hospital
environment.
NOTE: Ut is the AC mains voltage prior to application of the test level.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 292/302
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 293/302
11
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 11.9
11. REFERENCE
Immunity test IEC 60601test levelCompliance
levelElectromagnetic environment – guidance
Radiated RF
IEC 61000-4-3
Requirement of
IEC-60601-2-4:
Correct operation of RRD:
10 V/m
80 MHz to 2.5 GHz
No inadvertent energy delivery isallowed:
20 V/m
80 MHz to 2.5 GHz
3 V/m
20 V/m
Portable and mobile RF communications
equipment should be used no closer to any part of
the TEC-5500 series, including cables, than the
recommended separation distance calculated from
the equation applicable to the frequency of the
transmitter.
Recommended separation distance
d = 1.2 P 80 to 800 MHz
d = 2.3 P 800 MHz to 2.5 GHz
Additional requirement of IEC 60601-2-4
Correct operation of RRD:
d = 4.0 P 80 to 800 MHz
d = 7.7 P 800 MHz to 2.5 GHz
No inadvertent energy delivery is allowed:
d = 0.6 P 80 to 800 MHz
d = 1.2 P 800 MHz to 2.5 GHz
where P is the maximum output power rating
of the transmitter in watts (W) according to the
transmitter manufacturer and d is the recommended
separation distance in meters (m).*2
Field strengths from xed RF transmitters, as deter
mined by an electromagnetic site survey,*3 should
be less than the compliance level in each frequencyrange.*4
Interference may occur in the vicinity of equipment
marked with the following symbol:
NOTE 1: At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the higher frequency range applies.
NOTE 2: These guidelines might not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and
reection from structures, objects and people.
*1 The ISM (industrial, scientic and medical) bands between 150 kHz and 80 MHz are 6.765 MHz to 6.795 MHz;
13.553 MHz to 13.567 MHz; 26.957 MHz to 27.283 MHz; and 40.66 MHz to 40.70 MHz.
*2 The compliance levels in the ISM frequency bands between 150 kHz and 80 MHz and in the frequency range 80
MHz to 2.5 GHz are intended to decrease the likelihood that mobile/portable communications equipment could causeinterference if it is inadvertently brought into patient areas. For this reason, an additional factor of 10/3 is used in
calculating the recommended separation distance for transmitters in these frequency ranges.
*3 Field strengths from xed transmitters, such as base stations for radio (cellular/cordless) telephones and land mobile
radios, amateur radio, AM and FM radio broadcast and TV broadcast cannot be predicted theoretically with accuracy.
To assess the electromagnetic environment due to xed RF transmitters, an electromagnetic site survey should be
considered. If the measured eld strength in the location in which the TEC-5500 series is used exceeds the applicable
RF compliance level above, the TEC-5500 series should be observed to verify normal operation. If abnormal
performance is observed, additional measures may be necessary, such as re-orienting or relocating the TEC-5500
series.
*4 Over the frequency range 150 kHz to 80 MHz, eld strengths should be less than 3 V/m.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 294/302
11.10 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
11. REFERENCE
Recommended Separation Distances between Portable and Mobile RF Communications Equipment
The TEC-5500 series is intended for use in an electromagnetic environment in which radiated RF disturbances are
controlled. The customer or the user of the TEC-5500 series can help prevent electromagnetic interference by maintaining a
minimum distance between portable and mobile RF communications equipment (transmitters) and the TEC-5500 series as
recommended below, according to the maximum output power of the communications equipment.
Rated maximum outputpower of transmitter (W)
Separation distance according to frequency of transmitter (m)
150 kHz to 80 MHzoutside ISM bands
d = 1.2 P
150 kHz to 80 MHzin ISM bands
d = 1.2 P
80 MHz to 800 MHzd = 4.0 P
800 MHz to 2.5 GHzd = 7.7 P
0.01 0.12 0.12 0.4 0.77
0.1 0.38 0.38 1.3 2.4
1 1.2 1.2 4.0 7.7
10 3.8 3.8 13 27
100 12 12 40 77
For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above, the recommended separation distance d in meters
(m) can be determined using the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter, where P is the maximum output
power rating of the transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter manufacturer.
NOTE 1: At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the separation distance for the higher frequency range applies.
NOTE 2: The ISM (industrial, scientic and medical) bands between 150 kHz and 80 MHz are 6.765 MHz to
6.795 MHz; 13.553 MHz to 13.567 MHz; 26.957 MHz to 27.283 MHz; and 40.66 MHz to 40.70 MHz.
NOTE 3: An additional factor of 10/3 is used in calculating the recommended separation distance for transmitters in
the ISM frequency bands between 150 kHz and 80 MHz and in the frequency range 80 MHz to 2.5 GHz
to decrease the likelihood that mobile/portable communications equipment could cause interference if it is
inadvertently brought into patient areas.
NOTE 4: These guidelines might not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and
reection from structures, objects and people.
The equations and values in the above table show the condition that the RRD (Rhythm Recognition Detector) regulated
in IEC 60601-2-4: 2002 does not receive electromagnetic interference.
System Conguration for EMC Test
We tested that the debrillator complies with IEC 60601-1-1: 2001, Amendment 1: 2004 and IEC 60601-2-4: 2002 with
the following conguration. If other cables and equipments are used with the debrillator, the debrillator may not comply
with these standards.
Configuration at testing Cable length (m)
Debrillator, TEC-5521/5531 series —
DSI interface unit, QI-552V —
External paddles, ND-552V 0.406
Pad adapter, JC-765V* 3.50
ECG connection cable, BC-763V 3.30
CO2 sensor kit, TG-901T3 2.99
SpO2 adapter, JL-951T3** 2.50
Finger probe, TL-201T** 1.60
Battery pack, NKB-301V (YZ-024H9) —
Holter card, QM-064D —
* When the pad adapter is connected to the
debrillator, the compliance level of the item
“Radiated RF” (IEC 60601-2-4: 2002) is 3 V/m.
** When the SpO2 adapter and nger probe are
connected to the debrillator, the debrillator does
not comply with the item “Conducted RF” (IEC
60601-1-2: 2001).
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 295/302
11
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 11.11
11. REFERENCE
Reference
1. KERBER, RE, CARTER, J., KLEIN, S, et al.
Open chest debrillation during cardiac surgery: Energy and current
requirements.
American Journal of Cardiology, 46:393-396, 1980
2. RACKER, WA, GUINN, GA, GEDDES, LA, et al.
The electrical dose for direct ventricular debrillation in man.
Journal of Thoracic Cardiovascular Surgery, 75:224-226, 1978
3. RUBIO, PA and FARRELL, EM.
Low-energy direct debrillation of the human heart
Annals of Thoracic Surgery, 27:32-33, 1979
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 296/302
11.12 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
11. REFERENCE
Standard Accessories
No. Name Qty Model/Code No. Supply Code
1 Recording paper (Z-fold) 1 FQS50-2-100 A226
2 Contact gel GELAID 1 — F015
3Battery check label
(for debrillator)1 6124-022441 —
NOTE
When you order accessories/consumables which have a supply code,
specify the supply code, not the model or code number.
Options/Consumables
Name Qty Model Supply Code
TEC accessory set (100V/IEC)
BC-763V ECG connection cable (IEC, 3 leads) +
Power cord H
1 YZ-024H3 —
TEC accessory set (200V/IEC)
BC-763V ECG connection cable (IEC, 3 leads) +
Power cord N
1 YZ-024H4 —
TEC accessory set (100V/AHA)
BC-763VA ECG connection cable (AHA, 3 leads) +Power cord H
1 YZ-024H5 —
TEC accessory set (200/AHA)
BC-763VA ECG connection cable (AHA, 3 leads) +
Power cord N
1 YZ-024H6 —
ECG connection cable (IEC, 3 leads) 1 BC-763V K353A
ECG connection cable (AHA, 3 leads) 1 BC-763VA K352A
ECG connection cable (IEC, 5 leads) 1 BC-765V K353B
ECG connection cable (AHA, 5 leads) 1 BC-765VA K352B
External ECG cable 1 JC-761V L151
Connection cable 1 JC-762V L152
Connection cable 1 JC-763V L153
Pad adapter for P-511/P-513 1 JC-765V —
Pad adapter for R2 pads 1 JC-755V —
Battery pack NKB-301V 1 YZ-024H9 X065
Power cord type N 1 — L936
Power cord type H 1 — L935
Cart 1 KD-028A —
Cart tray assembly (option for the cart) 1 DI-001A —
Paste holder kit 1 set YZ-025H0 —
Disposable ECG electrode Vitrode C 150/set — G204
Disposable pad for adult 1 set P-511 H327
Disposable pad for infant 1 set P-513 H312
Internal paddles (with switch, 35 mm Ø) 1 ND-593V —
Internal paddles (with switch, 45 mm Ø) 1 ND-594V —
Internal paddles (with switch, 55 mm Ø) 1 ND-595V —
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 297/302
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 298/302
11.14 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
11. REFERENCE
Name Qty Model Supply Code
CO2 measurement
CO2 sensor kit 1 TG-901T3 P906
Airway adapter for TG-901T3 CO2 sensor kit 50/set YG-101T R801
CO2 sensor kit 1 TG-921T3 P908
Nasal Adapter (for nasal breathing) for TG-921T3 CO2
sensor kit
30/set YG-120T V921
Nasal Adapter (for naso-oral breathing) for TG-921T3
CO2 sensor kit
30/set YG-121T V922
Nasal Adapter (for oxygen cannula adjustment) for
TG-921T3 CO2 sensor kit
30/set YG-122T V923
Airway adapter for TG-921T3 CO2 sensor kit 30/set YG-111T R804
SpO2 measurement
SpO2 adapter 1 JL-550T2 Y095
Finger probe BluPRO 1 TL-201T P225F
Multi-site probe BluPRO 1 TL-220T P225G
Multi-site Y prove 1 TL-260T P205A
SpO2 probe (for adult) (0.8 m) BluPRO 5/pcs TL-271T P203ASpO2 probe (for child) (0.8 m) BluPRO 5/pcs TL-272T P204B
SpO2 probe (for neonate) (0.8m) BluPRO 5/pcs TL-273T P204C
SpO2 probe (for infant) (0.8m) BluPRO 5/pcs TL-274T P204D
SpO2 probe (for adult and neonate) (0.8 m) 5/pcs TL-051S P228A
SpO2 probe (for adult and neonate) (1.6 m) 5/pcs TL-052S P228B
SpO2 probe (for adult, child and infant) (0.8 m) 5/pcs TL-061S P229A
SpO2 probe (for adult, child and infant) (1.6 m) 5/pcs TL-062S P229B
Cottony tape 20 — P259
There are two types of TG-921T3 CO2 sensor kit. One complies with IEC 60601-
1-2: 2001, the other does not. CO2 sensor kits which comply with this standardhave a IEC 60601-1-2: 2001 stamp. The debrillator only complies with this
standard used with the CO2 sensor kit which complies with this standard.
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 299/302
11
Operator’s Manual TEC-5500 11.15
11. REFERENCE
Pin Assignment
WARNING
Connect only the specified instrument to the defibrillator and followthe specified procedure. Failure to follow this warning may result in
electrical shock or injury to the patient and operator, and cause fire
or instrument malfunction.
AUX Connector of the QI-553V DSI/AUX OUT Interface Unit
This connector is for analog ECG output.
Mating plug: 3.5 mm diameter plug
Output sensitivity: 0.5 V/1 mV ±10%
Output impedance: 1 kΩ or less
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 300/302
11.16 Operator’s Manual TEC-5500
11. REFERENCE
General Requirements for Connecting Medical Electrical
Systems
When more than one electrical instrument is used, there may be electrical
potential difference between the instruments. Potential difference between
instruments may cause current to ow to the patient connected to the
instruments, resulting in electrical shock. Therefore, electrical instruments must
be appropriately installed as specied in IEC 60601-1-1: 2000 Second edition.
The following is an extract from IEC 60601-1-1 “Medical electrical equipment
Part 1-1: General requirements for safety”. For details, refer to IEC 60601-1-1
and consult with a biomedical engineer.
Examples of combinations of MEDICAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT and non-medical electrical equipment
Inside the PATIENT
ENVIRONMENT
Outside the
PATIENT
ENVIRONMENT
1a Items A and B in
PATIENT
ENVIRONMENT
1b Items A and B in
PATIENT
ENVIRONMENT
For B: Additional
protective earth or
separating transformer
1c Item A powered
from specified power
supply in item B in
PATIENT
ENVIRONMENT
For B: Additional
protective earth or
separating transformer
2a Item A in
PATIENT
ENVIRONMENT and
item B in medically
used room
2b Item A in
PATIENT
ENVIRONMENT anditem B in medically
used room
For B: See 19.201 and its
rationale
3a Item A in
PATIENT
ENVIRONMENT and
item B in non-medically
used room
For B: See 19.201 and its
rationale
3b Item A in
PATIENT
ENVIRONMENT and
item B in non-medicallyused room
For B: Additional
protective earth or
SEPARATION DEVICE
Medically used roomNon-medically used
room
Feasible solution (See
clause 19 in all
situations)
1
2
3
Situation No.
A
IEC
60601
B
IEC
60601
A
IEC
60601
B
IEC
XXXXX
A
IEC
60601
B
IEC
60601
A
IEC
60601
B
IEC
XXXXX
A
IEC
60601
B
IEC 60601
or
IEC XXXXX
A
IEC
60601
protective earth with
potential differenceprotective earth
A
IEC 60601
B
IEC XXXXX
common protective earth
B
IEC 60601
or
IEC XXXXX
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 301/302
8/17/2019 Defibri Lad Or
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/defibri-lad-or 302/302
Manufacturer
NIHON KOHDEN CORPORATION NIHON KOHDEN ITALIA S.r.l.